JAFP-02-0124, Revision K to Proposed Technical Specification Change (License Amendment) Conversion to Improved Standard Technical Specifications: Difference between revisions

From kanterella
Jump to navigation Jump to search
StriderTol Bot insert
 
StriderTol Bot change
 
Line 18: Line 18:


=Text=
=Text=
{{#Wiki_filter:ITS(Updated SUBMITTAL 5/31/01 03/28/01)
{{#Wiki_filter:ITS SUBMITTAL 5/31/01 (Updated 03/28/01)
Copy Number                   Assigned to Original                   ITS Project Repro Master                   Licensing
Copy Number Assigned to Original ITS Project Repro Master Licensing
____________1__                     NRC - Doc'Control Desk 2                   NRC - G. Vissing 3               NRC - William Beckner 4               NRC - William Beckner 5                 Regional Administrator 6             William Flynn - NYSERDA 8                     Verne Childs 9                   John Hoddy (ITS) 10                 Licensing Manager 11           Licensing (WPO) - Kokolakis 12               Reference Center (JAF) 13                   OPS - Phil Russell 14                 OPS - Henry Borick 15                 Training - Gary Fronk 16                 Training - Gary Fronk 17             I&C - Steve Juravich (ITS) 19             Tech Services (ITS - Brian) 20             Tech Support/Sys Eng (Tina) 21               Design Eng (ITS - Tom) 23                 Excel - Fred Mizell 24                 Excel - Don Hoffman 26           NRC Res. Insp.   (Specs & Bases Only) 29               Simulator Control Room Vol.s 2,3 & 4 Only
____________1__
                    -            PTR Group (Vol's 2-4 only)
NRC - Doc'Control Desk 2
                    -                Planning - Dan Johnson (Vol's 2-4 only)
NRC - G. Vissing 3
                    -                  Excel - Jerry Jones
NRC - William Beckner 4
                    -                  Excel - Phil Ballard
NRC - William Beckner 5
                    -                  Excel - Gregg Ellis 0 L
Regional Administrator 6
William Flynn - NYSERDA 8
Verne Childs 9
John Hoddy (ITS) 10 Licensing Manager 11 Licensing (WPO) - Kokolakis 12 Reference Center (JAF) 13 OPS - Phil Russell 14 OPS - Henry Borick 15 Training - Gary Fronk 16 Training - Gary Fronk 17 I&C - Steve Juravich (ITS) 19 Tech Services (ITS - Brian) 20 Tech Support/Sys Eng (Tina) 21 Design Eng (ITS - Tom) 23 Excel - Fred Mizell 24 Excel - Don Hoffman 26 NRC Res. Insp. (Specs & Bases Only) 29 Simulator Control Room Vol.s 2,3 & 4 Only PTR Group (Vol's 2-4 only)
Planning - Dan Johnson (Vol's 2-4 only)
Excel - Jerry Jones Excel - Phil Ballard Excel - Gregg Ellis 0 L


RIP - Anne Stark
RIP - Anne Stark
-__ITS         - Doug ITS - Chris ITS - Phil I&C - Mark Cronk
-__ITS  
-_ITS-           Dale
- Doug ITS - Chris ITS - Phil I&C - Mark Cronk  
-__ITS         - Ken
-_ITS-Dale  
-__ITS  
- Ken


Entergy Nuclear Northeast Entergy Nuclear Operations. Inc.
Entergy Nuclear Northeast Entergy Nuclear Operations. Inc.
James A. Fitzpatrick NPP P.O. Box 110 EntogyLycoming,                                                       NY 13093 Tel 315 349 6024 Fax 315 349 6480 June 11, 2002                                                                 T.A. Sullivan Vice President, Operations-JAF JAFP-02-0124 United States Nuclear Regulatory Commission Attn: Document Control Desk Mail Stop O-P1-17 Washington, D.C. 20555
James A. Fitzpatrick NPP P.O. Box 110 EntogyLycoming, NY 13093 Tel 315 349 6024 Fax 315 349 6480 June 11, 2002 T.A. Sullivan JAFP-02-0124 Vice President, Operations-JAF United States Nuclear Regulatory Commission Attn: Document Control Desk Mail Stop O-P1-17 Washington, D.C. 20555  


==Subject:==
==Subject:==
James A. FitzPatrick Nuclear Power Plant Docket No. 50-333 License No. DPR-59 Revision K to Proposed Technical Specification Change (License Amendment) Conversion to Improved Standard Technical Specifications
James A. FitzPatrick Nuclear Power Plant Docket No. 50-333 License No. DPR-59 Revision K to Proposed Technical Specification Change (License Amendment) Conversion to Improved Standard Technical Specifications  


==References:==
==References:==
see last page of letter
see last page of letter  


==Dear Sir,==
==Dear Sir,==
 
This letter and the associated attachments provides Revision K to the previously submitted application for amendment to the James A. FitzPatrick Technical Specifications (Reference 1),
This letter and the associated attachments provides Revision Kto the previously submitted application for amendment to the James A. FitzPatrick Technical Specifications (Reference 1),
as supplemented by References 2, 3, 4, 5, and 7 for converting the current Technical Specifications (CTS) to the Improved Technical Specifications (ITS) consistent with the Improved Standard Technical Specifications (NUREG-1433, Revision 1).
as supplemented by References 2, 3, 4, 5, and 7 for converting the current Technical Specifications (CTS) to the Improved Technical Specifications (ITS) consistent with the Improved Standard Technical Specifications (NUREG-1433, Revision 1).
Revision K (Attachment 1) to the Reference 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, and 7 submittals include certain changes requested by the NRC Staff as a result of their review of Revision J (Reference 7).
Revision K (Attachment 1) to the Reference 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, and 7 submittals include certain changes requested by the NRC Staff as a result of their review of Revision J (Reference 7).
Line 51: Line 57:
The Insert and Discard Instructions are included in Attachment 2 to allow merging Revision K with the existing submittal. The clean typed ITS and Bases in Volumes 2, 3, and 4, and the CTS markup pages in CTS order in Volume 5 are not being updated since these Volumes are duplicates of each individual Specification located in Volumes 6 through 19.
The Insert and Discard Instructions are included in Attachment 2 to allow merging Revision K with the existing submittal. The clean typed ITS and Bases in Volumes 2, 3, and 4, and the CTS markup pages in CTS order in Volume 5 are not being updated since these Volumes are duplicates of each individual Specification located in Volumes 6 through 19.


United States Nuclear Regulatory Commission Attn: Document Control Desk
United States Nuclear Regulatory Commission Attn: Document Control Desk  


==Subject:==
==Subject:==
Revision K to Proposed Technical Specification Change (License Amendment)
Revision K to Proposed Technical Specification Change (License Amendment)
Conversion to Improved Standard Technical Specifications Page -2 There are no new commitments contained in this letter. Should you have any questions, please contact Mr. Andrew Halliday at (315) 349-6055.
Conversion to Improved Standard Technical Specifications Page -2 There are no new commitments contained in this letter. Should you have any questions, please contact Mr. Andrew Halliday at (315) 349-6055.
Very Truly Yours, T. A. Sullivan   Operations Vice President, Oeain Attachments: 1) Revision K to the JAF ITS Submittal
Very Truly Yours, T. A. Sullivan Operations Vice President, Oeain Attachments: 1) Revision K to the JAF ITS Submittal
: 2) Insert and Discard Instructions cc:
: 2) Insert and Discard Instructions cc:
Regional Administrator                             Mr. N. B. Le U. S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission               U. S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission 475 Allendale Road                                Mail Stop O-7H3 King of Prussia, PA 19406                          Washington, DC 20555 P. 0. Box 134 Mr. Guy Vissing, Project Manager                  Resident Inspector's Office Project Directorate I                              James A. FitzPatrick Nuclear Power Plant Division of Licensing Project Management          U. S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission U. S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission                P. 0. Box 134 Mail Stop 8C2                                      Lycoming, NY 13093 Washington, DC 20555 Mr. William M. Flynn New York State Energy Research and Development Authority Corporate Plaza West 286 Washington Avenue Extension Albany, New York 12203-6399 Mr. Paul Eddy NYS Department of Public Service 3 Empire Plaza Albany, New York 12223 Mr. William D. Beckner, Chief Technical Specifications Branch U. S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission Mail Stop O-7H3 Washington, DC 20555
Regional Administrator U. S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission 475 Allendale Road King of Prussia, PA 19406 Mr. Guy Vissing, Project Manager Project Directorate I Division of Licensing Project Management U. S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission Mail Stop 8C2 Washington, DC 20555 Mr. N. B. Le U. S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission Mail Stop O-7H3 Washington, DC 20555 P. 0. Box 134 Resident Inspector's Office James A. FitzPatrick Nuclear Power Plant U. S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission P. 0. Box 134 Lycoming, NY 13093 Mr. William M. Flynn New York State Energy Research and Development Authority Corporate Plaza West 286 Washington Avenue Extension Albany, New York 12203-6399 Mr. Paul Eddy NYS Department of Public Service 3 Empire Plaza Albany, New York 12223 Mr. William D. Beckner, Chief Technical Specifications Branch U. S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission Mail Stop O-7H3 Washington, DC 20555


United States Nuclear Regulatory Commission Attn: Document Control Desk
United States Nuclear Regulatory Commission Attn: Document Control Desk  


==Subject:==
==Subject:==
Line 67: Line 73:


==References:==
==References:==
: 1.     NYPA letter, J. Knubel to USNRC Document Control Desk, Proposed Technical Specification Change (License Amendment) Conversion to Improved Standard Technical Specifications (JPN-99-008), dated March 31, 1999 (TAC No. MA5049)
: 1.
: 2.     NYPA letter, J. Knubel to USNRC Document Control Desk, Revision B to Proposed Technical Specification Change (License Amendment) Conversion to Improved Standard Technical Specifications (JPN-99-018), dated June 1, 1999 3.'   NYPA letter, Michael J. Colomb to USNRC Document Control Desk, Revision C to Proposed Technical Specification Change (License Amendment) Conversion to Improved Standard Technical Specifications (JAFP-99-0278), dated October 14, 1999
NYPA letter, J. Knubel to USNRC Document Control Desk, Proposed Technical Specification Change (License Amendment) Conversion to Improved Standard Technical Specifications (JPN-99-008), dated March 31, 1999 (TAC No. MA5049)
: 4. Entergy Nuclear Northeast letter, T. A. Sullivan to USNRC Document Control Desk, Revisions D, E, F, G, and H to Proposed Technical Specification Change (License Amendment) Conversion to Improved Standard Technical Specifications (JAFP-01 0133), dated May 31, 2001
: 2.
: 5. Entergy Nuclear Northeast letter, T. A. Sullivan to USNRC Document Control Desk, Revision I to Proposed Technical Specification Change (License Amendment)
NYPA letter, J. Knubel to USNRC Document Control Desk, Revision B to Proposed Technical Specification Change (License Amendment) Conversion to Improved Standard Technical Specifications (JPN-99-018), dated June 1, 1999 3.'
NYPA letter, Michael J. Colomb to USNRC Document Control Desk, Revision C to Proposed Technical Specification Change (License Amendment) Conversion to Improved Standard Technical Specifications (JAFP-99-0278), dated October 14, 1999
: 4.
Entergy Nuclear Northeast letter, T. A. Sullivan to USNRC Document Control Desk, Revisions D, E, F, G, and H to Proposed Technical Specification Change (License Amendment) Conversion to Improved Standard Technical Specifications (JAFP-01 0133), dated May 31, 2001
: 5.
Entergy Nuclear Northeast letter, T. A. Sullivan to USNRC Document Control Desk, Revision I to Proposed Technical Specification Change (License Amendment)
Conversion to Improved Standard Technical Specifications (JAFP-01-0234), dated October 18, 2001
Conversion to Improved Standard Technical Specifications (JAFP-01-0234), dated October 18, 2001
: 6. Entergy Nuclear Northeast letter, T. A. Sullivan to USNRC Document Control Desk, James A. FitzPatrick (JAF) Improved Technical Specifications (ITS) Submittal (JAFP-02 0029), dated February 6, 2002
: 6.
: 7. Entergy Nuclear Northeast letter, T. A. Sullivan to USNRC Document Control Desk, Revision J to Proposed Technical Specification Change (License Amendment)
Entergy Nuclear Northeast letter, T. A. Sullivan to USNRC Document Control Desk, James A. FitzPatrick (JAF) Improved Technical Specifications (ITS) Submittal (JAFP-02 0029), dated February 6, 2002
: 7.
Entergy Nuclear Northeast letter, T. A. Sullivan to USNRC Document Control Desk, Revision J to Proposed Technical Specification Change (License Amendment)
Conversion to Improved Standard Technical Specifications (JAFP-02-0098), dated April 26, 2002
Conversion to Improved Standard Technical Specifications (JAFP-02-0098), dated April 26, 2002


BEFORE THE UNITED STATES NUCLEAR REGULATORY COMMISSION In the Matter of                             ))        Docket No. 50-333 Entergy Nuclear Operations, Inc.
BEFORE THE UNITED STATES NUCLEAR REGULATORY COMMISSION In the Matter of Entergy Nuclear Operations, Inc.
James A. FitzPatrick Nuclear Power Plant     )
James A. FitzPatrick Nuclear Power Plant
) )
Docket No. 50-333
)
APPLICATION FOR AMENDMENT TO OPERATING LICENSE Entergy Nuclear Operations, Inc. requests an amendment to the Technical Specifications (TS) contained in Appendix A to Facility Operating License DPR-59 for the James A. FitzPatrick Nuclear Power Plant. This application is filed in accordance with Section 10 CFR 50.90 of the Nuclear Regulatory Commission's regulations.
APPLICATION FOR AMENDMENT TO OPERATING LICENSE Entergy Nuclear Operations, Inc. requests an amendment to the Technical Specifications (TS) contained in Appendix A to Facility Operating License DPR-59 for the James A. FitzPatrick Nuclear Power Plant. This application is filed in accordance with Section 10 CFR 50.90 of the Nuclear Regulatory Commission's regulations.
This application for amendment to the FitzPatrick Technical Specifications proposes to convert the FitzPatrick current Technical Specifications (CTS) to be consistent with the Improved Standard Technical Specifications (ISTS) in NUREG-1433, Revision 1, dated April 1995. The proposed license amendment request was prepared considering the guidance of Nuclear Energy Institute (NEI) NEI 96-06, "Improved Technical Specifications Conversion Guidance,"
This application for amendment to the FitzPatrick Technical Specifications proposes to convert the FitzPatrick current Technical Specifications (CTS) to be consistent with the Improved Standard Technical Specifications (ISTS) in NUREG-1433, Revision 1, dated April 1995. The proposed license amendment request was prepared considering the guidance of Nuclear Energy Institute (NEI) NEI 96-06, "Improved Technical Specifications Conversion Guidance,"
dated August 1996.
dated August 1996.
The Proposed license amendment request to convert the FitzPatrick CTS to the FitzPatrick Improved Technical Specifications (ITS) is enclosed with this application.
The Proposed license amendment request to convert the FitzPatrick CTS to the FitzPatrick Improved Technical Specifications (ITS) is enclosed with this application.
Entergy Nuclear Operations, Inc.                     STATE OF NEW YORK COUNTY OF OSWEGO Subscribed and sworn to before me this .14Ž-__day of"3-, nC52002.
Entergy Nuclear Operations, Inc.
T. A. Sullivan              /                        Notary Public Vice President, Operations-JAF
T. A. Sullivan
                                                                ?IIE S. DVSTYiAi 4887051 No",y pubit Startof Rwywk Ow6wgo Couanl       .;ý,C My Commifmon Exores Jun 30, IM
/
Vice President, Operations-JAF STATE OF NEW YORK COUNTY OF OSWEGO Subscribed and sworn to before me this.14Ž-__day of"3-, nC52002.
Notary Public
?IIE S. DVSTYiAi 4887051 No",y pubit Start of Rwywk Ow6wgo Couanl  
.;ý, C My Commifmon Exores Jun 30, IM
 
ATTACHMENT 2


ATTACHMENT 2 JAMES A. FITZPATRICK NPP IMPROVED TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS REVISION "K" INSERT AND DISCARD INSTRUCTIONS I of 1
JAMES A. FITZPATRICK NPP IMPROVED TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS REVISION "K" INSERT AND DISCARD INSTRUCTIONS I of 1


JAMES A. FITZPATRICK NPP IMPROVED TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS REVISION "K" INSERT AND DISCARD INSTRUCTIONS REMOVE                                               INSERT VOLUME 8 DOCs for ITS 3.3.1.1 pg 9 of 25                       DOCs for ITS 3.3.1.1 pg 9 of 25 NUREG Bases markup for ITS 3.3.1.1 pg                 NUREG Bases markup for ITS 3.3.1.1 pg Insert Page B 3.3-30                                   Insert Page B 3.3-30 Bases JFDs for ITS 3.3.1.1 pgs I of 4                 Bases JFDs for ITS 3.3.1.1 pgs I of 4 through 4 of 4                                         through 4 of 4 Retyped ITS 3.3.1.1 Bases     pgs B   3.3-33         Retyped ITS 3.3.1.1 Bases pgs B 3.3-33 through B 3.3-37                                       through B 3.3-37 CTS markup for ITS 3.3.2.1 pgs       6 of   10       CTS markup for ITS 3.3.2.1 pgs 6 of 10 and 8 of 10                                             and 8 of 10 DOCs for ITS 3.3.2.1 pgs 1 of 9 through           9   DOCs for ITS 3.3.2.1 pgs 1 of 9 through 9 of 9                                                   of 9 NUREG ITS markup for ITS 3.3.2.1 pgs                   NUREG ITS markup for ITS 3.3.2.1 pgs 3.3-19 and 3.3-20                                     3.3-19 and 3.3-20 JFDs for ITS 3.3.2.1 pgs 1 of 3 and                   JFDs for ITS 3.3.2.1 pgs 1 of 3 and 2 of 3                                                 2 of 3 NUREG Bases markup for ITS 3.3.2.1     pg         NUREG Bases markup for ITS 3.3.2.1 pg B 3.3-54                                               B 3.3-54 N/A                                                     NUREG Bases markup for ITS 3.3.2.1 pg Insert Page B 3.3-54 Retyped ITS 3.3.2.1 pgs 3.3-18, 3.3-19                 Retyped ITS 3.3.2.1 p 3.3-18. 3.3-19 and and 3.3-20                                             3.3-20 Retyped ITS 3.3.2.1   Bases   pgs B   3.3-56         Retyped ITS 3.3.2.1 Bases pgs B 3.3-56 through B 3.3-59                                       through B 3.3-59 CTS markup for ITS 3.3.4.1     pgs   2 of   6 and     CTS markup for ITS 3.3.4.1 pgs 2 of 6 and 4 of 6                                                 4 of 6 DOCs for ITS 3.3.4.1 pgs 3     of 8   and             DOCs for ITS 3.3.4.1 pgs 3 of 8 and 4 of 8                                                 4 of 8 NUREG ITS markup for ITS 3.3.4.1       pg   3.3-     NUREG ITS markup for ITS 3.3.4.1 pg 3.3 35                                                     35 NUREG Bases markup for ITS 3.3.4.1 pg                 NUREG Bases markup for ITS 3.3.4.1 pg Insert page B 3.3-94                                   Insert page B 3.3-94 NUREG Bases markup for ITS 3.3.4.1 pgs                 NUREG Bases markup for ITS 3.3.4.1 pgs B 3.3-96, B 3.3-98 and B 3.3-100                       B 3.3-96, B 3.3-98 and B 3.3-100 NUREG Bases markup for ITS 3.3.4.1 pg                   NUREG Bases markup for ITS 3.3.4.1 pg Insert page B 3.3-100                                 Insert page B 3.3-100 Retyped ITS 3.3.4.1 pg 3.3-31                           Retyped ITS 3.3.4.1 pg 3.3-31 Retyped ITS 3.3.4.1 Bases pgs B 3.3-90                 Retyped ITS 3.3.4.1 Bases pgs B 3.3-90 and B 3.3-92                                           and B 3.3-92 Retyped ITS 3.3.4.1   Bases   pgs B   3.3-94         Retyped ITS 3.3.4.1 Bases pgs B 3.3-94 through B 3.3-96                                       through B 3.3-96 1 of 1
JAMES A. FITZPATRICK NPP IMPROVED TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS REVISION "K" INSERT AND DISCARD INSTRUCTIONS REMOVE INSERT VOLUME 8 DOCs for ITS 3.3.1.1 pg 9 of 25 DOCs for ITS 3.3.1.1 pg 9 of 25 NUREG Bases markup for ITS 3.3.1.1 pg NUREG Bases markup for ITS 3.3.1.1 pg Insert Page B 3.3-30 Insert Page B 3.3-30 Bases JFDs for ITS 3.3.1.1 pgs I of 4 Bases JFDs for ITS 3.3.1.1 pgs I of 4 through 4 of 4 through 4 of 4 Retyped ITS 3.3.1.1 Bases pgs B 3.3-33 Retyped ITS 3.3.1.1 Bases pgs B 3.3-33 through B 3.3-37 through B 3.3-37 CTS markup for ITS 3.3.2.1 pgs 6 of 10 CTS markup for ITS 3.3.2.1 pgs 6 of 10 and 8 of 10 and 8 of 10 DOCs for ITS 3.3.2.1 pgs 1 of 9 through 9 DOCs for ITS 3.3.2.1 pgs 1 of 9 through 9 of 9 of 9 NUREG ITS markup for ITS 3.3.2.1 pgs NUREG ITS markup for ITS 3.3.2.1 pgs 3.3-19 and 3.3-20 3.3-19 and 3.3-20 JFDs for ITS 3.3.2.1 pgs 1 of 3 and JFDs for ITS 3.3.2.1 pgs 1 of 3 and 2 of 3 2 of 3 NUREG Bases markup for ITS 3.3.2.1 pg NUREG Bases markup for ITS 3.3.2.1 pg B 3.3-54 B 3.3-54 N/A NUREG Bases markup for ITS 3.3.2.1 pg Insert Page B 3.3-54 Retyped ITS 3.3.2.1 pgs 3.3-18, 3.3-19 Retyped ITS 3.3.2.1 p 3.3-18. 3.3-19 and and 3.3-20 3.3-20 Retyped ITS 3.3.2.1 Bases pgs B 3.3-56 Retyped ITS 3.3.2.1 Bases pgs B 3.3-56 through B 3.3-59 through B 3.3-59 CTS markup for ITS 3.3.4.1 pgs 2 of 6 and CTS markup for ITS 3.3.4.1 pgs 2 of 6 and 4 of 6 4 of 6 DOCs for ITS 3.3.4.1 pgs 3 of 8 and DOCs for ITS 3.3.4.1 pgs 3 of 8 and 4 of 8 4 of 8 NUREG ITS markup for ITS 3.3.4.1 pg 3.3-NUREG ITS markup for ITS 3.3.4.1 pg 3.3 35 35 NUREG Bases markup for ITS 3.3.4.1 pg NUREG Bases markup for ITS 3.3.4.1 pg Insert page B 3.3-94 Insert page B 3.3-94 NUREG Bases markup for ITS 3.3.4.1 pgs NUREG Bases markup for ITS 3.3.4.1 pgs B 3.3-96, B 3.3-98 and B 3.3-100 B 3.3-96, B 3.3-98 and B 3.3-100 NUREG Bases markup for ITS 3.3.4.1 pg NUREG Bases markup for ITS 3.3.4.1 pg Insert page B 3.3-100 Insert page B 3.3-100 Retyped ITS 3.3.4.1 pg 3.3-31 Retyped ITS 3.3.4.1 pg 3.3-31 Retyped ITS 3.3.4.1 Bases pgs B 3.3-90 Retyped ITS 3.3.4.1 Bases pgs B 3.3-90 and B 3.3-92 and B 3.3-92 Retyped ITS 3.3.4.1 Bases pgs B 3.3-94 Retyped ITS 3.3.4.1 Bases pgs B 3.3-94 through B 3.3-96 through B 3.3-96 1 of 1


JAMES A. FITZPATRICK NPP IMPROVED TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS REVISION "K" INSERT AND DISCARD INSTRUCTIONS REMOVE                       I                     INSERT VOLUME 9 CTS markup for ITS 3.3.6.1 pg 3 of 22             CTS markup for ITS 3.3.6.1 pg 3 of 22 DOCs for ITS 3.3.6.1 pgs 7 of 25 and             DOCs for ITS 3.3.6.1 pgs 7 of 25 and 22 of 25                                         22 of 25 NSHCs for ITS 3.3.6.1 pgs 19 of 32 and       NSHCs for ITS 3.3.6.1 pgs 19 of 32 and 20 of 32                                         20 of 32 NUREG ITS markup for   ITS 3.3.6.1 pg 3.3-     NUREG ITS markup for ITS 3.3.6.1 pg 3.3 57                                               57 NUREG ITS markup for ITS   3.3.6.1 pg           NUREG ITS markup for ITS 3.3.6.1 pg Insert Page 3.3-58                               Insert Page 3.3-58 JFDs for ITS 3.3.6.1 pg 4 of 5                   JFDs for ITS 3.3.6.1 pg 4 of 5 NUREG Bases markup for ITS 3.3.6.1 pg           NUREG   Bases markup for ITS 3.3.6.1 pg Insert Page B 3.3-158                           Insert   Page B 3.3-158 NUREG Bases markup for ITS 3.3.6.1 pg           NUREG   Bases markup for ITS 3.3.6.1 pg Insert Page B 3.3-161                             Insert Page B 3.3-161 NUREG Bases markup for ITS 3.3.6.1 pg           NUREG   Bases markup for ITS 3.3.6.1 pg Insert Page B 3.3-164b                           Insert Page B 3.3-164b Retyped ITS 3.3.6.1 pgs 3.3-52 and 3.3-53         Retyped ITS 3.3.6.1 pgs 3.3-52 and 3.3-53 Retyped ITS 3.3.6.1 Bases pg B 3.3-160           Retyped ITS 3.3.6.1 Bases pg B 3.3-160 Retyped ITS 3.3.6.1 Bases pg B 3.3-164           Retyped ITS 3.3.6.1 Bases pg B 3.3-164 1 of 1
JAMES A. FITZPATRICK NPP IMPROVED TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS REVISION "K" INSERT AND DISCARD INSTRUCTIONS REMOVE I
INSERT VOLUME 9 CTS markup for ITS 3.3.6.1 pg 3 of 22 CTS markup for ITS 3.3.6.1 pg 3 of 22 DOCs for ITS 3.3.6.1 pgs 7 of 25 and DOCs for ITS 3.3.6.1 pgs 7 of 25 and 22 of 25 22 of 25 NSHCs for ITS 3.3.6.1 pgs 19 of 32 and NSHCs for ITS 3.3.6.1 pgs 19 of 32 and 20 of 32 20 of 32 NUREG ITS markup for ITS 3.3.6.1 pg 3.3-NUREG ITS markup for ITS 3.3.6.1 pg 3.3 57 57 NUREG ITS markup for ITS 3.3.6.1 pg NUREG ITS markup for ITS 3.3.6.1 pg Insert Page 3.3-58 Insert Page 3.3-58 JFDs for ITS 3.3.6.1 pg 4 of 5 JFDs for ITS 3.3.6.1 pg 4 of 5 NUREG Bases markup for ITS 3.3.6.1 pg NUREG Bases markup for ITS 3.3.6.1 pg Insert Page B 3.3-158 Insert Page B 3.3-158 NUREG Bases markup for ITS 3.3.6.1 pg NUREG Bases markup for ITS 3.3.6.1 pg Insert Page B 3.3-161 Insert Page B 3.3-161 NUREG Bases markup for ITS 3.3.6.1 pg NUREG Bases markup for ITS 3.3.6.1 pg Insert Page B 3.3-164b Insert Page B 3.3-164b Retyped ITS 3.3.6.1 pgs 3.3-52 and 3.3-53 Retyped ITS 3.3.6.1 pgs 3.3-52 and 3.3-53 Retyped ITS 3.3.6.1 Bases pg B 3.3-160 Retyped ITS 3.3.6.1 Bases pg B 3.3-160 Retyped ITS 3.3.6.1 Bases pg B 3.3-164 Retyped ITS 3.3.6.1 Bases pg B 3.3-164 1 of 1


JAMES A. FITZPATRICK NPP IMPROVED TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS REVISION "K" INSERT AND DISCARD INSTRUCTIONS REMOVE                   I                   INSERT VOLUME 16 NUREG Bases markup for ITS 3.8.6 pg         NUREG Bases markup for ITS 3.8.6 pg B 3.8-66                                     B 3.8-66 Bases JFD for ITS 3.8.6 pg 1 of 3           Bases JFD for ITS 3.8.6 pg 1 of 3 Retyped ITS 3.8.7 Bases pg B 3.8-60         Retyped ITS 3.8.7 Bases pg B 3.8-60 1 of 1
JAMES A. FITZPATRICK NPP IMPROVED TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS REVISION "K" INSERT AND DISCARD INSTRUCTIONS REMOVE I
INSERT VOLUME 16 NUREG Bases markup for ITS 3.8.6 pg NUREG Bases markup for ITS 3.8.6 pg B 3.8-66 B 3.8-66 Bases JFD for ITS 3.8.6 pg 1 of 3 Bases JFD for ITS 3.8.6 pg 1 of 3 Retyped ITS 3.8.7 Bases pg B 3.8-60 Retyped ITS 3.8.7 Bases pg B 3.8-60 1 of 1


ATTACHMENT 1
ATTACHMENT 1


==SUMMARY==
==SUMMARY==
OF CHANGES TO ITS SECTION 3.0 - REVISION K Summary of Change                         Affected Pages Source of Change These editorial changes were identified during the Section 3.0 Misc. editorial corrections     preparation of the final ITS submittal:
OF CHANGES TO ITS SECTION 3.0 - REVISION K Source of Change Summary of Change Affected Pages Misc. editorial These editorial changes were identified during the Section 3.0 corrections preparation of the final ITS submittal:
Revision J inadvertently failed to add a 'bubble'   CTS mark-up, p 3 of 5 reference to DOC L4 or revise CTS 4,0.C on CTS mark up page 30a (p 3 of 5).
Revision J inadvertently failed to add a 'bubble' CTS mark-up, p 3 of 5 reference to DOC L4 or revise CTS 4,0.C on CTS mark up page 30a (p 3 of 5).


Or 1
Or  
('- VR..,W                                           ,
-4 Ently into an OPERATIONAL CONDITION (mode) or other specified condition shall not be made when the conditions for the LtO 3.01 Urmiting Condition for Operation are not met and the associated "ACTION requires a shutdown if they are not met within a specified jjine interval. Entry Into an OPERATIONAL CONDITION (mode se or specified conditin miay be made In accordance with ACTION requirements when conformance to them permits cntinue o-eration of the facility for an unlimited period of time. This
                                                                                                              )niue-.d~       ~e     e       $    ve*~
-*,sIon shah not prevent passage through OPERATIONAL CONDITiONS (modes) required to comply with ACTION requirements or that are part of a shutdown of the plant.
rs
Sýxce~ptlons to these requirements are stated in the individual determined to be inoperable solely because Its emergencypo source is inoperable, or solely because Its normal power sourc i 4noperable. It may be considered OPERABLE for the puroeo SAC satisfying the requirements of its applicable Uimiting Condito for ps ~*.g operation, provided: (1) its corresponding normal or emergency power source is OPERABLE; and (2) all of Its redundant "sysstem(s). subsystem(s), train(s), component(s) and device(s) are OPERABLE, or likewise satisfy the requirements of this specification. Unless both conditions (1) and (2) are satisfied, the unit shall be placed in COLD SHUTDOWN within the following 24 hours. This specification Is not applicable when in Cold Shutd 4-Equipment removed from service or declared inoperable to comply with required actions may be retured to service under administrative control solely to perform testing required to demonstrate its operability or the operability of other eauii ment.
                                                                                                      -4 t a Surveillance Requirement has not been           performed.
This is an exception to LC (M5*.-
                                                                                                                                                                      -,* ou=
3*75,--
('- VR..,W 1
rs
)niue-. d~  
~e e ve*~
t a Surveillance Requirement has not been performed.  
*GINrequt
____________y__o__up_[
____________y__o__up_[
                                                                                                                  *GINrequt Ently into an OPERATIONAL CONDITION (mode) or other ha1IibIc
ou=
              .                                                                                            Toermit the completion of the survellIancek.Wh*R~l shall not be madenot    when the conditions for the
Toermit the completion of the survellIancek.Wh*R~l ha1IibIc D.
          -,    specified condition for    Operation are          met and the associated LtO 3.01          Urmiting Condition shutdown    if they  are  not met within a specified "ACTIONrequires a                                                                se jjine interval. Entry Into an OPERATIONAL CONDITION (mode miay be made Inaccordance with ACTION or specified conditinconformance requirements when                        to them permits cntinue                    D. Entry made into   an OPERATIONAL unless                    CONUI I lUN itinuu-ja, -....
Entry into an OPERATIONAL CONUI I lUN itinuu-ja, -....
the Surveillance Requirement(s)                         with the period of time. This                                                                                            thin the o-eration of the facility for an unlimited                                              Limiting Condition for Operation have bee OPERATIONAL                                                                  otherwise specified. This
made unless the Surveillance Requirement(s) with the Limiting Condition for Operation have bee thin the applicable surveillance interval or as otherwise specified. This provision shall not prevent passage through or to Operational
                      -*,sIon shah not prevent passage         through ACTION                        applicable surveillance interval or as CONDITiONS (modes) required             to comply   with                                                                         through or to Operational of  a  shutdown    of  the  plant.                    provision shall not prevent passagewith ACTION.rulrements               or that requirements    or that are part                                                    "(3 Modes    as required  to comply are  stated  in the  individual                are part of a shutdown of the plant.
"(3 Modes as required to comply with ACTION.rulrements or that are part of a shutdown of the plant.
Sýxce~ptlons to these requirements ce esing o comoponen s because Its emergencypo                      shall be applicable as follows:
ce esing o comoponen s shall be applicable as follows:
determined to be inoperable solely              Its normal power sourc                                                              valves shall be performed in source  is inoperable,  or solely  because                                                    Inservice testing of pumps andthe        ASME Boiler and OPERABLE        for the puroeo                        accordance with Section     Xl of i 4noperable. Itmay be considered                    Uimiting Condito for                                                                    Addenda as required satisfying  the requirements    of its  applicable                                            Pressure Vessel Code and applicable               where specific SAC                                                                          or emergency                    by 10 CFR 50, Section 50.55a(f),       except ps~*.g        operation, provided: (1)its corresponding normal  of Its redundant                                                        granted by   the NRC   pursuant to 10 power source is OPERABLE; and (2)all                        and device(s) are written relief has  been The inservica testing        andd "sysstem(s).subsystem(s),    train(s),  component(s)                                          CFR 50, Section 50.55a(f)(6)(i). an NRC approved edition o of this                                                  Is based  on OPERABLE, or likewise satisfy the requirements    and  (2)  are satisfied, the        )inspection        program specification. Unless both    conditions    (1)                                                                                        ASME Boiler and following 24                  and addenda to, Section XI of the within unit shall be placed in COLD SHUTDOWNwhen inCold Shutd the                                                  Code   which Is In effect 112 mmonths prio t not  applicable SPressure Vessel hours. This specification Is                                                                                    o th inpecioninterval..
Inservice testing of pumps and valves shall be performed in accordance with Section Xl of the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code and applicable Addenda as required by 10 CFR 50, Section 50.55a(f), except where specific written relief has been granted by the NRC pursuant to 10 CFR 50, Section 50.55a(f)(6)(i). The inservica testing andd
                                                                                                                              *thebegnnig declared inoperable to Equipment removed from service or
)inspection program Is based on an NRC approved edition o and addenda to, Section XI of the ASME Boiler and SPressure Vessel Code which Is In effect 112 mmonths prio t  
      *,        4-                                        may  be  retured to service under comply with required actions                            required  to
*thebegnnig o th inpecioninterval..
@t0                    administrative control solely to perform testingof other eauii ment.           *1 demonstrate its operability    or the operability (M5*.-                        3*75,--
*1 Amendment No. 03. I.
This is an exception to LC 190. 2,',         41, Amendment No. 03. I.                                                                    30a 4-REVISIO   V5 3.-
190. 2,',
REVISION g" k-
4 1, 30a REVISIO 3.-
      ý-(AQO       iO LVCAI-fa
V5
ý-(AQO iO LVCAI-fa
@t0 4-REVISION g" k-


==SUMMARY==
==SUMMARY==
OF CHANGES TO ITS SECTION 3.3 - REVISION K Summary of Change                                 Affected Pages Source of Change TS Amendment 273 Incorporates TS Amendment 273 into ITS. TSA 273           Section 3.3.4.1 revised the ATWS RPT instrument setpoints   for Reactor 4 of Pressure - High to a single setpoint, independent of the CTS mark-up, pp 2 of 6 and number.of SRVs that are operable.                       6 DOC A9 - deleted (p 3 of 8); DOC M2 (p 4 of 8)
OF CHANGES TO ITS SECTION 3.3 - REVISION K Page 1 of 3 Source of Change Summary of Change Affected Pages TS Amendment 273 Incorporates TS Amendment 273 into ITS. TSA 273 Section 3.3.4.1 revised the ATWS RPT instrument setpoints for Reactor Pressure - High to a single setpoint, independent of the CTS mark-up, pp 2 of 6 and 4 of number.of SRVs that are operable.
ITS mark-up, p 3.3-35 ITS Bases mark-up, pp Insert page B 3.3-94, B 3.3-96, B 3.3 98, B 3.3-100 and Insert page B 3.3-100 Retyped ITS p 3.3-31 Retyped ITS Bases pp B 3.3-90, B 3.3-92, B 3.3-94, B 3.3-95 and B 3.3-96 Page 1 of 3
6 DOC A9 - deleted (p 3 of 8); DOC M2 (p 4 of 8)
ITS mark-up, p 3.3-35 ITS Bases mark-up, pp Insert page B 3.3-94, B 3.3-96, B 3.3 98, B 3.3-100 and Insert page B 3.3-100 Retyped ITS p 3.3-31 Retyped ITS Bases pp B 3.3-90, B 3.3-92, B 3.3-94, B 3.3-95 and B 3.3-96


==SUMMARY==
==SUMMARY==
OF CHANGES TO ITS SECTION 3.3 - REVISION K Summary of Change                                 Affected Pages Source of Change NRC telecon   The Modes of Applicability for ITS 3.3.6.1, Functions 1.f Section 3.3.6.1 and 2.f (Main Steam Line Radiation - High) is revised to be consistent with CTS.                                   CTS mark-up, p 3 of 22 DOC LI 3 - deleted (p 22 of 25)
OF CHANGES TO ITS SECTION 3.3 - REVISION K Page 2 of 3 Source of Change Summary of Change Affected Pages NRC telecon The Modes of Applicability for ITS 3.3.6.1, Functions 1.f Section 3.3.6.1 and 2.f (Main Steam Line Radiation - High) is revised to be consistent with CTS.
CTS mark-up, p 3 of 22 DOC LI 3 - deleted (p 22 of 25)
NSHC L13 - deleted (pp 19 of 32 and 20 of 32)
NSHC L13 - deleted (pp 19 of 32 and 20 of 32)
ITS mark-up, pp 3.3-57 and Insert page 3.3-58 JFD DB6 (p 4 of 5)
ITS mark-up, pp 3.3-57 and Insert page 3.3-58 JFD DB6 (p 4 of 5)
ITS Bases mark-up, Insert page B 3.3-158, Insert page B 3.3-161 and Insert page B 3.3-164b Retyped ITS pp 3.3-52 and 3.3 53 Retyped ITS Bases pp B 3.3-160 and B 3.3-164 Page 2 of 3
ITS Bases mark-up, Insert page B 3.3-158, Insert page B 3.3-161 and Insert page B 3.3-164b Retyped ITS pp 3.3-52 and 3.3 53 Retyped ITS Bases pp B 3.3-160 and B 3.3-164


==SUMMARY==
==SUMMARY==
OF CHANGES TO ITS SECTION 3.3 - REVISION K Summary of Change                                         Affected Pages Source of Change Provides a Bases cross reference from ITS SR 3.3.1.1.12 to         Section 3.3.1.1 NRC telecon ITS SR 3.3.2.1.8 regarding calibration of   the recirculation loop flow signal portion of the channel. An additional CHANNEL           NUREG Bases mark-up, p Insert CALIBRATION surveillance (ITS SR 3.3.2.1.8) is added as             page B 3.3-30 well as NOTES to SR 3.3.2.1.5 and SR 3.3.2.1.8 regarding calibration of the recirculation loop flow signal portion of the   Bases JFD CLB5 (p 1 of 4) channel.
OF CHANGES TO ITS SECTION 3.3 - REVISION K Source of Change Summary of Change Affected Pages NRC telecon Provides a Bases cross reference from ITS SR 3.3.1.1.12 to Section 3.3.1.1 ITS SR 3.3.2.1.8 regarding calibration of the recirculation loop flow signal portion of the channel. An additional CHANNEL NUREG Bases mark-up, p Insert CALIBRATION surveillance (ITS SR 3.3.2.1.8) is added as page B 3.3-30 well as NOTES to SR 3.3.2.1.5 and SR 3.3.2.1.8 regarding calibration of the recirculation loop flow signal portion of the Bases JFD CLB5 (p 1 of 4) channel.
Retyped ITS Bases p 3.3-33 Section 3.3.2.1 CTS mark-up, p 6 of 10 and 8 of 10 DOCs A7 (p 2 of 9) and L5 (p 7 of 9)
Retyped ITS Bases p 3.3-33 Section 3.3.2.1 CTS mark-up, p 6 of 10 and 8 of 10 DOCs A7 (p 2 of 9) and L5 (p 7 of 9)
NUREG mark-up pp 3.3-19 and 3.3 20 JFDs CLB1 and DB4 (pp 1 of 3 and 2 of 3)
NUREG mark-up pp 3.3-19 and 3.3 20 JFDs CLB1 and DB4 (pp 1 of 3 and 2 of 3)
NUREG Bases mark-up, B 3.3-54, Insert page B 3.3-54 Retyped ITS pp 3.3-18, 3.3-19 and 3.3-20 Retyped ITS Bases pp B 3.3-56 through B 3.3-59 Misc. editorial   These editorial changes were identified during the                 Section 3.3.6.1 corrections       preparation of the final ITS submittal:                             DOC M4 (p 7 of 25)
NUREG Bases mark-up, B 3.3-54, Insert page B 3.3-54 Retyped ITS pp 3.3-18, 3.3-19 and 3.3-20 Retyped ITS Bases pp B 3.3-56 through B 3.3-59 Misc. editorial These editorial changes were identified during the Section 3.3.6.1 corrections preparation of the final ITS submittal:
DOC M4 (p 7 of 25)
: 1. ITS 3.3.6.1 DOC M4 (p 7 of 25) refers to Note 2.
: 1. ITS 3.3.6.1 DOC M4 (p 7 of 25) refers to Note 2.
There is only one Note; therefore, the DOC has been                 Section 3.3.1.1 corrected.                                                         DOC M8 (p 9 of 25)
There is only one Note; therefore, the DOC has been Section 3.3.1.1 corrected.
DOC M8 (p 9 of 25)
: 2. ITS 3.3.1.1 DOC M8 (p 9 of 25) refers to Note 3.
: 2. ITS 3.3.1.1 DOC M8 (p 9 of 25) refers to Note 3.
This should refer to Note 2; therefore, the DOC has been corrected.
This should refer to Note 2; therefore, the DOC has been corrected.
Page 3 of 3
Page 3 of 3


DISCUSSION OF CHANGES ITS: 3.3.1.1 - REACTOR PROTECTION SYSTEM (RPS)     INSTRUMENTATION TECHNICAL CHANGES - MORE RESTRICTIVE M5   (continued) to the current The addition of new requirements (Surveillances)                 change necessary Technical Specifications constitutes     a more restrictive maintained  Operable. This  change is to ensure the RPS Functions are                               is not  considered consistent with NUREG-1433, Revision 1. This change to result in any reduction to safety.
DISCUSSION OF CHANGES ITS: 3.3.1.1 -
the Channel M6     ITS SR 3.3.1.1.1, increases the frequency for performingto  every  12 hours for Checks in CTS Table 4.1-1 from the current Daily the Functions listed below:
REACTOR PROTECTION SYSTEM (RPS)
Reactor Pressure- High Drywell Pressure- High Reactor Vessel Water Level -Low (Level 3)
INSTRUMENTATION TECHNICAL CHANGES - MORE RESTRICTIVE M5 (continued)
The addition of new requirements (Surveillances) to the current Technical Specifications constitutes a more restrictive change necessary to ensure the RPS Functions are maintained Operable.
This change is consistent with NUREG-1433, Revision 1.
This change is not considered to result in any reduction to safety.
M6 ITS SR 3.3.1.1.1, increases the frequency for performing the Channel Checks in CTS Table 4.1-1 from the current Daily to every 12 hours for the Functions listed below:
Reactor Pressure-High Drywell Pressure-High Reactor Vessel Water Level -Low (Level 3)
Scram Discharge Volume Water Level -High (DP transmitter/trip unit)
Scram Discharge Volume Water Level -High (DP transmitter/trip unit)
Turbine First Stage Pressure Permissive (see LA12) of the current Technical This change to the requirements (Surveillances)change necessary to ensure Specifications constitutes a more restrictive           change is consistent the RPS Functions are maintained Operable. is Thisnot  considered to result in with NUREG-1433, Revision 1. This change any reduction to safety.
Turbine First Stage Pressure Permissive (see LA12)
channels overlap prior M7     ITS SR 3.3.1.1.5 was added to verify SRM and IRMrequirements to fully withdrawing SRMs. This change to the                   constitutes a (Surveillances) of the current Technical Specifications RPS  Functions  are more restrictive change necessary to ensure the maintained Operable.
This change to the requirements (Surveillances) of the current Technical Specifications constitutes a more restrictive change necessary to ensure the RPS Functions are maintained Operable.
reactor protection M8     CTS 4.1.A specifies that the response time of the to be within its system trip functions listed shall   be demonstrated limit once per 24 months. Each test shall trip include at least one channel systems shall be tested in each trip system. All channels in both                   RPS RESPONSE TIME within two test intervals. In ITS SR 3.3.1.1.15 the TEST BASIS.
This change is consistent with NUREG-1433, Revision 1.
test must be performed every 24 months on a STAGGERED         for the purpose Note 2 of this SR specifies that "n" equals 2 channels   Therefore, of determining the STAGGERED TEST BASIS Frequency. response time testing SR 3.3.1.1.15 will require all channels requiring This change is more to be tested in two (2) surveillance intervals. Function 5 (Main Steam restrictive since at least eight (8) ITS 3.3.1.1    ITS 3.3.1.1 Function 8 Isolation Valve-Closure) channels and four (4) tested each interval (Turbine Stop Valve-Clos5jre) channels must be Revision K JAFNPP                              Page 9 of 25
This change is not considered to result in any reduction to safety.
M7 ITS SR 3.3.1.1.5 was added to verify SRM and IRM channels overlap prior to fully withdrawing SRMs.
This change to the requirements (Surveillances) of the current Technical Specifications constitutes a more restrictive change necessary to ensure the RPS Functions are maintained Operable.
M8 CTS 4.1.A specifies that the response time of the reactor protection system trip functions listed shall be demonstrated to be within its limit once per 24 months.
Each test shall include at least one channel in each trip system.
All channels in both trip systems shall be tested within two test intervals.
In ITS SR 3.3.1.1.15 the RPS RESPONSE TIME test must be performed every 24 months on a STAGGERED TEST BASIS.
Note 2 of this SR specifies that "n" equals 2 channels for the purpose of determining the STAGGERED TEST BASIS Frequency.
Therefore, SR 3.3.1.1.15 will require all channels requiring response time testing to be tested in two (2) surveillance intervals.
This change is more restrictive since at least eight (8) ITS 3.3.1.1 Function 5 (Main Steam Isolation Valve-Closure) channels and four (4) ITS 3.3.1.1 Function 8 (Turbine Stop Valve-Clos5jre) channels must be tested each interval Revision K Page 9 of 25 JAFNPP


INSERT SR 3.3.1.1.10 For Functions 8 and 9, this SR is associated with the enabling circuit sensing first stage turbine pressure.
INSERT SR 3.3.1.1.10 For Functions 8 and 9, this SR is associated with the enabling circuit sensing first stage turbine pressure.  
_      *INSERT             SR 3.3.1.1.12-1 Physical inspection of the position switches is performed in conjunction with SR 3.3.1.1.12 for Function 5 and 8 to ensure that the switches are not corroded or otherwise degraded. For Function 7.b, the CHANNEL CALIBRATION must be performed utilizing a water column or similar device to provide will assurance that damage to a float or other portions of the float assembly     the be detected. For Functions 8 and 9, SR 3.3.1.1.12 is associated with enabling circuit sensing first stage turbine pressure       as well as the trip function.
*INSERT SR 3.3.1.1.12-1 Physical inspection of the position switches is performed in conjunction with SR 3.3.1.1.12 for Function 5 and 8 to ensure that the switches are not corroded or otherwise degraded.
C             INSERT SR 3.3.1.1.12-2 Note 3 to SR 3.3.1.1.9 and the Note to SR 3.3.1.1.12 concerns the Neutron Flux-High (Flow Biased) Function (Function 2). Note 3 to SR 3.3.1.1.9 excludes the recirculation loop flow signal portion of the channel, the    since this by SR 3.3.1.1.12. Similarly,       Note to portion of the channel is calibrated SR 3.3.1.1.12 excludes all portions of the channel except the recirculation loop flow signal portion, since they are covered by SR 3.3.1.1.9. Since the recirculation loop flow signal is also a portion of the Rod Block Monitor (RBM) - Upscale control rod block Function channels (Table 3.3.2.1-1, Control Rod Block Instrumentation, Function 1.a), satisfactory performance of for the SR 3.3.1.1.12 also results   in satisfactory performance of SR 3.3.2.1.8 associated RBM-Upscale control rod block Function channels.
For Function 7.b, the CHANNEL CALIBRATION must be performed utilizing a water column or similar device to provide assurance that damage to a float or other portions of the float assembly will be detected.
Reactor Pressure-High and Reactor Vessel Water Level -Low (Level 3) Function sensors (Functions 3 and 4, respectively) are excluded from the RPS RESPONSE TIME testing (Ref. 19). However, prior to the CHANNEL CALIBRATION of these sensors a response check must be performed to ensure adequate response. This testing is required by Reference 20. Personnel involved in this testing must have been trained in response to Reference 21 to ensure they are aware of the consequences of instrument response time degradation. This response check must be performed by placing a fast ramp or a step change into the input of the each required sensor. The personnel, must monitor the input and output of associated sensor so that simultaneous monitoring and verification may be accomplished.
For Functions 8 and 9, SR 3.3.1.1.12 is associated with the enabling circuit sensing first stage turbine pressure as well as the trip function.
9           INSERT SR 3.3.1.1.9 The Frequency of SR 3.3.1.1.9 is based upon the assumption of a 92 day calibration interval in the determination of the magnitude of equipment drift in the setpoint analysis.
C INSERT SR 3.3.1.1.12-2 Note 3 to SR 3.3.1.1.9 and the Note to SR 3.3.1.1.12 concerns the Neutron Flux-High (Flow Biased) Function (Function 2).
Insert Page B 3.3-30                       Revision K
Note 3 to SR 3.3.1.1.9 excludes the recirculation loop flow signal portion of the channel, since this portion of the channel is calibrated by SR 3.3.1.1.12.
Similarly, the Note to SR 3.3.1.1.12 excludes all portions of the channel except the recirculation loop flow signal portion, since they are covered by SR 3.3.1.1.9.
Since the recirculation loop flow signal is also a portion of the Rod Block Monitor (RBM)  
- Upscale control rod block Function channels (Table 3.3.2.1-1, Control Rod Block Instrumentation, Function 1.a), satisfactory performance of SR 3.3.1.1.12 also results in satisfactory performance of SR 3.3.2.1.8 for the associated RBM-Upscale control rod block Function channels.
Reactor Pressure-High and Reactor Vessel Water Level -Low (Level 3) Function sensors (Functions 3 and 4, respectively) are excluded from the RPS RESPONSE TIME testing (Ref. 19).
However, prior to the CHANNEL CALIBRATION of these sensors a response check must be performed to ensure adequate response.
This testing is required by Reference 20.
Personnel involved in this testing must have been trained in response to Reference 21 to ensure they are aware of the consequences of instrument response time degradation.
This response check must be performed by placing a fast ramp or a step change into the input of each required sensor.
The personnel, must monitor the input and output of the associated sensor so that simultaneous monitoring and verification may be accomplished.
9 INSERT SR 3.3.1.1.9 The Frequency of SR 3.3.1.1.9 is based upon the assumption of a 92 day calibration interval in the determination of the magnitude of equipment drift in the setpoint analysis.
Insert Page B 3.3-30 Revision K


JUSTIFICATION FOR DIFFERENCES FROM NUREG-1433, REVISION 1 ITS BASES: 3.3.1.1 - REACTOR PROTECTION SYSTEM (RPS) INSTRUMENTATION RETENTION OF EXISTING REQUIREMENT (CLB)
JUSTIFICATION FOR DIFFERENCES FROM NUREG-1433, REVISION 1 ITS BASES: 3.3.1.1 - REACTOR PROTECTION SYSTEM (RPS)
CLB1 Function 2.d has been deleted. The Downscale       trip has been removed from following Functions the CTS as documented in License Amendment 227. The have been renumbered as required.
INSTRUMENTATION RETENTION OF EXISTING REQUIREMENT (CLB)
test of each RPS automatic CLB2 SR 3.3.1.1.4 has been added (a functional requirements.        This scram contactor) consistent with current             Frequency  extensions of Surveillance was added to allow the Surveillance Technical Specification the automatic RPS Functions per NEDC-30851-P-A. System, since the JAFNPP Improvement Analyses for BWR Reactor Protection used in NEDC-30851-P-A.
CLB1 Function 2.d has been deleted.
design is different than the generic BWR model              of the CHANNEL Therefore, the Bases description in ISTS SR 3.3.1.1.5 has  been  deleted and FUNCTIONAL TEST of the manual scram function         test  switches.
The Downscale trip has been removed from the CTS as documented in License Amendment 227.
replaced with the description of the RPS channel the sensor during response CLB3 Consistent with CTS 4.1.A. the measurement of                   as references time testing is not required. Appropriate Ri. as well Bases have been included consistent with TSTF 322 to require RPS CLB4 The Bases of ITS SR 3.3.1.1.15 has beenthemodified, current licensing basis, and RESPONSE TIME TESTING consistent with as modified in MB.
The following Functions have been renumbered as required.
CLB5 ISTS SR 3.3.1.1.3. the requirement to beenadjust the channels to conform to a calibrated signal every 7 days has       deleted since this requirement is currently being performed along with the 92 day channel functional test. This adjustment will be performed   in accordance with SR 3.3.1.1.8, the 92 day CHANNEL FUNCTIONAL TEST. This is reflected in the as Bases of SR 3.3.1.1.8. Subsequent SRs have been renumbered,signal portion of applicable. In addition, the recirculation loop flowNotes      have been Function 2.b is calibrated by SR 3.3.1.1.12. Thus, and since the added to SR 3.3.1.1.9 and SR 3.3.1.1.12 for clarity   the RBM - Upscale recirculation loop flow signal is also a portion of             3.3.2.1.8 has control rod block Function channels. a reference to ITS SR been added to the ITS SR 3.3.1.1.12 Bases.
CLB2 SR 3.3.1.1.4 has been added (a functional test of each RPS automatic scram contactor) consistent with current requirements.
CLB6 These requirements have been added in accordance       with CTS Table 4.1-1 Note 6 and Table 4.1-2 Note 5. as documented in LA11.
This Surveillance was added to allow the Surveillance Frequency extensions of the automatic RPS Functions per NEDC-30851-P-A. Technical Specification Improvement Analyses for BWR Reactor Protection System, since the JAFNPP design is different than the generic BWR model used in NEDC-30851-P-A.
has been CLB7 The Channel Functional Test Frequency of SR 3.3.1.1.11           CTS Table increased from 18 months to 24 months in accordance with     cycle.
Therefore, the Bases description in ISTS SR 3.3.1.1.5 of the CHANNEL FUNCTIONAL TEST of the manual scram function has been deleted and replaced with the description of the RPS channel test switches.
4.1-1. The Frequency is consistent with the JAFNPP fuel CLBB SR 3.3.1.1.10 Surveillance Frequency has been       modified to be consistent in License with the frequency in CTS Table 4.1-1 Note 6 and approved Amendment No. 89.
CLB3 Consistent with CTS 4.1.A. the measurement of the sensor during response time testing is not required.
Page 1 of 4                               Revision K JAFNPP
Appropriate Bases as well as references have been included consistent with TSTF 322 Ri.
CLB4 The Bases of ITS SR 3.3.1.1.15 has been modified, to require RPS RESPONSE TIME TESTING consistent with the current licensing basis, and as modified in MB.
CLB5 ISTS SR 3.3.1.1.3. the requirement to adjust the channels to conform to a calibrated signal every 7 days has been deleted since this requirement is currently being performed along with the 92 day channel functional test. This adjustment will be performed in accordance with SR 3.3.1.1.8, the 92 day CHANNEL FUNCTIONAL TEST.
This is reflected in the Bases of SR 3.3.1.1.8.
Subsequent SRs have been renumbered, as applicable.
In addition, the recirculation loop flow signal portion of Function 2.b is calibrated by SR 3.3.1.1.12.
Thus, Notes have been added to SR 3.3.1.1.9 and SR 3.3.1.1.12 for clarity and since the recirculation loop flow signal is also a portion of the RBM - Upscale control rod block Function channels. a reference to ITS SR 3.3.2.1.8 has been added to the ITS SR 3.3.1.1.12 Bases.
CLB6 These requirements have been added in accordance with CTS Table 4.1-1 Note 6 and Table 4.1-2 Note 5. as documented in LA11.
CLB7 The Channel Functional Test Frequency of SR 3.3.1.1.11 has been increased from 18 months to 24 months in accordance with CTS Table 4.1-1.
The Frequency is consistent with the JAFNPP fuel cycle.
CLBB SR 3.3.1.1.10 Surveillance Frequency has been modified to be consistent with the frequency in CTS Table 4.1-1 Note 6 and approved in License Amendment No. 89.
Revision K Page 1 of 4 JAFNPP


REVISION 1 JUSTIFICATION FOR DIFFERENCES FROM NUREG-1433, (RPS)  INSTRUMENTATION ITS BASES: 3.3.1.1 - REACTOR   PROTECTION   SYSTEM RETENTION OF EXISTING REQUIREMENT (CLB) have been added to the CLB9     The specific details concerning response checks           Amendment No. 235.
JUSTIFICATION FOR DIFFERENCES FROM NUREG-1433, REVISION 1 ITS BASES: 3.3.1.1 -
Bases of SR 3.3.1.1.12 in accordance with License IMPROVEMENT (PA)
REACTOR PROTECTION SYSTEM (RPS)
PLANT-SPECIFIC WORDING PREFERENCE OR MINOR EDITORIAL plant specific PAl     The Specification has been modified to reflect nomenclature.
INSTRUMENTATION RETENTION OF EXISTING REQUIREMENT (CLB)
clarity or to be PA2     Editorial changes have been made for enhanced consistent with other places in the Bases.
CLB9 The specific details concerning response checks have been added to the Bases of SR 3.3.1.1.12 in accordance with License Amendment No. 235.
PA3     Grammatical or typographical error corrected.
PLANT-SPECIFIC WORDING PREFERENCE OR MINOR EDITORIAL IMPROVEMENT (PA)
generic and not plant PA4     This Table has been deleted because it provides in the Table could be specific types of information. The information take credit for these misleading as to which plant specific analyses and transient scenarios.
PAl The Specification has been modified to reflect plant specific nomenclature.
channels to perform a function during accident PA5     The Reviewer's Note has been deleted.
PA2 Editorial changes have been made for enhanced clarity or to be consistent with other places in the Bases.
have been removed. The PA6     The quotations used in the Bases References Writer's Guide does not require the use of quotations.
PA3 Grammatical or typographical error corrected.
reflect the PA7     The Bases description has be modified to better Applicability of the Functions in Table 3.3.1.1-1.
PA4 This Table has been deleted because it provides generic and not plant specific types of information.
The information in the Table could be misleading as to which plant specific analyses take credit for these channels to perform a function during accident and transient scenarios.
PA5 The Reviewer's Note has been deleted.
PA6 The quotations used in the Bases References have been removed.
The Writer's Guide does not require the use of quotations.
PA7 The Bases description has be modified to better reflect the Applicability of the Functions in Table 3.3.1.1-1.
PLANT-SPECIFIC DIFFERENCE IN THE DESIGN (DB)
PLANT-SPECIFIC DIFFERENCE IN THE DESIGN (DB)
JAFNPP specific design.
DB1 The Bases have been modified to reflect the JAFNPP specific design.
DB1     The Bases have been modified to reflect the plant specific reference DB2     The brackets have been removed and the proper have been provided.
DB2 The brackets have been removed and the proper plant specific reference have been provided.
Power Range Monitor Flow DB3     The Bases description of Function 2.b, Average has been modified to be Biased Simulated Thermal Power-High Function           circuit has been removed consistent with the JAFNPP design. The filter     Stability    Solutions (Refs. 5 consistent with BWR Owner's Group   Long   Term as a result of this design and 6). Changes have been made in the Bases as applicable.            In difference. References have been renumbered,     because the    JAFNPP RPS  does addition. ISTS 3.3.1.1.14 has been deleted Thermal Power-High time not utilize an APRM Flow Biased Simulated               as applicable.
DB3 The Bases description of Function 2.b, Average Power Range Monitor Flow Biased Simulated Thermal Power-High Function has been modified to be consistent with the JAFNPP design.
constant. Subsequent SRs have been renumbered, S.... nf A.                           Revision K JAFNPP                               rayc   %Iu
The filter circuit has been removed consistent with BWR Owner's Group Long Term Stability Solutions (Refs. 5 and 6).
Changes have been made in the Bases as a result of this design difference.
References have been renumbered, as applicable.
In addition. ISTS 3.3.1.1.14 has been deleted because the JAFNPP RPS does not utilize an APRM Flow Biased Simulated Thermal Power-High time constant.
Subsequent SRs have been renumbered, as applicable.
S....
nf A.
Revision K JAFNPP rayc  
%Iu


1 JUSTIFICATION FOR DIFFERENCES FROM NUREG-1433, REVISION INSTRUMENTATION ITS BASES: 3.3.1.1 - REACTOR PROTECTION SYSTEM (RPS)
JUSTIFICATION FOR DIFFERENCES FROM NUREG-1433, REVISION 1 ITS BASES: 3.3.1.1 -
PLANT-SPECIFIC DIFFERENCE IN THE DESIGN (DB)
REACTOR PROTECTION SYSTEM (RPS)
All channels are not required to respond         within a specified response DB4                                                            Allowable Values (e.g.
INSTRUMENTATION PLANT-SPECIFIC DIFFERENCE IN THE DESIGN (DB)
time and all channels do not have a specified     the  Bases has been revised as Manual Scram Function channels), therefore necessary.
DB4 All channels are not required to respond within a specified response time and all channels do not have a specified Allowable Values (e.g.
methodology has been revised DB5     The description of the setpoint calculation to reflect the plant specific methodology.
Manual Scram Function channels), therefore the Bases has been revised as necessary.
references.
DB5 The description of the setpoint calculation methodology has been revised to reflect the plant specific methodology.
DB6     The Bases has been revised to reflect the appropriate analysis. At low DB7     The Bases has been revised to reflect the safety   TSV  and  TCV is not required; powers (e.g.. < 29% RTP) the scram from theonline (and trip with however, the turbine generator can remain power level. The TSV and TCV resultant pressure transient) below this            trip) provide a direct Fast Closure (turbine trip or main generator     RTP,  a turbine or main reactor scram when k 29% RTP.     When < 29X scram, but should the generator trip will not result in a direct the Reactor High Pressure pressure transient reach the setpoint for               occur from the Reactor trip, a scram would occur (i.e., is credited tobelow 29% RTP includes High Pressure trip). Since turbine operation of the Reactor High MODE 1 and MODE 2, the necessary applicability             1 and 2. References Pressure trip is consistent with specifying MODE     references  have been have been included as applicable. Subsequent renumbered as required.
DB6 The Bases has been revised to reflect the appropriate references.
calculation DB8     The Bases has been revised to reflect the setpoint methodology assumptions.
DB7 The Bases has been revised to reflect the safety analysis.
CALIBRATION every DB9     SR 3.3.1.1.9 has been added to perform a CHANNEL         Water Level -High, 92 days for Function 7.a (Scram Discharge Volume                 with CTS Table Differential Pressure Transmitter/Trip Unit) consistent         calculation setpoint 4.1-2. The Frequency is consistent with the the Frequency for ISTS SR methodology for this Function. In addition, requirement for the APRM 3.3.1.1.11, the 184 day CHANNEL CALIBRATION           3.3.1.1.9), consistent Functions, has been changed to 92 days (ITS SR reordered and renumbered with the CTS. The Bases description     has   been as required.
At low powers (e.g.. < 29% RTP) the scram from the TSV and TCV is not required; however, the turbine generator can remain online (and trip with resultant pressure transient) below this power level.
changes made to the DB1O Changes have been made to reflect those Specification.
The TSV and TCV Fast Closure (turbine trip or main generator trip) provide a direct reactor scram when k 29% RTP.
ray^       : -Al                           Revision K JAFNPP                               ravc     Um
When < 29X RTP, a turbine or main generator trip will not result in a direct scram, but should the pressure transient reach the setpoint for the Reactor High Pressure trip, a scram would occur (i.e., is credited to occur from the Reactor High Pressure trip).
Since turbine operation below 29% RTP includes MODE 1 and MODE 2, the necessary applicability of the Reactor High Pressure trip is consistent with specifying MODE 1 and 2.
References have been included as applicable.
Subsequent references have been renumbered as required.
DB8 The Bases has been revised to reflect the setpoint calculation methodology assumptions.
DB9 SR 3.3.1.1.9 has been added to perform a CHANNEL CALIBRATION every 92 days for Function 7.a (Scram Discharge Volume Water Level -High, Differential Pressure Transmitter/Trip Unit) consistent with CTS Table 4.1-2.
The Frequency is consistent with the setpoint calculation methodology for this Function.
In addition, the Frequency for ISTS SR 3.3.1.1.11, the 184 day CHANNEL CALIBRATION requirement for the APRM Functions, has been changed to 92 days (ITS SR 3.3.1.1.9), consistent with the CTS.
The Bases description has been reordered and renumbered as required.
DB1O Changes have been made to reflect those changes made to the Specification.
ray^
: Al Revision K JAFNPP ravc Um


1 JUSTIFICATION FOR DIFFERENCES FROM NUREG-1433, REVISION INSTRUMENTATION ITS BASES: 3.3.1.1 - REACTOR PROTECTION SYSTEM     (RPS)
JUSTIFICATION FOR DIFFERENCES FROM NUREG-1433, REVISION 1 ITS BASES: 3.3.1.1 -
DIFFERENCE BASED ON AN APPROVED TRAVELER (TA)
REACTOR PROTECTION SYSTEM (RPS)
The changes presented in Technical Specification332,  Task Force (TSTF)
INSTRUMENTATION DIFFERENCE BASED ON AN APPROVED TRAVELER (TA)
TA1                                              Number         Revision 1 have been Technical Specification Change Traveler              Specifications.
TA1 The changes presented in Technical Specification Task Force (TSTF)
incorporated into the revised Improved Technical   been  adopted by JAFNPP.
Technical Specification Change Traveler Number 332, Revision 1 have been incorporated into the revised Improved Technical Specifications.
1 has not  yet However. NEDO-32291-A, Supplement             been incorporated.
However. NEDO-32291-A, Supplement 1 has not yet been adopted by JAFNPP.
Therefore, this portion of the TSTF has not Task Force (TSTF)
Therefore, this portion of the TSTF has not been incorporated.
TA2    The changes presented in Technical Specification205, Revision 3 have been Technical Specification Change Traveler Number      Specifications.
TA2 The changes presented in Technical Specification Task Force (TSTF)
incorporated into the revised Improved Technical Task Force (TSTF)
Technical Specification Change Traveler Number 205, Revision 3 have been incorporated into the revised Improved Technical Specifications.
TA3    The changes presented in Technical Specification231, Revision 1 have been Technical Specification Change Traveler  Number Specifications.
TA3 The changes presented in Technical Specification Task Force (TSTF)
incorporated into the revised Improved Technical Task Force (TSTF)
Technical Specification Change Traveler Number 231, Revision 1 have been incorporated into the revised Improved Technical Specifications.
TA4    The changes presented in Technical Specification355. Revision 0, as Technical Specification Change  Traveler  Number into the revised Improved modified by WOG-ED-25, have been incorporated Technical Specifications.
TA4 The changes presented in Technical Specification Task Force (TSTF)
DIFFERENCE BASED ON A SUBMITTED,   BUT PENDING TRAVELER (TP)
Technical Specification Change Traveler Number 355. Revision 0, as modified by WOG-ED-25, have been incorporated into the revised Improved Technical Specifications.
None (X)
DIFFERENCE BASED ON A SUBMITTED, BUT PENDING TRAVELER (TP)
DIFFERENCE FOR ANY REASON OTHER THAN THE ABOVE NRC Policy Statement" X1     NUREG-1433, Revision 1, Bases reference to "the in accordance has been replaced with 10 CFR 50.36(c)(2)(ii), Subsequent References have with 60 FR 36953 effective August 18, 1995.
None DIFFERENCE FOR ANY REASON OTHER THAN THE ABOVE (X)
been renumbered, as applicable.
X1 NUREG-1433, Revision 1, Bases reference to "the NRC Policy Statement" has been replaced with 10 CFR 50.36(c)(2)(ii), in accordance with 60 FR 36953 effective August 18, 1995.
have been modified from X2     The SR 3.3.1.1.13 and SR 3.3.1.1.14 Frequencies       fuel cycle.
Subsequent References have been renumbered, as applicable.
18 months to 24 months consistent with   the JAFNPP
X2 The SR 3.3.1.1.13 and SR 3.3.1.1.14 Frequencies have been modified from 18 months to 24 months consistent with the JAFNPP fuel cycle.
                                            ^A f A                           Revision K JAFNPP                             rayc   uV
^A f A Revision K JAFNPP rayc V
u


RPS Instrumentation B 3.3.1.1 BASES SR     3.3.1.1.9 and SR   3.3.1.1.12         (continued)
RPS Instrumentation B 3.3.1.1 BASES SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS SR 3.3.1.1.9 and SR 3.3.1.1.12 (continued) this portion of the channel is calibrated by SR 3.3.1.1.12.
SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS                                                            by SR 3.3.1.1.12.
Similarly, the Note to SR 3.3.1.1.12 excludes all portions of the channel except the recirculation loop flow signal portion, since they are covered by SR 3.3.1.1.9.
this portion of the channel is calibrated          excludes    all portions Similarly, the Note to SR 3.3.1.1.12                   loop    flow  signal of the channel except the           recirculation SR 3.3.1.1.9.       Since   the portion, since they are covered by also               a portion     of   the Rod recirculation loop flow signal is                      block    Function Block Monitor (RBM) -Upscale controlRodrodBlock channels (Table     3.3.2.1-1,       Control performance of Instrumentation, Function l.a), satisfactoryperformance of SR 3.3.1.1.12 also results in satisfactory                   control rod SR 3.3.2.1.8 for the associated RBM-Upscale block Function     channels.
Since the recirculation loop flow signal is also a portion of the Rod Block Monitor (RBM) -Upscale control rod block Function channels (Table 3.3.2.1-1, Control Rod Block Instrumentation, Function l.a), satisfactory performance of SR 3.3.1.1.12 also results in satisfactory performance of SR 3.3.2.1.8 for the associated RBM-Upscale control rod block Function channels.
Water Level -Low Reactor Pressure-High and Reactor Vessel           3 and 4. respectively)
Reactor Pressure-High and Reactor Vessel Water Level -Low (Level 3) Function sensors (Functions 3 and 4. respectively) are excluded from the RPS RESPONSE TIME testing (Ref. 19).
(Level 3) Function sensors (Functions         TIME   testing (Ref. 19).
However, prior to the CHANNEL CALIBRATION of these sensors a response check must be performed to ensure adequate response.
are excluded from the RPS          RESPONSE of these sensors a However, prior to the CHANNEL CALIBRATION                   adequate response check must be performed to ensure     by  Reference    20.
This testing is required by Reference 20.
response. This     testing     is   required have  been  trained in Personnel involved in this testing must               are  aware  of the response to Reference 21 to ensure they         time   degradation.       This consequences of instrument response placing a fast ramp or a response check must be performed by required sensor. The step change into the input of each and output of the personnel, must monitor the input                   monitoring and associated sensor so that simultaneous verification may be     accomplished.
Personnel involved in this testing must have been trained in response to Reference 21 to ensure they are aware of the consequences of instrument response time degradation.
on the assumption of The Frequency of SR 3.3.1.1.9 is baseddetermination of the a 92 day calibration interval in the       the magnitude   of equipment   drift     in       setpoint analysis.
This response check must be performed by placing a fast ramp or a step change into the input of each required sensor.
upon the assumption The Frequency of SR 3.3.1.1.12 is based       in  the   determination of of a 24 month calibration intervalin the setpoint analysis.
The personnel, must monitor the input and output of the associated sensor so that simultaneous monitoring and verification may be accomplished.
the magnitude of equipment         drift SR   3.3.1.1.10 of the actual Calibration of trip units provides a check                   inoperable if trip setpoints. The channel must be declared           conservative    than the trip setting is discovered to be less                           If the the Allowable Value specified in Table conservative 3.3.1.1-1.
The Frequency of SR 3.3.1.1.9 is based on the assumption of a 92 day calibration interval in the determination of the magnitude of equipment drift in the setpoint analysis.
discovered       to be less                     than trip setting is                                        methodology,    but accounted for in the appropriate setpoint   the  channel    performance is not beyond the Allowable Value, (continued)
The Frequency of SR 3.3.1.1.12 is based upon the assumption of a 24 month calibration interval in the determination of the magnitude of equipment drift in the setpoint analysis.
Revision K D J) o" J' JAFNPP
SR 3.3.1.1.10 Calibration of trip units provides a check of the actual trip setpoints.
The channel must be declared inoperable if the trip setting is discovered to be less conservative than the Allowable Value specified in Table 3.3.1.1-1.
If the trip setting is discovered to be less conservative than accounted for in the appropriate setpoint methodology, but is not beyond the Allowable Value, the channel performance (continued)
Revision K JAFNPP D J) o" J'


RPS Instrumentation B 3.3.1.1 BASES SURVEILLANCE SR 3.3.1.1.10 (continued)
RPS Instrumentation B 3.3.1.1 BASES SURVEILLANCE SR 3.3.1.1.10 (continued)
REQUIREMENTS is still within the requirements of the plant safety setpoint must be analysis. Under these conditions, the                   than readjusted to be equal to or more conservative   methodology.      For accounted for in the appropriate setpoint with the enabling Functions 8 and 9, this SR is associated circuit sensing first stage turbine pressure.
REQUIREMENTS is still within the requirements of the plant safety analysis.
the reliability.
Under these conditions, the setpoint must be readjusted to be equal to or more conservative than accounted for in the appropriate setpoint methodology.
The Frequency of 184 days is based ofon the     solid-state accuracy, and lower failure   rates System  components.
For Functions 8 and 9, this SR is associated with the enabling circuit sensing first stage turbine pressure.
electronic Analog Transmitter/Trip SR   3.3.1.1.13 the The LOGIC SYSTEM FUNCTIONAL TEST demonstrates for    a  specific OPERABILITY of the required trip     logic rods channel. The functional testing of control valves    (LCO   3.1.8),
The Frequency of 184 days is based on the reliability.
(LCO 3.1.3). and SDV vent  and  drain to provide complete     testing of overlaps this Surveillance the assumed safety function.
accuracy, and lower failure rates of the solid-state electronic Analog Transmitter/Trip System components.
need to perform this The 24 month Frequency is based on the apply during a plant Surveillance under the conditions that         transient if the outage and the potential for an unplannedreactor at power.
SR 3.3.1.1.13 The LOGIC SYSTEM FUNCTIONAL TEST demonstrates the OPERABILITY of the required trip logic for a specific channel.
Surveillance were performed with the these      components usually Operating experience has shown that at the 24 month pass the Surveillance when performed Frequency.
The functional testing of control rods (LCO 3.1.3). and SDV vent and drain valves (LCO 3.1.8),
SR   3.3.1.1.14 from the Turbine Stop This SR ensures that scrams initiated         Fast Closure, EHC Valve-Closure and Turbine Control Valve inadvertently Oil Pressure-Low Functions will not be             This involves bypassed when THERMAL POWER is k 29% RTP.Adequate      margins for calibration of the bypass channels.       are    incorporated    into the instrument setpoint methodologies             bypass flow can the actual setpoint. Because main turbine   (THERMAL POWER is affect this setpoint nonconservatively            the main turbine derived from turbine first stage pressure), an inservice bypass valves must remain closed during to ensure that the calibration at THERMAL POWER k 29% RTP calibration is valid.
overlaps this Surveillance to provide complete testing of the assumed safety function.
The 24 month Frequency is based on the need to perform this Surveillance under the conditions that apply during a plant outage and the potential for an unplanned transient if the Surveillance were performed with the reactor at power.
Operating experience has shown that these components usually pass the Surveillance when performed at the 24 month Frequency.
SR 3.3.1.1.14 This SR ensures that scrams initiated from the Turbine Stop Valve-Closure and Turbine Control Valve Fast Closure, EHC Oil Pressure-Low Functions will not be inadvertently bypassed when THERMAL POWER is k 29% RTP.
This involves calibration of the bypass channels.
Adequate margins for the instrument setpoint methodologies are incorporated into the actual setpoint.
Because main turbine bypass flow can affect this setpoint nonconservatively (THERMAL POWER is derived from turbine first stage pressure), the main turbine bypass valves must remain closed during an inservice calibration at THERMAL POWER k 29% RTP to ensure that the calibration is valid.
(continued)
(continued)
B 3.3-34                                 Revision K JAFNPP
B 3.3-34 JAFNPP Revision K


RPS Instrumentation B 3.3.1.1
RPS Instrumentation B 3.3.1.1
-, BASES SR 3.3.1.1.14     (continued)
-, BASES SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS SR 3.3.1.1.14 (continued)
SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS                                                                (i.e.,
If any bypass channel's setpoint is nonconservative (i.e.,
If any bypass channel's setpoint is nonconservative either    due  to open the Functions are bypassed     at k 29% RTP.
the Functions are bypassed at k 29% RTP. either due to open main turbine bypass valve(s) or other reasons), then the affected Turbine Stop Valve-Closure and Turbine Control Valve Fast Closure, EHC Oil Pressure-Low Functions are considered inoperable.
reasons), then      the main turbine bypass valve(s) or other and        Turbine Control affected Turbine Stop Valve-Closure               Functions are Valve Fast Closure,   EHC Oil   Pressure-Low considered inoperable. Alternatively,         the bypass channel (nonbypass). If can be placed in the conservative condition     SR is met and the condition, this placed in the nonbypassOPERABLE.
Alternatively, the bypass channel can be placed in the conservative condition (nonbypass).
channel is considered The Frequency of 24 months     is based on engineering judgment and reliability of the components.
If placed in the nonbypass condition, this SR is met and the channel is considered OPERABLE.
SR   3.3.1.1.15 response times This SR ensures that the individual channel           assumed in the are less than or equal to the maximum values accident analysis. The RPS RESPONSE TIME acceptance criteria are included in Reference 22.
The Frequency of 24 months is based on engineering judgment and reliability of the components.
response time RPS RESPONSE TIME may be verified by actualoverlapping, or measurements in any series of sequential,         sensors for total channel measurements. However, the             RPS RESPONSE Functions 3 and 4 are excluded     from specific conditions   of Reference   19 are TIME measurement since the                        response time may satisfied. For Functions 3 and 4, sensor            sensor response be allocated based on either assumed design     response time. For time or the manufacturer's stated design must be measured.
SR 3.3.1.1.15 This SR ensures that the individual channel response times are less than or equal to the maximum values assumed in the accident analysis.
all other Functions, sensor response time RESPONSE TIME Note 1 excludes neutron detectors from RPS operation testing because the principles of     detector time.
The RPS RESPONSE TIME acceptance criteria are included in Reference 22.
virtually ensure an instantaneous response a 24 month RPS RESPONSE TIME tests are conducted onSTAGGERED TEST BASIS STAGGERED TEST BASIS. Note   2 requires This Frequency to be determined based on 2 channels. during  two ensures all required channels are testedFunctions 2.b, 2.c, Surveillance Frequency    intervals. For during each 3, 4. 6. and 9, two channels must be tested     and  four channels test; while for Functions 5 and 8. eight (continued)
RPS RESPONSE TIME may be verified by actual response time measurements in any series of sequential, overlapping, or total channel measurements.
D J- '
However, the sensors for Functions 3 and 4 are excluded from specific RPS RESPONSE TIME measurement since the conditions of Reference 19 are satisfied.
Revision K JAFNPP
For Functions 3 and 4, sensor response time may be allocated based on either assumed design sensor response time or the manufacturer's stated design response time.
For all other Functions, sensor response time must be measured.
Note 1 excludes neutron detectors from RPS RESPONSE TIME testing because the principles of detector operation virtually ensure an instantaneous response time.
RPS RESPONSE TIME tests are conducted on a 24 month STAGGERED TEST BASIS.
Note 2 requires STAGGERED TEST BASIS Frequency to be determined based on 2 channels.
This ensures all required channels are tested during two Surveillance Frequency intervals.
For Functions 2.b, 2.c, 3, 4. 6. and 9, two channels must be tested during each test; while for Functions 5 and 8. eight and four channels (continued)
Revision K JAFNPP D J-  


RPS Instrumentation B 3.3.1.1 BASES SURVEILLANCE SR     3.3.1.1.15   (continued)
RPS Instrumentation B 3.3.1.1 BASES SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS REFERENCES SR 3.3.1.1.15 (continued) must be tested.
REQUIREMENTS                                                      the logic must be tested. This Frequency is based on required to interrelationships of the         various channels Frequency is produce an RPS scram signal. The 24 month based upon plant is consistent with the refueling cycle and random failures of operating experience,     which   shows that response time instrumentation components causing serious infrequent degradation, but not channel failure, are occurrences.
This Frequency is based on the logic interrelationships of the various channels required to produce an RPS scram signal.
REFERENCES  1. UFSAR, Section-7.2.
The 24 month Frequency is consistent with the refueling cycle and is based upon plant operating experience, which shows that random failures of instrumentation components causing serious response time degradation, but not channel failure, are infrequent occurrences.
: 2.     UFSAR, Section 14.5.4.2.
: 1.
: 3.     NEDO-23842. Continuous Control Rod Withdrawal Transient In The Startup Range, April 18, 1978.
UFSAR, Section-7.2.
: 4.     10 CFR 50.36(c)(2)(ii).
: 2.
: 5.     NEDO-31960-A, BWR Owners' Group Long Term Stability Solutions Licensing Methodology, June 1991.
UFSAR, Section 14.5.4.2.
Long
: 3.
: 6. NEDO-31960-A, Supplement 1. BWR Owners' Group Term Stability Solutions     Licensing Methodology.
NEDO-23842. Continuous Control Rod Withdrawal Transient In The Startup Range, April 18, 1978.
: 4.
10 CFR 50.36(c)(2)(ii).
: 5.
NEDO-31960-A, BWR Owners' Group Long Term Stability Solutions Licensing Methodology, June 1991.
: 6.
NEDO-31960-A, Supplement 1. BWR Owners' Group Long Term Stability Solutions Licensing Methodology.
Supplement 1, March 1992.
Supplement 1, March 1992.
: 7.     UFSAR, Section 14.5.1.2.
: 7.
: 8.     UFSAR, Section 14.6.1.2.
UFSAR, Section 14.5.1.2.
: 9.     UFSAR. Section 14.5.2.1.
: 8.
: 10. UFSAR, Section 14.5.2.2.
UFSAR, Section 14.6.1.2.
: 11. UFSAR, Section 6.3.
: 9.
: 12. Drawing 11825-5.01-15D, Rev. D, Reactor Assembly Nuclear Boiler, (GE Drawing 919D690BD).
UFSAR. Section 14.5.2.1.
: 13. UFSAR, Section 14.5.5.1.
: 10.
: 14. UFSAR, Section 14.5.2.3.
UFSAR, Section 14.5.2.2.
: 15. UFSAR, Section 14.6.1.5.
: 11.
UFSAR, Section 6.3.
: 12.
Drawing 11825-5.01-15D, Rev. D, Reactor Assembly Nuclear Boiler, (GE Drawing 919D690BD).
: 13.
UFSAR, Section 14.5.5.1.
: 14.
UFSAR, Section 14.5.2.3.
: 15.
UFSAR, Section 14.6.1.5.
(continued)
(continued)
SRevision                                     K 0     -1&deg;**
SRevision K
JAFNPP                              .-  .
JAFNPP 0  
-1&deg;**


RPS Instrumentation B 3.3.1.1 BASES REFERENCES   16. P. Check (NRC) letter to G. Lainas (NRC), BWR Scram (continued)     Discharge System Safety Evaluation, December 1, 1980.
RPS Instrumentation B 3.3.1.1 BASES REFERENCES
: 17. UFSAR, Section 14.5.9.
: 16.
: 18. NEDC-30851P-A, Technical Specification Improvement Analyses for BWR Reactor Protection System, March 1988.
P. Check (NRC) letter to G. Lainas (NRC),
: 19. NEDO-32291-A System Analyses For the Elimination of Selected Response Time Testing Requirements, October 1995.
BWR Scram (continued)
: 20. NRC letter dated October 28, 1996, Issuance of Amendment 235 to Facility Operating License DPR-59 for James A. FitzPatrick Nuclear Power Plant.
Discharge System Safety Evaluation, December 1, 1980.
in NRC Bulletin 90-01, Supplement 1. Loss of Fill-Oil1992.
: 17.
: 21.                                          December Transmitters Manufactured by Rosemount,
UFSAR, Section 14.5.9.
: 22. UFSAR, Table 7.2-5.
: 18.
Revision K JAFNPP                        B 3.3-37
NEDC-30851P-A, Technical Specification Improvement Analyses for BWR Reactor Protection System, March 1988.
: 19.
NEDO-32291-A System Analyses For the Elimination of Selected Response Time Testing Requirements, October 1995.
: 20.
NRC {{letter dated|date=October 28, 1996|text=letter dated October 28, 1996}}, Issuance of Amendment 235 to Facility Operating License DPR-59 for James A. FitzPatrick Nuclear Power Plant.
: 21.
NRC Bulletin 90-01, Supplement 1. Loss of Fill-Oil in Transmitters Manufactured by Rosemount, December 1992.
: 22.
UFSAR, Table 7.2-5.
Revision K B 3.3-37 JAFNPP


    /
/
WP3, 3, 23I-1                                     C CONTROL ROD BLOCK INSTRUMENTATION Instrument F                                               Instrument Test                       Calibration             Check (Note 4)
WP3, 3, 23I-1 C
Instrument Channel
CONTROL ROD BLOCK INSTRUMENTATION Instrument F Instrument Instrument Channel Test Calibration Check (Note 4)
: 2)   APRM - U-scale
: 2)
/~     64) 4)
APRM - U-scale  
51_
/~ 6 RM - Dopscale
RM -  Dopscale iRM - Detectore IRM    Upscale IRM - Detector ot inn S~tanupp PPosition
( 2 7
                                                        /t  SS/U  Note 21 S/U (Note   2)             /    0 Motes 3 & 6)           O             mo4s&6
)
                                                                                      /     NA...Noe_2 I     +HbA
AR BM -Upscale
                  -Upscale AR BM 7a)( 26-R/BM - pcl                                                                                                         sR3,3,2,1.1 NA                      NA          ,
: 4) iRM - Upscale S/U (Note 2) 0 Motes 3 & 6)
: 9)   SRM - Detecto Not In       tup Position         SU Note 2 a0                        O    5;    3, 3.
O
: 10) Scram Discharge Instr   ant Volume   -
: 4)
0L High Water e.e.
IRM Detectore
/t SS/U Note 21
/
mo4s&6 51_
IRM - Detector ot inn S~tanupp PPosition
/
NA...Noe_2 I  
+HbA a) 6-R/BM -
pcl sR3,3,2,1.1
: 9)
SRM - Detecto Not In tup Position SU Note 2 NA NA
: 10)
Scram Discharge Instr ant Volume -
a O
5; 0
3, 3.
High Water 0L e.e.
Amendment No. 3.80, W3z, 233
(
(
W3z,        233 Amendment No. 3.80,                                                  82 Uv 5
82 v
                                                                      - SA&#xfd;d'O"'                                           K hho"o
U 5 - SA&#xfd;d'O"'
K hho"o


5-ec' JAPH I.-,-
JAPH 3.3 URA
                                                                                      'no
.6 (ContlI MM W&#xfd; Mt:&#xfd;&#xfd;&#xfd;M rd&#xfd;,
[  APPI; CCIL ('&#xfd; I 4.3.B (01                1-'jo 3.3.6 (ContlI 3.ThetcapabfIty oft tdhe Rod Yftlh lrrilizzu' to properly UNdflf Is balm 10% rated rd&#xfd;,
Is balm 10% rated Rod V*Nlh Vk*Wm o p Is r a b  
MM Vk*Wm Rod V*Nlh    W&#xfd;Mt:&#xfd;&#xfd;&#xfd;M                       ra b eftwceWO o pIs&#xfd;Iba as follows:                                                                     a. During startup. prior to the start of conrola r 1 a. . hu!teRMb0f cA1                                            nPr           A URA        ~~. ~.         reactor strtu afther     first twelve control rods hwer 33.-193 15          (1) lbe correctness o the R#M programi Z.been                 ~00ck. or during a reactor shuldmn control rod wmismut may q~fuWPrO!'Id               #Wha
&#xfd;Iba eftwceWO as follows:
          ~o)           second terw       4 ..........                     W7                             (2)ThRWMM              orlonofne di lO Utest 0
cA1 1
oper ffr                       lyrdl kwdpoWjo*                               LAG          shal be                                  zd"x wuiuncla    of h seection              ai~fM SoordW= With Vieum                                   1OfC 4.e,                                 one out-oIOUf-l~ece              nec ktInsertedgroupshallbe                sled.
: a.. hu!teRMb0f nPr A  
x CA,1 b.       SOid the FMIM bek"               "bfrado
~~. ~.
            ~~           begun or beomern kvopeimW                 goe ~wlcWd withwickaw, stertup, may ccilnu Inaccodenc with Specili~callo 3.32.U. above.
reactor strtu afther first twelve control rods hwer Z.been  
(1) The     correcirnes of the RIVM progren sequenice shall be WerNWe.                             I&2 0,.21 911
~00ck.
                                                                                                                  ,be ON comiplir PIA Ine dlagnostic'"ds (21 Amndmxkent No. A , 155                                                           92 q4 4ta0 /0 K
or during a reactor shuldmn control rod wmismut may q~fuWPrO!'Id  
Palfr~
#Wha  
~o )
second 0
terw 4..........
W7 oper ffr kwdpoWjo*
lyrdl SoordW= With Vieum 1OfC 4.e, x CA,1 b. SOid the FMIM bek" "bfrado  
~~
begun or beomern kvopeimW goe  
~wlcWd withwickaw, stertup, may ccilnu In accodenc with Specili~callo 3.32.U. above.
'no I.-,-
[ APPI; CCIL ('&#xfd; I (1) 0,.21 911 (21 The correcirnes of the RIVM progren sequenice shall be WerNWe.  
,be ON comiplir PIA Ine dlagnostic'"ds Amndmxkent No. A, 155 q4 4ta0  
/0 Palfr~
K I&2 92 5-ec' 4.3.B (01 1-'jo 3.The tcapabfIty oft tdhe Rod Yftlh lrrilizzu' to properly UNdflf
: a.
During startup. prior to the start of conrola r 15 33.-193 (1) lbe correctness o the R#M programi (2) ThRWMM orl onof ne di lO Utest LAG shal be zd"x wuiuncla of h seection ai~fM one out-oIOUf-l~ece nec ktInsertedgroupshallbe sled.


DISCUSSION OF CHANGES ITS: 3.3.2.1 - CONTROL ROD BLOCK INSTRUMENTATION ADMINISTRATIVE CHANGES Nuclear Power Plant Al     In the conversion of the James A. FitzPatrick (CTS)   to the proposed plant (JAFNPP) Current Technical Specifications (ITS) certain wording specific Improved Technical Specifications do not result in technical that preferences or conventions are adopted          and revised numbering are changes. Editorial changes, reformatting,   the conventions in NUREG-1433, adopted to make the ITS consistent with          Electric Plants, BWR/4",
DISCUSSION OF CHANGES ITS: 3.3.2.1 - CONTROL ROD BLOCK INSTRUMENTATION ADMINISTRATIVE CHANGES Al In the conversion of the James A. FitzPatrick Nuclear Power Plant (JAFNPP) Current Technical Specifications (CTS) to the proposed plant specific Improved Technical Specifications (ITS) certain wording preferences or conventions are adopted that do not result in technical changes.
      "Standard Technical Specifications, General          Specifications (ISTS)).
Editorial changes, reformatting, and revised numbering are adopted to make the ITS consistent with the conventions in NUREG-1433, "Standard Technical Specifications, General Electric Plants, BWR/4",
Revision 1 (i.e., Improved Standard Technical 4orth Minimizer (RWM) have been added to CTS A2    The requirements of the Rod Fable 3.3.2.1-1 Function 2). This addition Tables 3.2-3 and 4.2-3 (ITS since the requirement concerning RWM is considered administrative CTS 3.3.B.3. This change is consistent OPERABILITY are contained in with NUREG-1433, Revision 1.
Revision 1 (i.e., Improved Standard Technical Specifications (ISTS)).
A3     Not Used.
A2 The requirements of the Rod Tables 3.2-3 and 4.2-3 (ITS is considered administrative OPERABILITY are contained in with NUREG-1433, Revision 1.
functional test and A4     CTS Table 4.2-3 requires both an instrument basis for both the RBM calibration to be performed on a quarterlyRBM-Downscale (Function 7)
4orth Minimizer (RWM) have been added to CTS Fable 3.3.2.1-1 Function 2).
Upscale (CTS Table 4.2-3 Function 6) and           the performance of a Functions. In the ITS, SR 3.3.2.1.5 requires CHANNEL CALIBRATION. It is not necessary to specify a CHANNEL includes of CHANNEL CALIBRATION FUNCTIONAL TEST since the ITS definition           TEST. Therefore, the all the requirements of a CHANNEL   FUNCTIONAL included in the ITS. This explicit instrument functional test is not the CHANNEL CALIBRATION is change is considered administrative since         all the requirements of a performed on a quarterly basis and fulfillschange, Table 4.2-1 through CHANNEL FUNCTIONAL TEST. Along with this      channel function test (This 4.2-5 Note 5 which is associated with the the CTS since the CHANNEL instrument is exempt...) is deleted from                 The details of this FUNCTIONAL TEST is not required to be performed.
This addition since the requirement concerning RWM CTS 3.3.B.3.
of CHANNEL FUNCTIONAL, therefore Note are included in the ITS definition its removal is also considered administrative.
This change is consistent A3 Not Used.
that instrument checks are A5     CTS Table 4.2-1 through 4.2.5 Note 4 statesnot required to be operable or not required when these instruments are is not retained in ITS 3.3.2.1.
A4 CTS Table 4.2-3 requires both an instrument functional test and calibration to be performed on a quarterly basis for both the RBM Upscale (CTS Table 4.2-3 Function 6) and RBM-Downscale (Function 7)
are tripped. This explicit requirement 3.3.2.1 since these allowances This explicit Note is not needed in ITS states that SRs shall be met are included in ITS SR 3.0.1. SR 3.0.1               in the Applicability for during the MODES or other specified conditions in the SR. In addition, the individual LCOs. unless otherwise stated have to be performed on inoperable Note states that Surveillances do not        limits. When equipment is equipment or variables outside specified LCO require the equipment to be declared inoperable, the Actions of thiscondition, the equipment is still placed in the trip condition. In this Revision F JAFNPP                               rage 1 uo
Functions.
In the ITS, SR 3.3.2.1.5 requires the performance of a CHANNEL CALIBRATION.
It is not necessary to specify a CHANNEL FUNCTIONAL TEST since the ITS definition of CHANNEL CALIBRATION includes all the requirements of a CHANNEL FUNCTIONAL TEST.
Therefore, the explicit instrument functional test is not included in the ITS.
This change is considered administrative since the CHANNEL CALIBRATION is performed on a quarterly basis and fulfills all the requirements of a CHANNEL FUNCTIONAL TEST.
Along with this change, Table 4.2-1 through 4.2-5 Note 5 which is associated with the channel function test (This instrument is exempt...) is deleted from the CTS since the CHANNEL FUNCTIONAL TEST is not required to be performed.
The details of this Note are included in the ITS definition of CHANNEL FUNCTIONAL, therefore its removal is also considered administrative.
A5 CTS Table 4.2-1 through 4.2.5 Note 4 states that instrument checks are not required when these instruments are not required to be operable or are tripped.
This explicit requirement is not retained in ITS 3.3.2.1.
This explicit Note is not needed in ITS 3.3.2.1 since these allowances are included in ITS SR 3.0.1.
SR 3.0.1 states that SRs shall be met during the MODES or other specified conditions in the Applicability for individual LCOs. unless otherwise stated in the SR.
In addition, the Note states that Surveillances do not have to be performed on inoperable equipment or variables outside specified limits.
When equipment is declared inoperable, the Actions of this LCO require the equipment to be placed in the trip condition.
In this condition, the equipment is still Revision F JAFNPP rage 1 uo


DISCUSSION OF CHANGES ITS: 3.3.2.1 CONTROL ROD BLOCK INSTRUMENTATION ADMINISTRATIVE CHANGES A5   (continued) inoperable but has accomplished the required safety         function:' Therefore adequate the allowances in SR 3.0.1 and the associated actions provide           are    required guidance with respect to when the associated surveillances     retained.
DISCUSSION OF CHANGES ITS: 3.3.2.1 - CONTROL ROD BLOCK INSTRUMENTATION ADMINISTRATIVE CHANGES A5 (continued) inoperable but has accomplished the required safety function:' Therefore the allowances in SR 3.0.1 and the associated actions provide adequate guidance with respect to when the associated surveillances are required to be performed and this explicit requirement is not retained.
to be performed and this explicit requirement is not CTS 3.2.D and 4.2.D provide a cross reference to       the Radiological A6                                                              those Radiation Effluent Technical Specification (Appendix B) for   and  Initiation Function.
A6 CTS 3.2.D and 4.2.D provide a cross reference to the Radiological Effluent Technical Specification (Appendix B) for those Radiation Monitoring Systems which provide an Isolation and Initiation Function.
Monitoring Systems which provide an Isolation specific              requirements and Since CTS 3.2.D and 4.2.D do not prescribe any in Appendix B are since the changes to the current requirements this submittal, this cross discussed in the Discussion of Changes within                   administrative reference has been deleted. This change is consideredThis    change    is consistent since it simply eliminates a cross-reference.
Since CTS 3.2.D and 4.2.D do not prescribe any specific requirements and since the changes to the current requirements in Appendix B are discussed in the Discussion of Changes within this submittal, this cross reference has been deleted.
with NUREG-1433, Revision 1.
This change is considered administrative since it simply eliminates a cross-reference.
The proposed change adds ITS SR 3.3.2.1.8 for CHANNEL           CALIBRATION of the A7                                                    the  RBM  -  Upscale      Function recirculation loop flow signal portion of           not  contain    a  specific (which is flow biased). CTS Table 4.2-3     does of the recirculation         loop flow surveillance requirement for calibration                      to  the signal. The recirculation loop flow       signal provided provided to RBM-Upscale control rod block Function is the same signal   (ITS   Table     3.3.1.1-1, the APRM Neutron Flux-High (Flow      Biased)  Function (5), and CTS Table     4.1-2. Item (4)).
This change is consistent with NUREG-1433, Revision 1.
Function 2.b, CTS Table 3.3-1, Item                                to provide The proposed change also adds Note 2 to ITS SR 3.3.2.1.5     by ITS   SR 3.3.2.1.5 clarification that the CHANNEL    CALIBRATION  required flow signal portion     of the   channel for excludes the recirculation loop                                    excludes all Function l.a while the Note in proposed ITS SR 3.3.2.1.8               signal.
A7 The proposed change adds ITS SR 3.3.2.1.8 for CHANNEL CALIBRATION of the recirculation loop flow signal portion of the RBM - Upscale Function (which is flow biased).
portions of the channel except the recirculation loop flow it is Since this change does not change any current requirements, considered administrative.
CTS Table 4.2-3 does not contain a specific surveillance requirement for calibration of the recirculation loop flow signal.
TECHNICAL CHANGES - MORE RESTRICTIVE An additional Function has been added to CTS Table(Rod    3.2-3 for the Rod M1                                                                    Block Monitor Block Monitor. ITS Table 3.3.2.1-1 Function l.b               consistent with Inop) will require the "Inop" function to be Operable                       This the Applicability with the other Rod Block Monitor Functions.       block    is change is more restrictive but necessary to ensure anotrodavailable to the provided if the minimum number of LPRMs inputs arefunctional test (i.e.,
The recirculation loop flow signal provided to the RBM-Upscale control rod block Function is the same signal provided to the APRM Neutron Flux-High (Flow Biased) Function (ITS Table 3.3.1.1-1, Function 2.b, CTS Table 3.3-1, Item (5), and CTS Table 4.1-2. Item (4)).
associated Rod Block Monitor channel. A channel Monitor Inop function.
The proposed change also adds Note 2 to ITS SR 3.3.2.1.5 to provide clarification that the CHANNEL CALIBRATION required by ITS SR 3.3.2.1.5 excludes the recirculation loop flow signal portion of the channel for Function l.a while the Note in proposed ITS SR 3.3.2.1.8 excludes all portions of the channel except the recirculation loop flow signal.
SR 3.3.2.1.1) is also proposed for the Rod Block                         that the The performance of this SR for each RBM channel will ensure Page 2 of 9                                   Revision K JAFNPP
Since this change does not change any current requirements, it is considered administrative.
TECHNICAL CHANGES - MORE RESTRICTIVE M1 An additional Function has been added to CTS Table 3.2-3 for the Rod Block Monitor.
ITS Table 3.3.2.1-1 Function l.b (Rod Block Monitor Inop) will require the "Inop" function to be Operable consistent with the Applicability with the other Rod Block Monitor Functions.
This change is more restrictive but necessary to ensure a rod block is provided if the minimum number of LPRMs inputs are not available to the associated Rod Block Monitor channel.
A channel functional test (i.e.,
SR 3.3.2.1.1) is also proposed for the Rod Block Monitor Inop function.
The performance of this SR for each RBM channel will ensure that the JAFNPP Page 2 of 9 Revision K


DISCUSSION OF CHANGES ITS: 3.3.2.1 - CONTROL ROD BLOCK INSTRUMENTATION TECHNICAL CHANGES       MORE RESTRICTIVE Ml     (continued) when it is required to entire channel will perform its intended function of 92 days for SR be Operable. The proposed surveillance frequency   provided in NEDC-30851-P 3.3.2.1.1 is based on the reliability analysis concluding    that this topical A (see revised DOC L3 for the bases   for JAFNPP). Accordingly,       the addition report is acceptable for use at the          its  associated      channel of the Rod Block Monitor - Inop function,           interval will help to functional test SR and the 92 day surveillance           during control rod ensure that the local flux is adequately monitored operator the inoperability of withdrawal by promptly identifying to the               component failures.
DISCUSSION OF CHANGES ITS: 3.3.2.1 - CONTROL ROD BLOCK INSTRUMENTATION TECHNICAL CHANGES MORE RESTRICTIVE Ml (continued) entire channel will perform its intended function when it is required to be Operable.
the Rod Block Monitor as a consequence of certain CTS Table 3.2-3. ITS 3.3.2.1, An additional Function has been added to include M2                                                          the Control Rod Block Control Rod Block Instrumentation, will a required function (Function 3 Function of the Reactor Mode Switch as                   is that 2 channels of on proposed Table 3.3.2.1-1). The new requirement               Position must be the Rod Block function of Reactor Mode Switch-Shutdown       position. This Operable whenever the Mode Switch is in the Shutdown Rod Block Instrumentation addition to the Specification for the ControlFUNCTIONAL        TEST every 24 will include proposed SR 3.3.2.1.7 (CHANNEL E (Required Actions and months) and proposed LCO 3.3.2.1, Condition               ITS SR 3.3.2.1.7 will Completion Times if this function is inoperable).
The proposed surveillance frequency of 92 days for SR 3.3.2.1.1 is based on the reliability analysis provided in NEDC-30851-P A (see revised DOC L3 for the bases for concluding that this topical report is acceptable for use at the JAFNPP).
after the Reactor Mode not be required to be performed until 1 hour     ensures that control rods Switch is placed in Shutdown. This rod block           rods are assumed to be are not withdrawn in MODES 3 and 4, since control             Revision 1.
Accordingly, the addition of the Rod Block Monitor - Inop function, its associated channel functional test SR and the 92 day surveillance interval will help to ensure that the local flux is adequately monitored during control rod withdrawal by promptly identifying to the operator the inoperability of the Rod Block Monitor as a consequence of certain component failures.
inserted. This change is consistent with NUREG-1433, The out of service time in CTS Table 3.2-3 Note     2 Action B.a) has been M3                                                      Required Action A.1) when reduced from 7 days to 24 hours (ITS 3.3.2.1                   Time is one RBM channel is inoperable. The 24 houranCompletion    occurring  coincident acceptable, based on a low probability of Thisevent change      is  more with a failure in the remaining channel. but consistent with NUREG-1433, restrictive since less time .is permitted Revision 1.
M2 An additional Function has been added to CTS Table 3.2-3.
SR 3.3.2.1.4 has been added to CTS Table 4.2.3     to verify that the RBM is M4                                                    when  a peripheral control not bypassed at Thermal Power x 30% RTP andchange    is    more restrictive rod is not selected every 92 days. Thisincluded.        This   will ensure the since a periodic surveillance has been       consequences of a single RBM is Operable when required to limit the power    operation.
ITS 3.3.2.1, Control Rod Block Instrumentation, will include the Control Rod Block Function of the Reactor Mode Switch as a required function (Function 3 on proposed Table 3.3.2.1-1).
control rod withdrawal error event during 2'f a                               Revision K JAFNPP                              rayc   Vi
The new requirement is that 2 channels of the Rod Block function of Reactor Mode Switch-Shutdown Position must be Operable whenever the Mode Switch is in the Shutdown position.
This addition to the Specification for the Control Rod Block Instrumentation will include proposed SR 3.3.2.1.7 (CHANNEL FUNCTIONAL TEST every 24 months) and proposed LCO 3.3.2.1, Condition E (Required Actions and Completion Times if this function is inoperable).
ITS SR 3.3.2.1.7 will not be required to be performed until 1 hour after the Reactor Mode Switch is placed in Shutdown.
This rod block ensures that control rods are not withdrawn in MODES 3 and 4, since control rods are assumed to be inserted.
This change is consistent with NUREG-1433, Revision 1.
M3 The out of service time in CTS Table 3.2-3 Note 2 Action B.a) has been reduced from 7 days to 24 hours (ITS 3.3.2.1 Required Action A.1) when one RBM channel is inoperable.
The 24 hour Completion Time is acceptable, based on a low probability of an event occurring coincident with a failure in the remaining channel.
This change is more restrictive since less time.is permitted but consistent with NUREG-1433, Revision 1.
M4 SR 3.3.2.1.4 has been added to CTS Table 4.2.3 to verify that the RBM is not bypassed at Thermal Power x 30% RTP and when a peripheral control rod is not selected every 92 days.
This change is more restrictive since a periodic surveillance has been included.
This will ensure the RBM is Operable when required to limit the consequences of a single control rod withdrawal error event during power operation.
2  
'f a
Revision K rayc Vi JAFNPP


DISCUSSION OF CHANGES ITS: 3.3.2.1 - CONTROL ROD BLOCK INSTRUMENTATION TECHNICAL CHANGES     - MORE RESTRICTIVE surveillance is M5     A new CHANNEL FUNCTIONAL TEST (ITS SR 3.3.2.1.3) in MODE 1 when Thermal proposed to be added similar to CTS 4.3.B.3.a.4 the reactor mode Power is : l0% to ensure the RWM is Operable92 with days and is consistent switch in RUN. The test is required every with NEDC-30851-P-A, "Technical     Specification   Improvement Analysis for BWR Control Rod Block Instrumentation," October 1988.
DISCUSSION OF CHANGES ITS: 3.3.2.1 - CONTROL ROD BLOCK INSTRUMENTATION TECHNICAL CHANGES  
of CTS 4.3.B.3.
- MORE RESTRICTIVE M5 A new CHANNEL FUNCTIONAL TEST (ITS SR 3.3.2.1.3) surveillance is proposed to be added similar to CTS 4.3.B.3.a.4 in MODE 1 when Thermal Power is : l0% to ensure the RWM is Operable with the reactor mode switch in RUN.
M6   A new SR is proposed to be added to the surveillances     Rod Worth Minimizer SR 3.3.2.1.6 will verify every 24 months that: the         The RWM may be (RWM) is not bypassed when Thermal Power is the10%. existing specifications bypassed when power is above 10%. However,               to verify the setpoint (CTS 4.3.B.3) do not have an explicit requirement         an additional of the RWM bypass feature. This change represents to ensure   the RWM Function is restriction on plant operations    necessary Operable when required.
The test is required every 92 days and is consistent with NEDC-30851-P-A, "Technical Specification Improvement Analysis for BWR Control Rod Block Instrumentation," October 1988.
TECHNICAL CHANGES - LESS RESTRICTIVE (GENERIC) of Instrument Channels LA1 The specific details in the "Total Number3.2-3 are proposed to be Provided By Design" column of CTS Table details in the Bases provides relocated to the Bases. Placing these requirements of ITS 3.3.2.1 assurance they will be maintained. The                    to be OPERABLE, the which require the Control Rod Block Instrumentation Required  Action and definition of OPERABILITY, and the proposed         are  not  required to be in surveillances suffice. As such, these details           health  and safety.
M6 A new SR is proposed to be added to the surveillances of CTS 4.3.B.3.
the ITS to provide adequate protection ofbypublic the  provisions  of the Bases Changes to the Bases will be controlled       the   ITS.
SR 3.3.2.1.6 will verify every 24 months that the Rod Worth Minimizer (RWM) is not bypassed when Thermal Power is : 10%.
Control Program described in Chapter 5 of CTS 4.3.B.3.b.2 are proposed LA2 The requirements of CTS 4.3.B.3.a.2. 3 and            Manual. The RWM computer to be relocated to the Technical Requirements and  CTS 4.3.B.3.b.2 and the on line diagnostic test in CTS 4.3.B.3.a.2 in CTS       4.3.B.3.a.3 are not proper annunciation of the selection error is properly working. ITS SRs required to ensure the rod block function          operation of the rod 3.3.2.1.2 and 3.3.2.1.3 demonstrate the proper not  need to be included in do block function. Therefore, these tests The requirements of the LCO and the ITS to ensure RWM remains Operable. definition of OPERABILITY the associated RWM surveillances and the required to be in the ITS to suffice. As such, these details are not           and safety. Changes to the provide adequate protection of public health               by the provisions relocated requirements in the TRM will be controlled of 10 CFR 50.59.
The RWM may be bypassed when power is above 10%.
Page 4 of 9                             Revision K JAFNPP
However, the existing specifications (CTS 4.3.B.3) do not have an explicit requirement to verify the setpoint of the RWM bypass feature.
This change represents an additional restriction on plant operations necessary to ensure the RWM Function is Operable when required.
TECHNICAL CHANGES - LESS RESTRICTIVE (GENERIC)
LA1 The specific details in the "Total Number of Instrument Channels Provided By Design" column of CTS Table 3.2-3 are proposed to be relocated to the Bases.
Placing these details in the Bases provides assurance they will be maintained.
The requirements of ITS 3.3.2.1 which require the Control Rod Block Instrumentation to be OPERABLE, the definition of OPERABILITY, and the proposed Required Action and surveillances suffice.
As such, these details are not required to be in the ITS to provide adequate protection of public health and safety.
Changes to the Bases will be controlled by the provisions of the Bases Control Program described in Chapter 5 of the ITS.
LA2 The requirements of CTS 4.3.B.3.a.2. 3 and CTS 4.3.B.3.b.2 are proposed to be relocated to the Technical Requirements Manual.
The RWM computer on line diagnostic test in CTS 4.3.B.3.a.2 and CTS 4.3.B.3.b.2 and the proper annunciation of the selection error in CTS 4.3.B.3.a.3 are not required to ensure the rod block function is properly working.
ITS SRs 3.3.2.1.2 and 3.3.2.1.3 demonstrate the proper operation of the rod block function.
Therefore, these tests do not need to be included in the ITS to ensure RWM remains Operable.
The requirements of the LCO and the associated RWM surveillances and the definition of OPERABILITY suffice.
As such, these details are not required to be in the ITS to provide adequate protection of public health and safety.
Changes to the relocated requirements in the TRM will be controlled by the provisions of 10 CFR 50.59.
JAFNPP Page 4 of 9 Revision K


DISCUSSION OF CHANGES ITS: 3.3.2.1 - CONTROL ROD BLOCK INSTRUMENTATION TECHNICAL CHANGES     - LESS RESTRICTIVE     (GENERIC)
DISCUSSION OF CHANGES ITS: 3.3.2.1 - CONTROL ROD BLOCK INSTRUMENTATION TECHNICAL CHANGES  
The details in CTS 4.3.B.3.a.4 related to Test      the performance of the Rod LA3                                                              is proposed to be Worth Minimizer (RWM) Channel Functionaldetails do not need to be relocated to the Bases. These testing the RWM remains Operable. The included in the Specifications to ensure the RWM to be Operable and the requirements of ITS 3.3.2.1 which require     Changes to the Bases will be definition of OPERABILITY suffices. Bases           Control Program described in controlled by the provisions of the Chapter 5 of the ITS.
- LESS RESTRICTIVE (GENERIC)
LA4   Not Used.
LA3 The details in CTS 4.3.B.3.a.4 related to the performance of the Rod Worth Minimizer (RWM)
The detail in CTS Table 3.2-3 that the Rod The        Block Monitor is Flow-Biased LA5                                                              requirement in ITS LCO is proposed to be relocated to the Bases.                       for each Function in 3.3.2.1 that the control rod block instrumentation   specific requirement in ITS Table 3.3.2.1-1 shall be OPERABLE and the       Rod Block Monitor-Upscale Table 3.3.2.1-1 (Function 1.a) for theinstrumentation            remains OPERABLE.
Channel Functional Test is proposed to be relocated to the Bases.
Function is sufficient to ensure       the channel. As such.
These testing details do not need to be included in the Specifications to ensure the RWM remains Operable.
The Bases describes the design of the ininstrumentation the ITS to provide adequate these details are not required to be                         to the Bases will be protection of public health and safety. Changes               Program described in controlled by the provisions of the Bases Control Chapter 5 of the ITS.
The requirements of ITS 3.3.2.1 which require the RWM to be Operable and the definition of OPERABILITY suffices.
The requirement in CTS 3.3.B.3.a and CTS           3.3.B.3.c that the second LA6                                                              or a "reactor engineer" individual be a "reactor" or "senior" operator       In addition, the requirement is proposed to be relocated to the Bases.             have no other concurrent in CTS 3.3.B.3.c that the individuals shall(when the rod worth minimizer duties during rod withdrawal or insertion                  is also proposed to be is inoperable and a control rod is being moved)     minimizer is inoperable during relocated to the Bases. If the rod worthActions            C.2.2 and D.1 require a reactor startup, ITS 3.3.2.1 Required rods is in compliance with bank the verification of movement of control a second licensed operator or by position withdrawal sequence (BPWS) by             staff during control rod another qualified member of the technical     individuals and, for Required movement. The Bases identifies these individuals             shall have no other Action C.2.2 only, states that thesedetails are not required to be in the concurrent duties. As such, these                      health and safety. Changes ITS to provide adequate protection of public   provisions of the Bases Control to the Bases will be controlled by the ITS.
Changes to the Bases will be controlled by the provisions of the Bases Control Program described in Chapter 5 of the ITS.
Program described in Chapter 5 of the
LA4 Not Used.
__ra         F 0I J                           Revision K JAFNPP                               ravc       %J
LA5 The detail in CTS Table 3.2-3 that the Rod Block Monitor is Flow-Biased is proposed to be relocated to the Bases.
The requirement in ITS LCO 3.3.2.1 that the control rod block instrumentation for each Function in Table 3.3.2.1-1 shall be OPERABLE and the specific requirement in ITS Table 3.3.2.1-1 (Function 1.a) for the Rod Block Monitor-Upscale Function is sufficient to ensure the instrumentation remains OPERABLE.
The Bases describes the design of the instrumentation channel.
As such.
these details are not required to be in the ITS to provide adequate protection of public health and safety.
Changes to the Bases will be controlled by the provisions of the Bases Control Program described in Chapter 5 of the ITS.
LA6 The requirement in CTS 3.3.B.3.a and CTS 3.3.B.3.c that the second individual be a "reactor" or "senior" operator or a "reactor engineer" is proposed to be relocated to the Bases.
In addition, the requirement in CTS 3.3.B.3.c that the individuals shall have no other concurrent duties during rod withdrawal or insertion (when the rod worth minimizer is inoperable and a control rod is being moved) is also proposed to be relocated to the Bases.
If the rod worth minimizer is inoperable during a reactor startup, ITS 3.3.2.1 Required Actions C.2.2 and D.1 require the verification of movement of control rods is in compliance with bank position withdrawal sequence (BPWS) by a second licensed operator or by another qualified member of the technical staff during control rod movement.
The Bases identifies these individuals and, for Required Action C.2.2 only, states that these individuals shall have no other concurrent duties.
As such, these details are not required to be in the ITS to provide adequate protection of public health and safety.
Changes to the Bases will be controlled by the provisions of the Bases Control Program described in Chapter 5 of the ITS.
__ra F 0I J
Revision K JAFNPP ravc  
%J


DISCUSSION OF CHANGES ITS: 3.3.2.1 - CONTROL ROD BLOCK INSTRUMENTATION TECHNICAL CHANGES - LESS RESTRICTIVE (SPECIFIC) 2, Action B), and CTS 3.3.B.5 Li    The requirements in Table 3.2-3 (Notecontrol        rod pattern have been concerning operations on a limiting rod pattern is defined as operating deleted. Since a limiting control as APLHGR or MCPR), the condition is on a power distribution limit (such power distribution limits does not extremely unlikely. The status of and therefore, no additional affect the OPERABILITY of the RBM required (e.g., that it be tripped requirements on the RBM System are        while on a limiting control rod immediately with a channel inoperable            distribution limits are pattern). Adequate requirements on power 3.2. Furthermore, due to the specified in the LCOs in ITS Section        a limiting control rod pattern, improbability of operating on orbe above required. Therefore, the current all the ACTIONS would almost never                      by M3 are acceptable for Actions in Table 3.2-3 Action B as modified         as ITS 3.3.2.1 ACTIONS and inoperabilities of the RBM and are included B.
DISCUSSION OF CHANGES ITS: 3.3.2.1 - CONTROL ROD BLOCK INSTRUMENTATION TECHNICAL CHANGES - LESS RESTRICTIVE (SPECIFIC)
CTS 4.2.C (Table 4.2-3) requires an per Instrument Check (Channel Check) of L2                                                day. ITS 3.3.2.1 does not the RBM Upscale and Downscale onceFunctions.         The RBM automatically re require a Channel Check of these          selected and retains the latest nulls itself whenever a control rodis isselected,       making the performance of setting until another control rod            (i.e., a daily channel check) a Channel Check during static conditions        time a control rod is of no safety benefit. Specifically, at the             readjusts its input and selected for movement, the RBM automaticallly             with the rod selected output readings (different LPRM inputs associatedAt this time, the operator is and re-normalization), i.e., "renulling."
Li The requirements in Table 3.2-3 (Note 2, Action B), and CTS 3.3.B.5 concerning operations on a limiting control rod pattern have been deleted.
of the control rod movement and RBM in direct observation and monitoring                  instrument check during response: in essence, performingitsa continuous safety function (i.e., during control the time the RBM is performing                      check of the RBMs during rod withdrawal). Therefore, a routine daily     that occurs when a control rod static conditions, prior to the renulling           of safety. Accordingly, the is selected for movement, adds no assurance   this instrument is acceptable.
Since a limiting control rod pattern is defined as operating on a power distribution limit (such as APLHGR or MCPR), the condition is extremely unlikely.
elimination of a formal Channel Check for of the rod block function L3       CTS 4.3.B.3.a.4 requires a demonstration             rod withdrawal. ITS during startup, prior to the start of control TEST of the RWM every 92 days 3.3.2.1 will require a CHANNEL FUNCTIONAL         will be modified by a Note in MODE.2 (SR 3.3.2.1.2). ITS SR 3.3.2.1.2   is not required during a stating that the CHANNEL FUNCTIONAL TESTrod is withdrawn at
The status of power distribution limits does not affect the OPERABILITY of the RBM and therefore, no additional requirements on the RBM System are required (e.g., that it be tripped immediately with a channel inoperable while on a limiting control rod pattern).
* 10% RTP in startup until 1 hour after any control    the change in Frequency to 92 MODE 2. The addition of this Note and     a CHANNEL FUNCTIONAL TEST less days makes the proposed requirement for         is not required until 1 hour restrictive because the Surveillance Test and the test is not required after the RWM is required to be Operable.
Adequate requirements on power distribution limits are specified in the LCOs in ITS Section 3.2.
Revision K JAFNPP                               rage b uv
Furthermore, due to the improbability of operating on or above a limiting control rod pattern, the ACTIONS would almost never be required.
Therefore, the current Actions in Table 3.2-3 Action B as modified by M3 are acceptable for all inoperabilities of the RBM and are included as ITS 3.3.2.1 ACTIONS and B.
L2 CTS 4.2.C (Table 4.2-3) requires an Instrument Check (Channel Check) of the RBM Upscale and Downscale once per day.
ITS 3.3.2.1 does not require a Channel Check of these Functions.
The RBM automatically re nulls itself whenever a control rod is selected and retains the latest setting until another control rod is selected, making the performance of a Channel Check during static conditions (i.e., a daily channel check) of no safety benefit. Specifically, at the time a control rod is selected for movement, the RBM automaticallly readjusts its input and output readings (different LPRM inputs associated with the rod selected and re-normalization), i.e., "renulling."
At this time, the operator is in direct observation and monitoring of the control rod movement and RBM response: in essence, performing a continuous instrument check during the time the RBM is performing its safety function (i.e., during control rod withdrawal).
Therefore, a routine daily check of the RBMs during static conditions, prior to the renulling that occurs when a control rod is selected for movement, adds no assurance of safety. Accordingly, the elimination of a formal Channel Check for this instrument is acceptable.
L3 CTS 4.3.B.3.a.4 requires a demonstration of the rod block function during startup, prior to the start of control rod withdrawal.
ITS 3.3.2.1 will require a CHANNEL FUNCTIONAL TEST of the RWM every 92 days in MODE.2 (SR 3.3.2.1.2).
ITS SR 3.3.2.1.2 will be modified by a Note stating that the CHANNEL FUNCTIONAL TEST is not required during a startup until 1 hour after any control rod is withdrawn at
* 10% RTP in MODE 2.
The addition of this Note and the change in Frequency to 92 days makes the proposed requirement for a CHANNEL FUNCTIONAL TEST less restrictive because the Surveillance Test is not required until 1 hour after the RWM is required to be Operable. and the test is not required Revision K JAFNPP rage b uv


DISCUSSION OF CHANGES ITS: 3.3.2.1 - CONTROL ROD BLOCK INSTRUMENTATION TECHNICAL CHANGES       LESS RESTRICTIVE       (SPECIFIC)
DISCUSSION OF CHANGES ITS: 3.3.2.1 - CONTROL ROD BLOCK INSTRUMENTATION TECHNICAL CHANGES LESS RESTRICTIVE (SPECIFIC)
L3     (continued) previous 92 days. In to be performed at startup if performed in the           required    in MODE 1 in addition, a CHANNEL FUNCTIONAL TEST will be                       after  Thermal Power 1 hour accordance with SR 3.3.2.1.3, but not until                   does  not  monitor core is g 10% RTP (see M5). The Rod Worth Minimizer                       rod  patterns as a thermal conditions but simply enforces preprogrammed             in  selecting  or backup intended to prevent reactor operator             error system,  as shown  by positioning control rods. The RWM is a reliable         successful      completion  of both a review of maintenance history and by               the  effect  on safety  due previous startup surveillances. As a result, the increased testing to the extended Surveillance is small.             Also, prior to each     startup   increases   the wear   on the instruments, thereby additional Surveillance reducing overall reliability. Therefore, an needed to assure the other than the quarterly Surveillance           is   not function. In addition, instruments will perform their associated safety             CHANNEL  FUNCTIONAL TEST.
L3 (continued) to be performed at startup if performed in the previous 92 days.
a  92  day other similar rod block functions have way the required The Note changes are acceptable since the only in the specified condition Surveillances can be performed prior         to   entry of these devices is not is by utilizing jumpers or lifted leads. Usemay significantly increase recommended since minor errors in their use               which is a precursor to a the probability of a reactor ransient or event               is allowed to conduct the previously analyzed accident. Therefore, time Surveillances after entering the specified condition.
In addition, a CHANNEL FUNCTIONAL TEST will be required in MODE 1 in accordance with SR 3.3.2.1.3, but not until 1 hour after Thermal Power is g 10% RTP (see M5).
to verify the L4     The Frequency in CTS 4.3.B.3.a and CTS 4.3.B.3.bstartup, prior to the correctness of the RWM program sequence during                   prior to attaining start of control rod withdrawal and during shutdown 10% rated power during rod insertion has OPERABLE  been changed to require the following loading of verification only prior to declaring RWM                       since this is when rod the Sequence into RWM. This change is acceptable is consistent with sequence input errors are possible. This change NUREG-1433, Revision 1.
The Rod Worth Minimizer does not monitor core thermal conditions but simply enforces preprogrammed rod patterns as a backup intended to prevent reactor operator error in selecting or positioning control rods.
CHANNEL CALIBRATION L5       The proposed change adds Note 1 to the quarterly       for  the  RBM Upscale and Surveillance Requirement in CTS Table 4.2-3 the neutron detectors from Downscale Functions (SR 3.3.2.1.5) excludingis a complete check of the the Surveillance. The CHANNEL CALIBRATION verifies that the channel instrument loop and the sensor. The test the necessary range and responds to the measured parameter within               from the CHANNEL accuracy. The neutron detectors are excluded with minimal drift, and CALIBRATIONS because they are passive devices       meaningful signal.      Changes in because of the difficulty of simulating a
The RWM is a reliable system, as shown by both a review of maintenance history and by successful completion of previous startup surveillances.
                                          ..... 7 f                                     Revision K JAFNPP                                   ravu     i
As a result, the effect on safety due to the extended Surveillance is small.
Also, the increased testing prior to each startup increases the wear on the instruments, thereby reducing overall reliability.
Therefore, an additional Surveillance other than the quarterly Surveillance is not needed to assure the instruments will perform their associated safety function.
In addition, other similar rod block functions have a 92 day CHANNEL FUNCTIONAL TEST.
The Note changes are acceptable since the only way the required Surveillances can be performed prior to entry in the specified condition is by utilizing jumpers or lifted leads.
Use of these devices is not recommended since minor errors in their use may significantly increase the probability of a reactor ransient or event which is a precursor to a previously analyzed accident.
Therefore, time is allowed to conduct the Surveillances after entering the specified condition.
L4 The Frequency in CTS 4.3.B.3.a and CTS 4.3.B.3.b to verify the correctness of the RWM program sequence during startup, prior to the start of control rod withdrawal and during shutdown prior to attaining 10% rated power during rod insertion has been changed to require the verification only prior to declaring RWM OPERABLE following loading of the Sequence into RWM.
This change is acceptable since this is when rod sequence input errors are possible.
This change is consistent with NUREG-1433, Revision 1.
L5 The proposed change adds Note 1 to the quarterly CHANNEL CALIBRATION Surveillance Requirement in CTS Table 4.2-3 for the RBM Upscale and Downscale Functions (SR 3.3.2.1.5) excluding the neutron detectors from the Surveillance.
The CHANNEL CALIBRATION is a complete check of the instrument loop and the sensor.
The test verifies that the channel responds to the measured parameter within the necessary range and accuracy.
The neutron detectors are excluded from the CHANNEL CALIBRATIONS because they are passive devices with minimal drift, and because of the difficulty of simulating a meaningful signal.
Changes in 7
f Revision K JAFNPP ravu i


DISCUSSION OF CHANGES ITS:   3.3.2.1 - CONTROL ROD BLOCK INSTRUMENTATION TECHNICAL CHANGES     - LESS RESTRICTIVE   (SPECIFIC)
DISCUSSION OF CHANGES ITS: 3.3.2.1 - CONTROL ROD BLOCK INSTRUMENTATION TECHNICAL CHANGES  
L5     (continued) by performance of the neutron detector sensitivity are compensated for     and  the 1000 MWD/T LPRM 7 day calorimetric calibration (SR 3.3.1.1.2) The change is consistent calibration against the TIPs (SR 3.3.1.1.7).
- LESS RESTRICTIVE (SPECIFIC)
with NUREG-1433, Revision 1.
L5 (continued) neutron detector sensitivity are compensated for by performance of the 7 day calorimetric calibration (SR 3.3.1.1.2) and the 1000 MWD/T LPRM calibration against the TIPs (SR 3.3.1.1.7).
CTS 4.3.B.5 requires the performance ofprior  a functional test on a RBM when L6                                                        to the withdrawal of the a limiting control rod pattern exists               is proposed to be deleted designated rod(s). This testing requirement Operation            with a limiting from the current Technical Specifications.           on  a power  distribution control rod pattern is analogous to operating no  correlation      between power limit, such as APLHGR or MCPR. There is   the operability     of the RBM.
The change is consistent with NUREG-1433, Revision 1.
distribution limits and its affect on testing of the RBM based on the Therefore, initiation of surveillancedoes not increase the likelihood of status of power distribution limits                  operating on a limiting identifying an inoperable RBM. In fact, since   this surveillance requirement control rod pattern is extremely unlikely, Furthermore,    an analysis of the would most likely never be performed.                         of RBM instrument operating experience associated with the performance (CTS   Table   4.2-3) functional testing and calibration    testing tests,   which   are performed at a 92 demonstrates that these surveillance              degree of reliability for a day interval, are indicative of a very high                   and their associated RBM instrument channel. These testing requirements testing at 92 day test intervals (i.e., functional/calibration                     As discussed in intervals) are maintained in the ITS by SRall3.3.2.1.5. requirements of a the DOC A4, calibration testing includesbased the   on the above evaluation, channel functional test. Accordingly,               of this CTS testing the Licensee has concluded that the deletion           on nuclear safety. This requirement would have an insignificant affect 1.
L6 CTS 4.3.B.5 requires the performance of a functional test on a RBM when a limiting control rod pattern exists prior to the withdrawal of the designated rod(s).
change is consistent with NUREG-1433, Revision L7     CTS Table 3.2-3 requires the RBM to be ITS, Operable when reactor power is requirement is greater than or equal to 30%. In the (a) this   except when a peripheral maintained in Table 3.3.2.1-1 Footnote       acceptable since with a control rod is selected. This change is of          control rod withdrawal peripheral rod selected the consequences In a addition,          this change is error event will not exceed the MCPR SL.                   That is when a consistent with the design of the RBM circuitry. automatically bypassed and peripheral control rod is selected the RBM is the output set to zero.
This testing requirement is proposed to be deleted from the current Technical Specifications.
Page 8 of 9                               Revision K JAFNPP
Operation with a limiting control rod pattern is analogous to operating on a power distribution limit, such as APLHGR or MCPR.
There is no correlation between power distribution limits and its affect on the operability of the RBM.
Therefore, initiation of surveillance testing of the RBM based on the status of power distribution limits does not increase the likelihood of identifying an inoperable RBM.
In fact, since operating on a limiting control rod pattern is extremely unlikely, this surveillance requirement would most likely never be performed.
Furthermore, an analysis of the operating experience associated with the performance of RBM instrument functional testing and calibration testing (CTS Table 4.2-3) demonstrates that these surveillance tests, which are performed at a 92 day interval, are indicative of a very high degree of reliability for a RBM instrument channel.
These testing requirements and their associated test intervals (i.e., functional/calibration testing at 92 day intervals) are maintained in the ITS by SR 3.3.2.1.5.
As discussed in the DOC A4, calibration testing includes all the requirements of a channel functional test.
Accordingly, based on the above evaluation, the Licensee has concluded that the deletion of this CTS testing requirement would have an insignificant affect on nuclear safety.
This change is consistent with NUREG-1433, Revision 1.
L7 CTS Table 3.2-3 requires the RBM to be Operable when reactor power is greater than or equal to 30%.
In the ITS, this requirement is maintained in Table 3.3.2.1-1 Footnote (a) except when a peripheral control rod is selected.
This change is acceptable since with a peripheral rod selected the consequences of a control rod withdrawal error event will not exceed the MCPR SL.
In addition, this change is consistent with the design of the RBM circuitry.
That is when a peripheral control rod is selected the RBM is automatically bypassed and the output set to zero.
Revision K Page 8 of 9 JAFNPP


DISCUSSION OF CHANGES ITS: 3.3.2.1 - CONTROL ROD BLOCK INSTRUMENTATION TECHNICAL CHANGES - LESS RESTRICTIVE     (SPECIFIC) submit a report to the LB   The requirement in CTS 3.3.B.3.d to prepare and           RWM Operable is NRC within 30 days of a plant startup without       the Specifications.        This special proposed to be deleted from the Technical                     the  action  taken to report states the reason for the RWM inoperability,   RWM  to   an  operable restore it. and the schedule for returning     the to review the status. This special report provides a mechanism                 but provides no appropriateness of licensee activities     after-the-fact, submitted     (i.e.,   no requirement regulatory authority once the report is                          of  10 CFR 50, for NRC approval). The Quality Assurance       requirements corrective      actions will Appendix B, provide assurance that appropriate to be provided to the be taken. Given that the report was required             report completion and Commission within 30 days following the startup,     operation      of the facility submittal was clearly not necessary to     assure startup    of   the unit and in a safe manner for the interval between         on  the   above  evaluation, submittal of the report. Accordingly,     based to  be  in  the   current  Technical the RWM Special Report is not required                           with  NUREG-1433.
DISCUSSION OF CHANGES ITS: 3.3.2.1 - CONTROL ROD BLOCK INSTRUMENTATION TECHNICAL CHANGES - LESS RESTRICTIVE (SPECIFIC)
Specifications nor the ITS. This     change is consistent TECHNICAL CHANGES - RELOCATIONS Notes to these Tables R1     CTS 2.1.A.1.d, Tables 3.2-3 and 4.2-3 and the         Block functions include the Safety Limits, LCOs   and SRs for Rod SRMs, and Scram   Discharge Volume Level.
LB The requirement in CTS 3.3.B.3.d to prepare and submit a report to the NRC within 30 days of a plant startup without the RWM Operable is proposed to be deleted from the Technical Specifications.
associated with the APRMs, IRMs,                                  Requi rements These requirements are being relocated to the Technical Volume (SDV) rod Manual (TRM). The APRM, IRM, SRM, and Scram Discharge when plant blocks are intended to prevent control rod withdrawal there are no safety conditions make such withdrawal imprudent. However,             mitigate or analyses that depend upon these rod blocks to prevent, or transients.
This special report states the reason for the RWM inoperability, the action taken to restore it. and the schedule for returning the RWM to an operable status.
establish initial conditions for design basis accidents     that the loss of the The evaluation summarized in NEDO-31466 determined   blocks would be a non APRM, IRM, SRM, and Scram Discharge Volume rod                 and offsite significant risk contributor to core damage frequencydetermined to be releases. The results of this evaluation have been               does not satisfy applicable to JAFNPP. Therefore, this instrumentation Specifications as 10 CFR 50.36(c)(2)(ii) for inclusion in the Technicalto the JAFNPP documented in the Application of Selection Criteria               by reference Technical Specifications. The TRM will be incorporated   the  TRM  will be into the UFSAR at ITS implementation. Changes to controlled by the provisions of 10 CFR 50.59.
This special report provides a mechanism to review the appropriateness of licensee activities after-the-fact, but provides no regulatory authority once the report is submitted (i.e., no requirement for NRC approval).
Page 9 of 9                                 Revision K JAFNPP
The Quality Assurance requirements of 10 CFR 50, Appendix B, provide assurance that appropriate corrective actions will be taken.
Given that the report was required to be provided to the Commission within 30 days following the startup, report completion and submittal was clearly not necessary to assure operation of the facility in a safe manner for the interval between startup of the unit and submittal of the report.
Accordingly, based on the above evaluation, the RWM Special Report is not required to be in the current Technical Specifications nor the ITS.
This change is consistent with NUREG-1433.
TECHNICAL CHANGES - RELOCATIONS R1 CTS 2.1.A.1.d, Tables 3.2-3 and 4.2-3 and the Notes to these Tables include the Safety Limits, LCOs and SRs for Rod Block functions associated with the APRMs,
: IRMs, SRMs, and Scram Discharge Volume Level.
These requirements are being relocated to the Technical Requi rements Manual (TRM).
The APRM, IRM, SRM, and Scram Discharge Volume (SDV) rod blocks are intended to prevent control rod withdrawal when plant conditions make such withdrawal imprudent.
However, there are no safety analyses that depend upon these rod blocks to prevent, mitigate or establish initial conditions for design basis accidents or transients.
The evaluation summarized in NEDO-31466 determined that the loss of the
: APRM, IRM, SRM, and Scram Discharge Volume rod blocks would be a non significant risk contributor to core damage frequency and offsite releases.
The results of this evaluation have been determined to be applicable to JAFNPP.
Therefore, this instrumentation does not satisfy 10 CFR 50.36(c)(2)(ii) for inclusion in the Technical Specifications as documented in the Application of Selection Criteria to the JAFNPP Technical Specifications.
The TRM will be incorporated by reference into the UFSAR at ITS implementation.
Changes to the TRM will be controlled by the provisions of 10 CFR 50.59.
Revision K Page 9 of 9 JAFNPP


Control Rod Block Instrumentation 3.3.2.1 FREQUENC SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTSSURVEILLANCE  continued                                     FREQUENCY SR 3.33.22.1.0@-----Not    afterrequired  to be NOTE--7-------
Control Rod Block Instrumentation 3.3.2.1 SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS continued SURVEILLANCE FREQUENC FREQUENCY SR 3.33.22.1.0@----- -------------- NOTE--7-------
reactor mode performed until 1 hour switch is in the. ...
Not required to be performed until 1 hour after reactor mode switch is in the shutdown position.
shutdown position.
Perform CHANNEL FUNCTIONAL TEST.
  ''                      Perform CHANNEL FUNCTIONAL TEST.
SR 3. 3. 2. 1.VS NOT
                            ------------        NOT -----.----
/
SR   3 . 3 . 2 . 1 .VS
Neutron detectors are excluded  
                      /   Neutron detectors are excluded CHANNEL CALIBRATION.t                       ~PPerform the  Prior to SR 3.3.2.                 Verify control rod sequences input to 7f 9     RWM are in conformance with BPWS.
~PPerform CHANNEL CALIBRATION.t SR 3.3.2.
declaring RWM OPERABLE following loading of sequence into 3                                                             RWM
Verify control rod sequences input to the Prior to 9
                                                      *,-*-      ?,,- + -0    .  -
RWM are in conformance with BPWS.
                                              -,I't
declaring RWM 7f OPERABLE following loading of sequence into 3
: 33.            o        ,
RWM o
                                                      .5.J-17 Rev 1, 04/07/95 BWR/4 STS
33
-,I't  
?,,-
+ -0 Rev 1, 04/07/95 BWR/4 STS
.5.J-17


Control Rod Block Instrumentation 3.3.2.1 Table 3.3.2.1-1 (pa0     1 of 1)
Control Rod Block Instrumentation 3.3.2.1 Table 3.3.2.1-1 (pa0 1 of 1)
Control Rod slock 1nstr uwstion APPLICAILE APPLI CABLE NWSOS OR OTNE.
Control Rod slock 1nstr uwstion APPLICAILE APPLI CABLE NWSOS OR OTNE.
SPECIFIED COMMO1NS CPANNELS (6
SPECIFIED COMMO1NS CPANNELS
20 -:L&#xfd; r.*   *.-3j f.
~.Dow~l*U3.3 21.0 divisi.onso S*3,3.2.1,*  
Inop 21.0   divisi.onso
.full scale 1.Syaa i La C=d,)
                                        ~.Dow~l*U3.3                    S*3,3.2.1,*           .full             scale 1.Syaa i     *La ,,,..T,~ ... C=d,)e                             """""
e U
U          ~1 SL3.~
SL3.~
1.,    120     m a a] sa,o;;.
120 sa,o;;.  
SR 3.3.2.1.2   NA pot-]          32 Rod Worth Hinimizer 3
*,,,..T,~
                                                                                                , 3.2.1.3                       I,&~
~ 1.,
SR 3.3.2. 1.&
1 a a]
  *:*          3,                                                                          sa 3.3.2.1.&fNA Position 7
m Rod Worth Hinimizer SR 3.3.2.1.2 NA  
SC) THEESAL A   E843%
, 3 3.2.1.3 SR 3.3.2. 1.&
a nld C90MX . an (d) THERPAL       R t 90%RTP and isA       &. "C~  t(
sa 3.3.2.1.&fNA 7
P POWER~   643%   mold A0TPand Wit         1 (a)    THE With THERMAL POWER 5s    p     L   &#xfd;
SC) THEESAL A
            <~                                                   Q
E843 % a nld C90MX an "C~
                  )Reactor         switch in thie Shutdown posMtOn.
t(
monde 3.3-20                             Rev 1, 04/07/95 BWR/4 STS tZeAJIS'Ovl K\
(d)
THERPAL R t 90% RTP and isA (a)
THE POWER~
P 643% mold A0 TP and Wit 1
With THERMAL POWER 5 s p
L  
&#xfd; Q
~  
)Reactor monde switch in thie Shutdown posMtOn.
3.3-20 Rev 1, 04/07/95 tZeAJIS'Ovl K\\
r.* *.-3j
: f.
Inop pot-]
32 3,
Position I,&~
BWR/4 STS (6
20 -:L&#xfd;


1 JUSTIFICATION FOR DIFFERENCES FROM NUREG-1433. REVISION ITS: 3.3.2.1 - CONTROL ROD BLOCK INSTRUMENTATION RETENTION OF EXISTING REQUIREMENT (CLB)
JUSTIFICATION FOR DIFFERENCES FROM NUREG-1433.
Calibration Surveillance, is ITS SR 3.3.2.1.5, the 92 day RBM Channel excludes CLB1                                                            the recirculation loop modified by the addition of Note 2 that Table 4.1-2,             "Flow Bias flow signal portion of the channel. -CTS              test  with  standard          IL&#x17d; Signal," requires an "internal power and flowinterval.            This  flow bias pressure source" calibration on a refueling           Flux-High      (Flow Biased) signal provides input to both the APRM Neutron   control    rod  block    Function.
REVISION 1 ITS: 3.3.2.1 - CONTROL ROD BLOCK INSTRUMENTATION RETENTION OF EXISTING REQUIREMENT (CLB)
RPS scram Function and to the RBM-Upscale bias        signal line item, thus CTS 3/4.2.C does not   have a specific flow the calibration required by CTS Table 4.1-2       covers the RBM requirements recirculation loop flow signal.
CLB1 ITS SR 3.3.2.1.5, the 92 day RBM Channel Calibration Surveillance, is modified by the addition of Note 2 that excludes the recirculation loop flow signal portion of the channel.
as well as the RPS requirements, of the requirement         in SR 3.3.2.1.5 is Therefore, the RBM Channel Calibration                  signal    portion of the modified to exclude the recirculation loop flow of the recirculation channel. ITS SR 3.3.2.1.8 requires calibration and the Bases notes that loop flow signal portion of the channel                   SR 3.3.1.1.12.
-CTS Table 4.1-2, "Flow Bias Signal," requires an "internal power and flow test with standard pressure source" calibration on a refueling interval.
performance of ITS SR 3.3.2.1.8 also satisfies ITS in the COLR. This was CLB2 The Allowable Value of the RBM upscale is located               No. 162. This accepted in JAFNPP Technical Specification inAmendment Generic   Letter 88-16 for allowance is consistent with the guidance            from  the  Technical the removal of cycle-specific parameter limits Specifications to the COLR.
This flow bias signal provides input to both the APRM Neutron Flux-High (Flow Biased)
CLB3 The CTS allows only one startup with       the RWM inoperable (i.e.,
RPS scram Function and to the RBM-Upscale control rod block Function.
inoperable prior to withdrawal of the first Action12 control rods) per C.2.1.2, "performed in calendar year. The words in ISTS Required          startups with the RWM the last calendar year" could allow multiple since  the check only looks at inoperable in the current calendar   year, the last (i.e., previous) calendar year. has  Therefore, consistent with the current licensing basis, the word "last"           been changed to "current."
CTS 3/4.2.C does not have a specific flow bias signal line item, thus the calibration required by CTS Table 4.1-2 covers the RBM requirements as well as the RPS requirements, of the recirculation loop flow signal.
IMPROVEMENT (PA)
Therefore, the RBM Channel Calibration requirement in SR 3.3.2.1.5 is modified to exclude the recirculation loop flow signal portion of the channel.
PLANT-SPECIFIC WORDING PREFERENCE OR MINOR EDITORIAL PAl     None PLANT-SPECIFIC DIFFERENCE IN THE DESIGN (DB)
ITS SR 3.3.2.1.8 requires calibration of the recirculation loop flow signal portion of the channel and the Bases notes that performance of ITS SR 3.3.2.1.8 also satisfies ITS SR 3.3.1.1.12.
The RWM is required to be Operable at < 10% RTP       as specified in    CTS bases DB1                                                                the design has been 4.3.B.3.a.4. This requirement is consistent withvalue          of 10%
CLB2 The Allowable Value of the RBM upscale is located in the COLR.
analysis assumptions. Therefore,   the bracketed retained in the ITS throughout the   Specification.
This was accepted in JAFNPP Technical Specification Amendment No. 162.
DB2 The brackets have been removed and the Surveillance Frequency of 92 days Frequency is is retained in ITS SR 3.3.2.1.2 and SR 3.3.2.1.3. This Page 1 of 3                                 Revision K JAFNPP
This allowance is consistent with the guidance in Generic Letter 88-16 for the removal of cycle-specific parameter limits from the Technical Specifications to the COLR.
CLB3 The CTS allows only one startup with the RWM inoperable (i.e.,
inoperable prior to withdrawal of the first 12 control rods) per calendar year.
The words in ISTS Required Action C.2.1.2, "performed in the last calendar year" could allow multiple startups with the RWM inoperable in the current calendar year, since the check only looks at the last (i.e., previous) calendar year.
Therefore, consistent with the current licensing basis, the word "last" has been changed to "current."
PLANT-SPECIFIC WORDING PREFERENCE OR MINOR EDITORIAL IMPROVEMENT (PA)
PAl None PLANT-SPECIFIC DIFFERENCE IN THE DESIGN (DB)
DB1 The RWM is required to be Operable at < 10% RTP as specified 4.3.B.3.a.4.
This requirement is consistent with the design analysis assumptions.
Therefore, the bracketed value of 10%
retained in the ITS throughout the Specification.
in CTS bases has been DB2 The brackets have been removed and the Surveillance Frequency of 92 days is retained in ITS SR 3.3.2.1.2 and SR 3.3.2.1.3.
This Frequency is JAFNPP Page 1 of 3 Revision K IL&#x17d;


REVISION 1 JUSTIFICATION FOR DIFFERENCES FROM NUREG-1433, ITS: 3.3.2.1 - CONTROL ROD BLOCK   INSTRUMENTATION PLANT-SPECIFIC DIFFERENCE IN THE DESIGN (DB) with M4. The bracketed DB3   ITS SR 3.3.2.1.4 has been added in accordanceto 92 days and the bracketed Frequency of 18 months has been changed       excluded) retained. The Surveillance Note (Neutron detectors are           to the JAFNPP plant design.
JUSTIFICATION FOR DIFFERENCES FROM NUREG-1433, REVISION 1 ITS: 3.3.2.1 - CONTROL ROD BLOCK INSTRUMENTATION PLANT-SPECIFIC DIFFERENCE IN THE DESIGN (DB)
surveillance has been re-written to conform         when required.
DB3 ITS SR 3.3.2.1.4 has been added in accordance with M4.
The Surveillance ensures the RBM is Operable of RBM Upscale control rod block DB4     ISTS SR 3.3.2.1.7. (Channel Calibration loop from signal portion of the Function (except for the recirculation block Function channels) is channel) and RBM Downscale control rod           the surveillance has been currently performed every 92 days therefore                 as SR 3.3.2.1.5.
The bracketed Frequency of 18 months has been changed to 92 days and the bracketed Surveillance Note (Neutron detectors are excluded) retained.
placed in its appropriate location and renumbered      where applicable. This Subsequent surveillances have been renumbered, methodology in determining the Surveillance Frequency is consistent with                 Since the Calibration associated Allowable Values for these Functions. for  a  CHANNEL FUNCTIONAL is performed every 92 days there is no need         from  these Functions in TEST, therefore SR 3.3.2.1.1 has been removed the Table.
The surveillance has been re-written to conform to the JAFNPP plant design.
has been added in accordance DB5     SR 3.3.2.1.1, a CHANNEL FUNCTIONAL TEST, bracketed Frequency of 92 days with Ml for the RBM Inop function. The is retained since it is consistent with NEDC-30851-P-A.
The Surveillance ensures the RBM is Operable when required.
The bracketed Surveillance Frequency of theITS SR 3.3.2.1.6 is changed from DB6                                                      associated Bases for this 18 months to 24 months as justified in             assumes a Frequency of 24 surveillance. The trip setpoint methodology months between calibrations.
DB4 ISTS SR 3.3.2.1.7. (Channel Calibration of RBM Upscale control rod block Function (except for the recirculation loop from signal portion of the channel) and RBM Downscale control rod block Function channels) is currently performed every 92 days therefore the surveillance has been placed in its appropriate location and renumbered as SR 3.3.2.1.5.
The bracketed Surveillance Frequency of testITS SR 3.3.2.1.7 has been DB7                                                        should be performed during a changed from 18 to 24 months since the transients as described in the plant outage to minimize any unplanned Bases for this SR.
Subsequent surveillances have been renumbered, where applicable.
proper number of channels DB8 The brackets have been removed and the                       The values are included for each Function in Table 3.3.2.1-1.
This Surveillance Frequency is consistent with methodology in determining the associated Allowable Values for these Functions.
in CTS Table 3.2.3 for consistent with the current requirements the    Rod Worth Minimizer. The Functions l.a, 1.c, and CTS 3.3.B.3 for and Function 3 (Reactor Mode requirements for Function 1.b (RBM-Inop)             with M1 and M2. The Switch-Shutdown) have been added in accordance   with   the plant design.
Since the Calibration is performed every 92 days there is no need for a CHANNEL FUNCTIONAL TEST, therefore SR 3.3.2.1.1 has been removed from these Functions in the Table.
specified number of channels are consistent are not applicable to JAFNPP.
DB5 SR 3.3.2.1.1, a CHANNEL FUNCTIONAL TEST, has been added in accordance with Ml for the RBM Inop function.
DB9       Table 3.3.2.1-1 Functions 1.b. 1.c and 1.f from the Table. Subsequent Therefore these Functions have been removed Functions have been renumbered, where applicable.
The bracketed Frequency of 92 days is retained since it is consistent with NEDC-30851-P-A.
f 11 2                              Revision K r awc   V*
DB6 The bracketed Surveillance Frequency of ITS SR 3.3.2.1.6 is changed from 18 months to 24 months as justified in the associated Bases for this surveillance.
JAFNPP
The trip setpoint methodology assumes a Frequency of 24 months between calibrations.
DB7 The bracketed Surveillance Frequency of ITS SR 3.3.2.1.7 has been changed from 18 to 24 months since the test should be performed during a plant outage to minimize any unplanned transients as described in the Bases for this SR.
DB8 The brackets have been removed and the proper number of channels included for each Function in Table 3.3.2.1-1.
The values are consistent with the current requirements in CTS Table 3.2.3 for Functions l.a, 1.c, and CTS 3.3.B.3 for the Rod Worth Minimizer.
The requirements for Function 1.b (RBM-Inop) and Function 3 (Reactor Mode Switch-Shutdown) have been added in accordance with M1 and M2.
The specified number of channels are consistent with the plant design.
DB9 Table 3.3.2.1-1 Functions 1.b. 1.c and 1.f are not applicable to JAFNPP.
Therefore these Functions have been removed from the Table.
Subsequent Functions have been renumbered, where applicable.
2 f 11 Revision K JAFNPP r awc V*


Control Rod Block Instrumentation B 3.3.2.1 between successive adjusted to account for instrument drifts           s  ecific setpoint calibrations   consistent   with   the plant Laethodol ogy f~       tneutron detectors         --          -from       the CHANNEL CALIBRATION because they are passive devices,                 with min*
Control Rod Block Instrumentation B 3.3.2.1 adjusted to account for instrument drifts between successive calibrations consistent with the plant s ecific setpoint Laethodol ogy f~
of the difficulty     of   simulating     a drift, and because                                are  adequately    tested meaningful signal. Neutron detectors in SL.3.1.14.AdR,3.3.             1,1 sSz S.. 2.
tneutron detectors  
O44                                /S The   retluency is   based       n the   assumption     of ad* 40 interval   in the   determination       of the magnitude calibration of equipment drift in the setpoint analysis..
-from the CHANNEL CALIBRATION because they are passive devices, with min*
                  "ora;X~
drift, and because of the difficulty of simulating a meaningful signal.
gin'6         "I The RWN will only enforce the proper control                 rod sequence if input   into   the RWN   computer.
Neutron detectors are adequately tested in SL.3.1.14.AdR,3.3. 1, 1
the rod sequence is properly                                        into the that the   proper   sequence     is loaded This SR ensures                                      function. The RMN so that it can perform         its   intended is performed   once   prior   to   declaring RbH4 Surveillance                                                    , since this OPERABLE following loading of sequence into RWs iswhen rod sequence input errors are possible.
O44 sSz S.. 2.  
/S The retluency is based n the assumption of ad* 40 calibration interval in the determination of the magnitude of equipment drift in the setpoint analysis..  
"ora;X~  
"I gin'6 The RWN will only enforce the proper control rod sequence if the rod sequence is properly input into the RWN computer.
This SR ensures that the proper sequence is loaded into the RMN so that it can perform its intended function.
The Surveillance is performed once prior to declaring RbH4 OPERABLE following loading of sequence into RWs  
, since this is when rod sequence input errors are possible.
b2o~
b2o~


SDINSERT             SR-1 SR 3.3.2.1.5 is modified by two Notes. Note 1 to SR 3.3.2.1.5 excludes 6 DpltINSERT SR-2 loop flow signal portion of Note 2 to SR 3.3.2.1.5 excludes the recirculation         portion of the channel is the channel from the CHANNEL CALIBRATION, since this calibrated by SR 3.3.2.1.8.
SDINSERT SR-1 SR 3.3.2.1.5 is modified by two Notes.
k>               INSERT SR-3 all portions of channel SR 3.3.2.1.8 is modified by a Note that excludesCHANNEL    CALIBRATION.
Note 1 to SR 3.3.2.1.5 excludes 6 DpltINSERT SR-2 Note 2 to SR 3.3.2.1.5 excludes the recirculation loop flow signal portion of the channel from the CHANNEL CALIBRATION, since this portion of the channel is calibrated by SR 3.3.2.1.8.
except the recirculation loop flow signal from results in calibration of the SR 3.3.2.1.5, in conjunction with   SR 3.3.2.1.8, entire channel. Since the recirculation loop     flow signal is also a portion of RPS scram Function channels (Table the APRM Neutron Flux-High (Flow Biased) 2.b),
k>
3.3.1.1-1. RPS Instrumentation, Function         satisfactory performance of completion of SR 3.3.1.1.12 for the SR 3.3.2.1.8 also results in satisfactory Biased) associated APRM Neutron Flux-High (Flow             RPS scram Function channels.
INSERT SR-3 SR 3.3.2.1.8 is modified by a Note that excludes all portions of channel except the recirculation loop flow signal from CHANNEL CALIBRATION.
A       INSERT SR-4 The Frequency of SR 3.372..'.8 is based upon the   assumption of a 24 month of the equipment calibration interval in the determination of the magnitude drift in the setpoint analysis.
SR 3.3.2.1.5, in conjunction with SR 3.3.2.1.8, results in calibration of the entire channel.
Insert Page B 3.3-54                       Revision K
Since the recirculation loop flow signal is also a portion of the APRM Neutron Flux-High (Flow Biased) RPS scram Function channels (Table 3.3.1.1-1. RPS Instrumentation, Function 2.b), satisfactory performance of SR 3.3.2.1.8 also results in satisfactory completion of SR 3.3.1.1.12 for the associated APRM Neutron Flux-High (Flow Biased) RPS scram Function channels.
A INSERT SR-4 The Frequency of SR 3.372..'.8 is based upon the assumption of a 24 month calibration interval in the determination of the magnitude of the equipment drift in the setpoint analysis.
Revision K Insert Page B 3.3-54


Control Rod Block Instrumentation 3.3.2.1 SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS (continued)                                                     FREQUENCY SURVEILLANCE SR 3.3.2.1.2   ------------------ NOTE ------------------
Control Rod Block Instrumentation 3.3.2.1 SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS (continued)
SURVEILLANCE SR 3.3.2.1.2  
------------------ NOTE ------------------
Not required to be performed until 1 hour after any control rod is withdrawn at S10% RTP in MODE 2.
Not required to be performed until 1 hour after any control rod is withdrawn at S10% RTP in MODE 2.
92 days Perform CHANNEL FUNCTIONAL TEST.
Perform CHANNEL FUNCTIONAL TEST.
SR 3.3.2.1.3     .................. NOTE ...................
SR 3.3.2.1.3 NOTE...................
Not required to be performed until 1 hour after THERMAL POWER is
Not required to be performed until 1 hour after THERMAL POWER is
* 10% RTP in MODE 1.
* 10% RTP in MODE 1.
Perform CHANNEL FUNCTIONAL TEST.                                   92 days SR   3.3.2.1.4                                                 ...................
Perform CHANNEL FUNCTIONAL TEST.
NOTE------------------.
SR 3.3.2.1.4 SR 3.3.2.1.5 NOTE...................
Neutron detectors                   are     excluded.
Neutron detectors are excluded.
Verify the RBM is not bypassed:                                     92 days
Verify the RBM is not bypassed:
: a.     When THERMAL POWER is k 30% RTP: and
: a.
: b.       When a peripheral control rod is not selected.
When THERMAL POWER is k 30% RTP: and
SR 3.3.2.1.5      ..................
: b.
: 1. Neutron detectors are excluded.
When a peripheral control rod is not selected.
2.
NOTES--...............
NOTES--...............
: 1.
Neutron detectors are excluded.
: 2.
For Function l.a, the recirculation loop flow signal portion of the channel is excluded.
For Function l.a, the recirculation loop flow signal portion of the channel is excluded.
I Perform CHANNEL CALIBRATION.
Perform CHANNEL CALIBRATION.
92 days (continued) 3.3-18                    Amendment     (Rev. K)
FREQUENCY 92 days 92 days 92 days 92 days (continued)
JAFNPP
Amendment (Rev. K)
JAFNPP I
3.3-18


Control Rod Block Instrumentation 3.3.2.1 SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS         (continued)                                     FREQUENCY SURVEILLANCE SR   3.3.2.1.6   Verify the RWM is not bypassed when                       24 months THERMAL POWER is -,10% RTP.
Control Rod Block Instrumentation 3.3.2.1 SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS (continued)
SR   3.3.2.1.7   .................. NOTE ------------------
SURVEILLANCE SR 3.3.2.1.6 Verify the RWM is not bypassed when THERMAL POWER is -,
10% RTP.
SR 3.3.2.1.7  
.................. NOTE ------------------
Not required to be performed until 1 hour after reactor mode switch is in the shutdown position.
Not required to be performed until 1 hour after reactor mode switch is in the shutdown position.
24 months Perform CHANNEL FUNCTIONAL TEST.
Perform CHANNEL FUNCTIONAL TEST.
SR 3.3.2.1.8   ------------------NOTE ------------------
SR 3.3.2.1.8 NOTE ------------------
For Function l.a. all portions of the channel except the recirculation loop flow signal portion are excluded.                                               A 24 months Perform CHANNEL CALIBRATION.
For Function l.a. all portions of the channel except the recirculation loop flow signal portion are excluded.
Prior to            1A SR 3.3.2.1.9     Verify control rod sequences input to the                 declaring RWM OPERABLE RWM are in conformance with BPWS.
Perform CHANNEL CALIBRATION.
following loading of sequence into RWM 3.3-19                  Amendment     (Rev. K)
SR 3.3.2.1.9 Verify control rod sequences input to the RWM are in conformance with BPWS.
JAFNPP
FREQUENCY 24 months 24 months 24 months Prior to declaring RWM OPERABLE following loading of sequence into RWM Amendment (Rev. K)
JAFNPP A
1A 3.3-19


Control Rod Block Instrumentation 3.3.2.1 Table 3.3.2.1-1 (page 1 of 1)
Control Rod Block Instrumentation 3.3.2.1 Table 3.3.2.1-1 (page 1 of 1)
Control Rod Block Instrumentation APPLICABLE MODES OR OTHER                                           ALLOWABLE SPECIFIED           REQUIRED SURVEILLANCE CHANNELS REQUIREMENTS           VALUE FUNCTION                  CONDITIONS
Control Rod Block Instrumentation APPLICABLE MODES OR OTHER SPECIFIED REQUIRED SURVEILLANCE ALLOWABLE FUNCTION CONDITIONS CHANNELS REQUIREMENTS VALUE
: 1. Rod Block Monitor 2     SR SR 3.3.2.1.4 3.3.2.1.5 As specified the COLR     in
: 1.
: a. Upscale                                    (a)
Rod Block Monitor
SR 3.3.2.1.8 (a)              2     SR SR 3.3.2.1.1 3.3.2.1.4 NA
: a.
: b. Inop (a)              2      SR   3.3.2.1.4 SR 3.3.2.1.5   k 2.5/125 of divisions
Upscale 2
: c. Downscale                                                                          full scale 1 (b), 2 (b)           1     SR   3.3.2.1.2 SR 3.3.2.1.3   NA
(a)
: 2. Rod Worth Minimizer                                                      SR 3.3.2.1.6 SR 3.3.2.1.9 (c)              2      SR 3.3.2.1.7   NA
(a)
: 3. Reactor Mode Switch- Shutdown Position rod selected.
(a)
(a)    THERMAL POWER z 30% RTP and no peripheral control (b)    With THERMAL POWER s 10 RTP.
: b.
(c)    Reactor mode switch in the shutdown position.
Inop
3.3-20                        Amendment     (Rev. K)
: c.
JAFNPP
Downscale SR 3.3.2.1.4 As specified in SR 3.3.2.1.5 the COLR SR 3.3.2.1.8 2
SR 3.3.2.1.1 NA SR 3.3.2.1.4 2
SR 3.3.2.1.4 k 2.5/125 SR 3.3.2.1.5 divisions of full scale
: 2.
Rod Worth Minimizer
: 3.
Reactor Mode Switch-Shutdown Position (a)
(b)
(c) 1(b), 2(b)
(c) 1 2
SR 3.3.2.1.2 SR 3.3.2.1.3 SR 3.3.2.1.6 SR 3.3.2.1.9 NA SR 3.3.2.1.7 NA THERMAL POWER z 30% RTP and no peripheral control rod selected.
With THERMAL POWER s 10 RTP.
Reactor mode switch in the shutdown position.
Amendment (Rev. K)
JAFNPP 3.3-20


Control Rod Block Instrumentation B 3.3.2.1 BASES SURVEILLANCE SR     3.3.2.1.2 and SR 3.3.2.1.3 (continued)
Control Rod Block Instrumentation B 3.3.2.1 BASES SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS SR 3.3.2.1.2 and SR 3.3.2.1.3 (continued) state of a single contact of the relay.
REQUIREMENTS state of a single contact of the relay.                 This clarifies what is an acceptable CHANNEL         FUNCTIONAL       TEST   of a relay. This is acceptable because all of theTechnical    other required contacts of Specifications and the relay are verified by'other                               once per non-Technical Specifications tests at least           extensions. The refueling interval with the applicable             is"  erformed by CHANNEL FUNCTIONAL TEST for the RWM           rod    no                  ce with attempting to withdraw a control                     a control      rod   block the prescribed sequence and verifying                       is  not  required occurs. As noted in the hour    SRs, SR 3.3.2.1.2 to be performed until 1                 after any control rod is withdrawn at < 10% RTP in MODE 21 and,               SR 3.3.2.1.3 is not required to be performed until               hour after THERMAL POWER is
This clarifies what is an acceptable CHANNEL FUNCTIONAL TEST of a relay.
              < 10% RTP in MODE 1. This             allows   entry into MODE 2 for SR 3.3.2.1.2. and entry into MODE             1 when THERMAL POWER is required
This is acceptable because all of the other required contacts of the relay are verified by' other Technical Specifications and non-Technical Specifications tests at least once per refueling interval with the applicable extensions.
: 10% RTP for SR 3.3.2.1.3, to performis the           not  met per day Frequency Surveillance if the 92 allowance 1 hour                    is   based  on  operating SR 3.0.2. The       consideration         of   providin       a reasonable experience and in time in which to complete analysis  the SRs. The 92 gay Frequencies are based on reliability                     (Ref. 9).
The CHANNEL FUNCTIONAL TEST for the RWM is" erformed by attempting to withdraw a control rod no ce with the prescribed sequence and verifying a control rod block occurs. As noted in the SRs, SR 3.3.2.1.2 is not required to be performed until 1 hour after any control rod is withdrawn at < 10% RTP in MODE 2 and, SR 3.3.2.1.3 is not required to be performed until 1 hour after THERMAL POWER is  
SR 3.3.2.1.4 The RBM is automatically bypassed when               power is below a control   rod is selected.
< 10% RTP in MODE 1. This allows entry into MODE 2 for SR 3.3.2.1.2. and entry into MODE 1 when THERMAL POWER is
specified value or if a peripheral      from   the APRM   signals input to The power level is determined                          must    be verified each RBM channel. The automaticInbypass      addition,      it  must also be periodically to be < 30% RTP. bypassed when a non-peripheral verified that the RBM is not one non-peripheral control rod control rod is selected (only If any bypass setpoint is is required to be verified).                   RBM channel is considered nonconservative, then the affected        APRM channel can be placed inoperable. Alternatively, the(i.e.,               enabling the in the conservative  condition the SR is met and nonbypass). If placed in this condition,     inoperable.        As noted, the RBM channel is not considered         from    the  Surveillance      because neutron detectors are excluded                       drift,    and  because of they are passive devices, witha minimal meaningful       signal.     Neutron the difficulty of simulating                                      and detectors are adequately tested in SRis 3.3.1.1.2   based    on  the actual SR 3.3.1.1.7. The 92 day Frequency             for these     channels.
: 10% RTP for SR 3.3.2.1.3, to perform the required Surveillance if the 92 day Frequency is not met per SR 3.0.2.
trip setpoint methodology utiTized SR 3.3.2.1.5 and SR       3.3.2.1.8 A CHANNEL CALIBRATION is a com.plete             check of the instrument loop and the sensor. This test verifies               the channel within    the necessary responds to the measured parameter (continued)
The 1 hour allowance is based on operating experience and in consideration of providin a reasonable time in which to complete the SRs.
                                      ""31_*                                           Revision K D ,.). o- *Ju JAFNPP
The 92 gay Frequencies are based on reliability analysis (Ref. 9).
SR 3.3.2.1.4 The RBM is automatically bypassed when power is below a specified value or if a peripheral control rod is selected.
The power level is determined from the APRM signals input to each RBM channel.
The automatic bypass must be verified periodically to be < 30% RTP.
In addition, it must also be verified that the RBM is not bypassed when a non-peripheral control rod is selected (only one non-peripheral control rod is required to be verified).
If any bypass setpoint is nonconservative, then the affected RBM channel is considered inoperable.
Alternatively, the APRM channel can be placed in the conservative condition (i.e., enabling the nonbypass).
If placed in this condition, the SR is met and the RBM channel is not considered inoperable.
As noted, neutron detectors are excluded from the Surveillance because they are passive devices, with minimal drift, and because of the difficulty of simulating a meaningful signal.
Neutron detectors are adequately tested in SR 3.3.1.1.2 and SR 3.3.1.1.7.
The 92 day Frequency is based on the actual trip setpoint methodology utiTized for these channels.
SR 3.3.2.1.5 and SR 3.3.2.1.8 A CHANNEL CALIBRATION is a com.plete check of the instrument loop and the sensor.
This test verifies the channel responds to the measured parameter within the necessary (continued)  
""3 1_*
Revision K JAFNPP D  
,.). o-  
*Ju


Control Rod Block Instrumentation B 3.3.2.1 BASES SR 3.3.2.1.5 and SR 3.3.2.1.8 (continued)                                       AL\
Control Rod Block Instrumentation B 3.3.2.1 BASES SURVEILLANCE SR 3.3.2.1.5 and SR 3.3.2.1.8 (continued)
SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS range and accuracy. CHANNEL CALIBRATION leaves the channel adjusted to account for instrument         drifts between successive calibrations consistent     with the   plant   specific setpoint methodology.
AL\\
Notes. Note 1 to CHANNEL SR 3.3.2.1.5 is modified by twodetectors                                      I/K SR 3.3.2.1.5   excludes   neutron                 from   the with minimal CALIBRATION because they are passive devices, of  simulating      a drift, and because of     the difficulty are  adequately      tested meaningful signal. Neutron detectors       Note    2  to  SR   3.3.2.1.5 in SR 3.3.1.1.2 and SR 3.3.1.1.7.                        portion of the excludes the recirculation loop flow signal     since this portion of channel from the CHANNEL CALIBRATION.
REQUIREMENTS range and accuracy.
the channel is calibrated by SR 3.3.2.1.8.
CHANNEL CALIBRATION leaves the channel adjusted to account for instrument drifts between successive calibrations consistent with the plant specific setpoint methodology.
SR 3.3.2.1.8 is modified by a Note         that excludes all portions of channel except the recirculation               loop flow SR   3.3.2.1.5.       in signal from CHANNEL CALIBRATION. results in calibration of the conjunction with   SR 3.3.2.1.8.
SR 3.3.2.1.5 is modified by two Notes.
entire channel. Since the recirculation             loop flow signal is Neutron   Flux-Higgh         (Flow Biased) also a portion of the APRM                3.3.1.1-1.         RPS RPS scram Function channels (Table    satisfactory          performance of Instrumentation,   Function 2.b),
Note 1 to I/K SR 3.3.2.1.5 excludes neutron detectors from the CHANNEL CALIBRATION because they are passive devices, with minimal drift, and because of the difficulty of simulating a meaningful signal.
in  satisfactory       completion      of SR 3.3.2.1.8 also results                       Neutron      Flux-  High SR 3.3.1.1.12 for the associated APRM   channels.
Neutron detectors are adequately tested in SR 3.3.1.1.2 and SR 3.3.1.1.7.
(Flow Biased)   RPS scram Function The Frequency of SR 3.3.2.1.5 is based           upon the assumption of a 92 day calibration interval       in   the   determination of the in the   setpoint       analysis. The magnitude of equipment drift based upon the assumption of a Frequency of SR 3.3.2.1.8 is in the determination of the 24 month calibration interval                                     analysis.
Note 2 to SR 3.3.2.1.5 excludes the recirculation loop flow signal portion of the channel from the CHANNEL CALIBRATION. since this portion of the channel is calibrated by SR 3.3.2.1.8.
magnitude of the equipment drift in the setpoint SR 3.3.2.1.6 The RWM is automatically bypassed when           power is above a steam spcified value. The power level pressure. Thefrom is   determined automatic flow signals compensated for steamperiodically to be bypass setpoint must be verified setpoint is 1-0% RTP. If the RWM low power                         inoperable.
SR 3.3.2.1.8 is modified by a Note that excludes all portions of channel except the recirculation loop flow signal from CHANNEL CALIBRATION.
nonconservative, then the RWM is considered channel      can be placed in Alternately, the low power setpoint                 If    placed in the the conservative condition     (nonbypass).
SR 3.3.2.1.5. in conjunction with SR 3.3.2.1.8. results in calibration of the entire channel.
is met and the RWM is not nonbypassed condition, the SRFrequency considered inoperable. The                     is based on the trip setpoint methodology utilized     for   the   low power setpoint channel.
Since the recirculation loop flow signal is also a portion of the APRM Neutron Flux-Higgh (Flow Biased)
RPS scram Function channels (Table 3.3.1.1-1. RPS Instrumentation, Function 2.b), satisfactory performance of SR 3.3.2.1.8 also results in satisfactory completion of SR 3.3.1.1.12 for the associated APRM Neutron Flux-High (Flow Biased) RPS scram Function channels.
The Frequency of SR 3.3.2.1.5 is based upon the assumption of a 92 day calibration interval in the determination of the magnitude of equipment drift in the setpoint analysis.
The Frequency of SR 3.3.2.1.8 is based upon the assumption of a 24 month calibration interval in the determination of the magnitude of the equipment drift in the setpoint analysis.
SR 3.3.2.1.6 The RWM is automatically bypassed when power is above a spcified value.
The power level is determined from steam flow signals compensated for steam pressure.
The automatic bypass setpoint must be verified periodically to be 1-0% RTP.
If the RWM low power setpoint is nonconservative, then the RWM is considered inoperable.
Alternately, the low power setpoint channel can be placed in the conservative condition (nonbypass).
If placed in the nonbypassed condition, the SR is met and the RWM is not considered inoperable.
The Frequency is based on the trip setpoint methodology utilized for the low power setpoint channel.
(continued)
(continued)
B 3.3-57                                       Revision K JAFNPP
Revision K B 3.3-57 JAFNPP


Control Rod Block Instrumentation B 3.3.2.1 BASES SURVEILLANCE SR 3.3.2.1.7 REQUIREMENTS                                  is performed for the Reactorentire    Mode (continued) A CHANNEL FUNCTIONAL TEST Function         to   ensure   that   the Switch-Shutdown Position                                  A successful channel will perform the intendedof function.a  channel    relay may be test of the required contact(s)of the change of state of a performed by the verification This clarifies what is an single contact of the relay. TEST of a relay. This is acceptable CHANNEL FUNCTIONAL other reguired contacts of the acceptable because all of theTechnical Specifications and relay are verified by other tests at least once per non-Technical Specifications                      extensions. The refueling interval with the applicable             Mode Switch-Shutdown CHANNEL FUNCTIONAL TEST for the byReactor_                to withdraw any Position Function is performedmode atte.pting switch   in the shutdown control rod with the reactor            rod    block   occurs.
Control Rod Block Instrumentation B 3.3.2.1 BASES SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS (continued)
position and verifying      a  control As noted in the SR, the Surveillance           is not required to be performed until 1 hour after the         reactor mode switch is in the shutdown position, since testing           of this interlock with the reactor mode switch in       any other   position cannot be prformed without using jumpers,MODES    lifted leads, or movable Sinks. This allows entry into                 3 and 4 if the 24 month 3.0.2.     The Frequency is not met per SR and in consideration  1 hour allowance is of based on operating experience which to complete the SRs.
SR 3.3.2.1.7 A CHANNEL FUNCTIONAL TEST is performed for the Reactor Mode Switch-Shutdown Position Function to ensure that the entire channel will perform the intended function.
providing a reasonable time in The 24 month Frequency is based on that      the need to perform this Surveillance under the conditions               apply during a plant outage and the potential     for an unplanned     transient if the Surveillance were performed       with the reactor at power. pass Oerating experience has shown these           components usually t e Surveillance when performed       at   the 24 month Frequency.
A successful test of the required contact(s) of a channel relay may be performed by the verification of the change of state of a single contact of the relay.
SR   3.3.2.1.9                                                             I The RWM will only enforce the properinto      control rod sequence if the rod sequence is properly       input         the RWM computer.
This clarifies what is an acceptable CHANNEL FUNCTIONAL TEST of a relay.
This SR ensures that the   proper   sequence     is loaded into the function. The RWM so that it can perform its intended (continued)
This is acceptable because all of the other reguired contacts of the relay are verified by other Technical Specifications and non-Technical Specifications tests at least once per refueling interval with the applicable extensions.
                                      "D*_Revision
The CHANNEL FUNCTIONAL TEST for the Reactor_ Mode Switch-Shutdown Position Function is performed by atte.pting to withdraw any control rod with the reactor mode switch in the shutdown position and verifying a control rod block occurs.
                                          '*~                                             K D O.O'*Q JAFNPP
As noted in the SR, the Surveillance is not required to be performed until 1 hour after the reactor mode switch is in the shutdown position, since testing of this interlock with the reactor mode switch in any other position cannot be prformed without using jumpers, lifted leads, or movable Sinks.
This allows entry into MODES 3 and 4 if the 24 month Frequency is not met per SR 3.0.2.
The 1 hour allowance is based on operating experience and in consideration of providing a reasonable time in which to complete the SRs.
The 24 month Frequency is based on the need to perform this Surveillance under the conditions that apply during a plant outage and the potential for an unplanned transient if the Surveillance were performed with the reactor at power.
Oerating experience has shown these components usually pass t e Surveillance when performed at the 24 month Frequency.
SR 3.3.2.1.9 The RWM will only enforce the proper control rod sequence if the rod sequence is properly input into the RWM computer.
This SR ensures that the proper sequence is loaded into the RWM so that it can perform its intended function.
The (continued)  
"D '*~ *_Revision K
JAFNPP I
D O.O'*Q


Control Rod Block Instrumentation B 3.3.2.1 BASES SURVEILLANCE SR 3.3.2.1.9 (continued)
Control Rod Block Instrumentation B 3.3.2.1 BASES SURVEILLANCE SR 3.3.2.1.9 (continued)
REQUIREMENTS Surveillance is performed once prior to declaring RWM OPERABLE following loading of sequence into RWM, since this is when rod sequence input errors are possible.
REQUIREMENTS Surveillance is performed once prior to declaring RWM OPERABLE following loading of sequence into RWM, since this is when rod sequence input errors are possible.
REFERENCES   1. UFSAR, Section 7.5.8.2.
REFERENCES
: 2. UFSAR, Section 7.16.5.3.
: 1.
UFSAR, Section 7.5.8.2.
: 2.
UFSAR, Section 7.16.5.3.
: 3. NEDE-24011-P-A, General Electric Standard Application for Reactor Fuel, Supplement for United States, Section S.2.2.1.5, (Revision specified in the COLR).
: 3. NEDE-24011-P-A, General Electric Standard Application for Reactor Fuel, Supplement for United States, Section S.2.2.1.5, (Revision specified in the COLR).
: 4. 10 CFR 50.36(c)(2)(ii).
: 4.
: 5. UFSAR, Section 14.6.1.2.
10 CFR 50.36(c)(2)(ii).
: 6. NRC SER, Acceptance of Referencing of Licensing Topical Report NEDE-24011-P-A, General Electric Standard Application for Reactor Fuel, Revision 8, Amendment     , December 27, 1987.
: 5.
: 7. Letter from T.A. Pickens (BWROG) to G.C. Lainas     (NRC),
UFSAR, Section 14.6.1.2.
Amendment 17 to General Electric   Licensing Topical Report NEDE-24011-P-A, BWROG-8644, August 15, 1986.
: 6.
GENE-770-06-1-A, Addendum to Bases for Changes     to
NRC SER, Acceptance of Referencing of Licensing Topical Report NEDE-24011-P-A, General Electric Standard Application for Reactor Fuel, Revision 8, Amendment  
: 8.                                              Out-of-Service Surveillance Test  Intervals  and Allowed Times for Selected Instrumentation Technical Specifications, December 1992.
, December 27, 1987.
: 7.
Letter from T.A. Pickens (BWROG) to G.C. Lainas (NRC),
Amendment 17 to General Electric Licensing Topical Report NEDE-24011-P-A, BWROG-8644, August 15, 1986.
: 8.
GENE-770-06-1-A, Addendum to Bases for Changes to Surveillance Test Intervals and Allowed Out-of-Service Times for Selected Instrumentation Technical Specifications, December 1992.
: 9. NEDC-30851P-A, Supplement 1, Technical Specification "Improvement Analysis for BWR Control Rod Block Instrumentation, October 1988.
: 9. NEDC-30851P-A, Supplement 1, Technical Specification "Improvement Analysis for BWR Control Rod Block Instrumentation, October 1988.
B 3.3-59                           Revision K JAFNPP
Revision K B 3.3-59 JAFNPP


                                                                                                        *p&C;-fCa 4
4
ioV   3-.-*4 -*I JAFNIJP Minimum Number of                                                                 IfAprfecoA      iOV                          (4 Operable Instrument                                                                 Aipplicable Modes Channels Per Trip System (Notes 1 & 21     Trip Function         -(
*p&C;-fCa 4 ioV 3-.-* -*I Minimum Number of Operable Instrument Channels Per Trip System (Notes 1 & 21
                                                                        *1    psig                Run [moi *i-J                      1-*
[LCD 3-q.I.lJ2 ELto '3.t10A.'12 Trip Function  
Reactor Pressure - High                                         Run  P4 ) t6.J
-(
[oE
Reactor Pressure - High Reactor Water Level - Low Low IfAprfecoA iOV Aipplicable Modes
[LCD  3-q.I.lJ2                                                        *10:5.4 in&#xfd; II.53 Reactor Water Level - Low Low ELto '3.t10A.'12 Amendment No. 227r3;-2--64,   2 73 76a r,*e     s* of 6I(
*1 psig
* 10:5.4 in&#xfd; II.53 Run [moi *i-J Run [oE P4 ) t6.J Amendment No. 227r3;-2--64, 2 7 3 JAFNIJP (4
1-*
76a r,*e s* of 6I(


3>
3>
JAFNPP THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY BLANK p-
JAFNPP THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY BLANK p-
                                                                      "I Amendment No. 237 , 2 7 3               76c pa 1 v/oP   (o KJp.ev t o'
"I Amendment No. 237, 2 7 3 76c pa 1 v/oP (o
KJp.ev t o'


DISCUSSION OF CHANGES ITS SECTION 3.3.4.1: ATWS-RPT INSTRUMENTATION ADMINISTRATIVE CHANGES A7   (continued) for the Dete1rmination of Setpoints far Nuclear     Safety-Related' change revises the terminology     used in the CTS Instrumentation." This                                  Since the from "Trip Level Setting" to "Allowable Value". at the same numerical value, instrumentation will be declared inoperable This      change is consistent this change is considered administrative.
DISCUSSION OF CHANGES ITS SECTION 3.3.4.1: ATWS-RPT INSTRUMENTATION ADMINISTRATIVE CHANGES A7 (continued) for the Dete1rmination of Setpoints far Nuclear Safety-Related' Instrumentation."
with NUREG-1433, Revision 1.
This change revises the terminology used in the CTS from "Trip Level Setting" to "Allowable Value".
for operations for A8     CTS 3.2.G makes reference to the limiting conditionspumps in CTS Table the instrumentation that trip(s) the recirculationPump Trip instrumentation 3.2-7. CTS 4.2.G requires the Recirculationtest        the associated logic as to be functional tested, calibrated and to             to the Tables has been indicated in Table 4.2-7. This cross-reference             All of the deleted since ITS 3.3.4.1 does not include aandTable.4.2-7 are included in the technical requirements of CTS Tables 3.2-7                 Since this change ITS 3.3.4.1 LCO, Applicability, and Surveillances.     is considered simply deletes this cross-reference, this change       NUREG-1433, Revision 1.
Since the instrumentation will be declared inoperable at the same numerical value, this change is considered administrative.
administrative. This change is consistent      with A9     Not used.
This change is consistent with NUREG-1433, Revision 1.
TECHNICAL CHANGES - MORE RESTRICTIVE Channel M1     CTS Table 4.2-7 requires a daily performance ofto anbeATWS-RPT performed  every 12 Check. ITS SR 3.3.4.1 will require this   test is  to   ensure  that a  gross hours. The purpose of the Channel Check           Thus, performance of the failure of instrumentation has not occurred.           outright channel channel check helps to ensure that an undetected is  consistent  with NUREG failure is limited to 12 hours. This change 1433, Revision 1.
A8 CTS 3.2.G makes reference to the limiting conditions for operations for the instrumentation that trip(s) the recirculation pumps in CTS Table 3.2-7.
Revision K JAFNPP                              Page 3 of 8
CTS 4.2.G requires the Recirculation Pump Trip instrumentation to be functional tested, calibrated and to test the associated logic as indicated in Table 4.2-7.
This cross-reference to the Tables has been deleted since ITS 3.3.4.1 does not include a Table.
All of the technical requirements of CTS Tables 3.2-7 and 4.2-7 are included in the ITS 3.3.4.1 LCO, Applicability, and Surveillances.
Since this change simply deletes this cross-reference, this change is considered administrative.
This change is consistent with NUREG-1433, Revision 1.
A9 Not used.
TECHNICAL CHANGES - MORE RESTRICTIVE M1 CTS Table 4.2-7 requires a daily performance of an ATWS-RPT Channel Check.
ITS SR 3.3.4.1 will require this test to be performed every 12 hours.
The purpose of the Channel Check is to ensure that a gross failure of instrumentation has not occurred.
Thus, performance of the channel check helps to ensure that an undetected outright channel failure is limited to 12 hours.
This change is consistent with NUREG 1433, Revision 1.
Revision K Page 3 of 8 JAFNPP


DISCUSSION OF CHANGES ITS SECTION 3.3.4.1: ATWS-RPT INSTRUMENTATION TECHNICAL CHANGES     - MORE RESTRICTIVE   (continued)
DISCUSSION OF CHANGES ITS SECTION 3.3.4.1: ATWS-RPT INSTRUMENTATION TECHNICAL CHANGES  
Values (A7) in CTS Table M2     This change replaces the setpoints or Allowable   with : 1153 psig (ITS 3.2-7, Reactor Pressure-High
- MORE RESTRICTIVE (continued)
* 1155 psigThe Allowable Value (to be SR 3.3.4.1.4, Reactor Pressure-High):               and the Trip Setpoint (to be included in the Technical Specifications)established consistent with the included in plant procedures) have been                                 Loop Accuracy and NYPA Engineering Standards Manual, IES-3A, "Instrument             used to determine Setpoint Calculation Methodology." The methodologythe    methodology       discussed in the "Allowable 4 Value" is consistent     with the Determination of ISA-$67.04-199 , Part II, "Methodologies for                             The proposed Setpoints for Nuclear Safety-Related Instrumentation."       is  met. All design value will ensure the most limiting requirement                     as  ensuring  that limits, applied in the methodologies, were confirmed           system    is maintained.
M2 This change replaces the setpoints or Allowable Values (A7) in CTS Table 3.2-7, Reactor Pressure-High
applicable design requirements of the associated has been added to CTS M3     A NOTE (ITS 3.3.4.1 Required Action A.2 Note)       the  action to place a channel Table 3.2-7 Note l.a which specifies that             channel     is a result of an in trip is not applicable if the inoperable                   for opening, ATWS-RPT inoperable breaker. If a breaker is inoperable                       operating trip capability is not maintained for the associatedchannel      in  trip would not be recirculation pump, therefore     placing   the the channel would not cause an appropriate action to take since tripping                       the action should be the inoperable breaker to trip. In this 1:condition, however, the CTS does not taken according to CTS Table 3.2-7 Note a tripped condition for this explicitly prohibit placing a channel in               above, has been added to the situation. Therefore, a NOTE, as described     the    addition of this NOTE to the CTS Table 3.2-7 Note l.a. Accordingly,                   This change is consistent CTS is considered a more restrictive change.
* 1155 psig with : 1153 psig (ITS SR 3.3.4.1.4, Reactor Pressure-High):
with NUREG-1433, Revision 1.
The Allowable Value (to be included in the Technical Specifications) and the Trip Setpoint (to be included in plant procedures) have been established consistent with the NYPA Engineering Standards Manual, IES-3A, "Instrument Loop Accuracy and Setpoint Calculation Methodology."
TECHNICAL CHANGES     LESS RESTRICTIVE   (GENERIC)
The methodology used to determine the "Allowable Value" is consistent with the methodology discussed in ISA-$67.04-199 4, Part II, "Methodologies for the Determination of Setpoints for Nuclear Safety-Related Instrumentation."
Level Setting of the Reactor LA1     The detail in CTS Table 3.2-7 that the Trip                     from the Top of Active Water Level - Low Low Trip Function is referenced the   Bases.      CTS 1.0.Z Fuel (TAF) is proposed to be relocated       to of Active       Fuel,   corresponding   to the definition specifies that the Top                      bundle, is located top of the enriched fuel column of each fuel           lowest point in the inside 352.5 inches above vessel zero,   which   is   the bottom of the reactor pressure vessel.         (See General Electric drawing to be relocated to the No. 919D690BD). These details are also proposed             the ATWS instrumentation Bases. The requirement in ITS LCO 3.3.4.1 that       be OPERABLE, the requirements for each Function in Table 3.3.4.1-1 shall the definition of in the Table including the Allowable Value,                       Requirements are Operability, the proposed Actions, and Surveillance
The proposed value will ensure the most limiting requirement is met.
                                                  -^             a     ^Revision                 K JAFNPP                                Page 4 v=
All design limits, applied in the methodologies, were confirmed as ensuring that applicable design requirements of the associated system is maintained.
M3 A NOTE (ITS 3.3.4.1 Required Action A.2 Note) has been added to CTS Table 3.2-7 Note l.a which specifies that the action to place a channel in trip is not applicable if the inoperable channel is a result of an inoperable breaker.
If a breaker is inoperable for opening, ATWS-RPT trip capability is not maintained for the associated operating recirculation pump, therefore placing the channel in trip would not be an appropriate action to take since tripping the channel would not cause the inoperable breaker to trip.
In this condition, the action should be taken according to CTS Table 3.2-7 Note 1: however, the CTS does not explicitly prohibit placing a channel in a tripped condition for this situation.
Therefore, a NOTE, as described above, has been added to the CTS Table 3.2-7 Note l.a.
Accordingly, the addition of this NOTE to the CTS is considered a more restrictive change.
This change is consistent with NUREG-1433, Revision 1.
TECHNICAL CHANGES LESS RESTRICTIVE (GENERIC)
LA1 The detail in CTS Table 3.2-7 that the Trip Level Setting of the Reactor Water Level  
- Low Low Trip Function is referenced from the Top of Active Fuel (TAF) is proposed to be relocated to the Bases.
CTS 1.0.Z definition specifies that the Top of Active Fuel, corresponding to the top of the enriched fuel column of each fuel bundle, is located 352.5 inches above vessel zero, which is the lowest point in the inside bottom of the reactor pressure vessel.
(See General Electric drawing No. 919D690BD).
These details are also proposed to be relocated to the Bases.
The requirement in ITS LCO 3.3.4.1 that the ATWS instrumentation for each Function in Table 3.3.4.1-1 shall be OPERABLE, the requirements in the Table including the Allowable Value, the definition of Operability, the proposed Actions, and Surveillance Requirements are
-^
a  
^Revision K
Page 4 v=
JAFNPP


ATWS-RPT Instrumentation 3.3.4.0 0--l 2.G7\
ATWS-RPT Instrumentation 3.3.4.0 0--l ASt Rev 1, 04/07/95 REVISION K
rkit1 v-'O ASt Rev 1, 04/07/95 BWR/4 STS 3.3-35 REVISION K
2.G7\\
rkit1 v-'O BWR/4 STS 3.3-35


0         INSERT B 3.3.4.1-1 The Allowable Value was derived from the analysis performed in Reference 4.     It
0 INSERT B 3.3.4.1-1 The Allowable Value was derived from the analysis performed in Reference 4.
(   j     INSERT Function a coolant injection (HPCI) also provides an opportunity for the high pressure to recover water level if and reactor core isolation cooling (RCIC) systems   is referenced from a level of feedwater is not available. The Allowable Value       inside bottom of the RPV and water 352.56 inches above the lowest point in the         (Ref. 3).
It
also corresponds to the top of a 144 inch fuel column (as described in Table The HPCI, RCIC and ATWS-RPT initiation functions       1; and LCO 3.3.4.1.a 3.3.5.1-1, Function 3.a: Table 3.3.5.2-1, Functionthe  reactor vessel water level including SR 3.3.4.1.4, respectively) describeThe Allowable Values associated initiation function as "Low Low (Level 2)." is different from the Allowable with the HPCI and RCIC initiation function     function as the ATWS function Value associated with the ATWS-RPT initiation     consistent with the has a separate analog trip unit. Nevertheless, the "Low Low (Level 2)"
( j INSERT Function a also provides an opportunity for the high pressure coolant injection (HPCI) and reactor core isolation cooling (RCIC) systems to recover water level if feedwater is not available.
nomenclature typically used in design documents.these three initiation designation is retained in describing each of functions.
The Allowable Value is referenced from a level of water 352.56 inches above the lowest point in the inside bottom of the RPV and also corresponds to the top of a 144 inch fuel column (Ref. 3).
Insert Page B 3.3-94                     Revision K
The HPCI, RCIC and ATWS-RPT initiation functions (as described in Table 3.3.5.1-1, Function 3.a: Table 3.3.5.2-1, Function 1; and LCO 3.3.4.1.a including SR 3.3.4.1.4, respectively) describe the reactor vessel water level initiation function as "Low Low (Level 2)."
The Allowable Values associated with the HPCI and RCIC initiation function is different from the Allowable Value associated with the ATWS-RPT initiation function as the ATWS function has a separate analog trip unit.
Nevertheless, consistent with the nomenclature typically used in design documents. the "Low Low (Level 2)"
designation is retained in describing each of these three initiation functions.
Revision K Insert Page B 3.3-94


ATWS-RPT Instrumentation B 3.3.4.22
ATWS-RPT Instrumentation B 3.3.4.22 BASES Ll Required Action B.1 is intended to ensure that appropriate actions are taken if multiple, inoperable, untripped channels within the same Function result in the Function not maintaining ATWS-RPT trip capability.
                                                                                  .- CPDA BASES ACTIONS        Ll
A Function is  
  &            Required Action B.1 is intended to ensure that appropriate actions are taken if multiple, inoperable, untripped channels within the same Function result in the Function not maintaining ATWS-RPT trip capability. A Function is when
'considered to be maintaining ATWS-RPT trip capability when sufficient channels are OPERABLE or in trip such that the ATWS-RPT System will generate a trip signal from the given Function on a valid signal, and both recirculation pumps can be tripped.
              'considered to be maintaining ATWS-RPT trip capability sufficient channels are OPERABLE or in trip such that the ATWS-RPT System will generate a trip signal from the given Function on a valid signal, and both recirculation pumps can be tripped. This requires:       channelgAof the Function in-)
This requires:
            --      -    t~ rip system to each be OPERABLE or in trip, and the tWi~irccuattion pump drive mtrbreakers to be OPERABLE or in trip.
channelgAof the Function in-)
t~ rip system to each be OPERABLE or in trip, and the tWi~irccuattion pump drive mtrbreakers to be OPERABLE or in trip.
The 72 hour Completion Time is sufficient for the operator to take corrective action (e.g., restoration or tripping of channels) and takes into account the likelihood of an event requiring actuation of the ATWS-RPT instrumentation during this period and that one Function is still maintaining ATWS-RPT trip capability.
The 72 hour Completion Time is sufficient for the operator to take corrective action (e.g., restoration or tripping of channels) and takes into account the likelihood of an event requiring actuation of the ATWS-RPT instrumentation during this period and that one Function is still maintaining ATWS-RPT trip capability.
Required Action C.1 is intended to ensure that appropriate Actions are taken if multiple, inoperable, untripped channels within both Functions result in both Functions not maintaining ATWS-RPT trip capability. The description of a Function maintaining ATbIS-RPT trip capability is discussed in the Bases for Required Action B.1 above.
Required Action C.1 is intended to ensure that appropriate Actions are taken if multiple, inoperable, untripped channels within both Functions result in both Functions not maintaining ATWS-RPT trip capability.
The description of a Function maintaining ATbIS-RPT trip capability is discussed in the Bases for Required Action B.1 above.
The 1 hour Completion Time is sufficient for the operator to take corrective action and takes into account the likelihood of an event requiring actuation of the ATWS-RPT instrumentation during this period.
The 1 hour Completion Time is sufficient for the operator to take corrective action and takes into account the likelihood of an event requiring actuation of the ATWS-RPT instrumentation during this period.
not With any Required Action and associated Completion Time met, the plant must be brought to a MODE   or other specified this condition in which the LCO does not apply. To achieve 2 within status, the plant must be brought to at   least MODE 6 hours (Required Action D.2). Alternately, the associated this recirculation pump may be removed from service since (continued)
With any Required Action and associated Completion Time not met, the plant must be brought to a MODE or other specified condition in which the LCO does not apply.
B 3.3-96                    Rev 1, 04/07/95 BWR/4 STS REVISION Y /<
To achieve this status, the plant must be brought to at least MODE 2 within 6 hours (Required Action D.2).
Alternately, the associated recirculation pump may be removed from service since this (continued)
Rev 1, 04/07/95 REVISION Y /<
ACTIONS BWR/4 STS B 3.3-96
.- CPDA
 
ATWS-RPT Instrumentation B 3.3.4.
P BASES SURVEILLANCE SP "sn T Dr-Mnff (Th 2)
(continued) something even more serious.
gross channel failure; thus, instrumentation continues to
,.CHANNEL CALIBRATION.
A CHANNEL CHECK will detect it is key to verifying the operate properly between each g reement criteria are determined by the plant staff based
\\. _-''"--J n a combination of the channel instrument uncertainties, including indication and readability.
If a channel is outside the criteria, it may be an indication that the instrument has drifted outside its limit.
The Frequency is based upon operating experience that demonstrates channel failure is rare.
The CHANNEL CHECK supplements less formal, but more frequent, checks of channels during normal operational use of the displays associated with the required channels of this LCO.
SR 3.3.4.,M.2 A CHANNEL FUNCTIONAL TEST Is performed on each required channel to ensure that the Cn*ft channel will perform the intended function.
Any setpoint adjustment shall be consistent with the assumptions of the current plant specific setpoint methodology.
The Frequency of 92 da s is based on the reliability analysis of Reference Calibration of trip units provides a check of the actual trip setpoints.
The channel must be declared inoperable if the trip setting is discovered to be less conservativ the Allowable Value specified in SR 3.3.4.
: 4.
If the trip setting is discovered to be less conservative than the setting accounted for in the appropriate setpoint methodology, but is not beyond the Allowable Value, the (continued)
BWR/4 STS B 3.3-98 Rev 1, 04/07195 REVISION p X d
'- 
TM rk )
)
W%16W4 S3.3.4 M1


ATWS-RPT Instrumentation B 3.3.4. P BASES (Th 2) rk )      )
ATWS-RPT Instrumentati on B 3.3.
S3.3.4 M1    (continued)
SURVEILLANCE      SP "sn T Dr-Mnff something even more serious. itA CHANNEL      CHECK will detect W%16W4 is  key  to verifying the gross channel failure; thus, operate properly between each instrumentation continues to
                ,.CHANNEL CALIBRATION.
greement criteria are determined    by the plant staff based
\.      _-''"--J      n a combination of the channel instrument uncertainties, including indication and readability. If a channel the      is outside the criteria, it may    be  an  indication  that instrument has drifted outside its limit.
The Frequency is based upon operating experience that demonstrates channel failure is rare. The CHANNEL CHECK supplements less formal, but more frequent, checks of channels during normal operational use of the displays associated with the required channels of this LCO.
SR  3.3.4.,M.2 A CHANNEL FUNCTIONAL TEST Is performed on each required        the channel to ensure that the Cn*ft channel will perform intended  function.
d'-        Any setpoint adjustment shall be consistent with the assumptions of the current plant specific setpoint methodology.
TM The Frequency of 92 da s is based on the reliability analysis of Reference Calibration of trip units provides a check of the        actual must  be declared  inoperable    if trip setpoints. The channel                    conservativ the trip setting is discovered    to  be less If the trip the Allowable Value specified in SR 3.3.4. 4. than        the setting is discovered to be less    conservative setting accounted for in  the  appropriate  setpoint the methodology, but is not beyond the Allowable Value, (continued)
Rev 1, 04/07195 BWR/4 STS                              B 3.3-98 REVISION    p  X


ATWS-RPT Instrumentati B 3.3.4.0 on REFERENCES Ijgure FT7SAM,     Q                     agt#P Srveillance Test ases for Changes ToSTimes 4p.770-06-n
==4.0 REFERENCES==
* Allowed   0ut-of-ServicB       For ineras 66NSelected Instrumentation Technical Speclficatlofls,(&#xfd;j Rev.-1, 04/07/95 UNK/4 ZIQ B 3.3-100                        REVISON    r
: FT7SAM, Ijgure Q agt#P 4p.770
* ases for Changes ToS Srveillance Test ineras n Allowed 0ut-of-ServicB Times For 66NSelected Instrumentation Technical Speclficatlofls,(&#xfd;j B 3.3-100 Rev.-1, 04/07/95 REVISON r
UNK/4 ZIQ


INSERT REF
INSERT REF
: 2. 10 CFR 50.36(c)(2)(ii).
: 2.
Boiler. (GE
10 CFR 50.36(c)(2)(ii).
: 3. Drawing 11825-5.01-15D, Rev. D, Reactor Assembly Nuclear Drawing 919D690BD).
: 3.
: 4. "ATWS Overpressure Analysis for FitzPatrick," GE-NE-A42-00137-2-01, March 2000.
Drawing 11825-5.01-15D, Rev. D, Reactor Assembly Nuclear Boiler. (GE Drawing 919D690BD).
Insert Page B 3.3-100                 Revision K
: 4.  
"ATWS Overpressure Analysis for FitzPatrick," GE-NE-A42-00137-2-01, March 2000.
Revision K Insert Page B 3.3-100


ATWS -RPT Instrumentation 3.3.4.1 SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS
ATWS -RPT Instrumentation 3.3.4.1 SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS NOTE ------------------------------------
-------.                        . .          .            NOTE ------------------------------------
When a channel is placed in an inoperable status solely for performance of required Surveillances, entry into associated Conditions and Required Actions may be delayed for up to 6 hours provided the associated Function maintains ATWS-RPT trip capability.
status solely for performance of When a channel is placed in an inoperable                                 Conditions and Required Actions required Surveillances, entry into associated                       the associated Function maintains may be delayed for up to 6 hours provided ATWS-RPT trip capability.
o.....----  
                      .....      ....--    .... o.....----     &deg;---   -'  '  .  .  .  .  . -    -  . . .  . .  .
&deg;---
cl-                                     -
cl-SURVEILLANCE SR 3.3.4.1.1 Perform CHANNEL CHECK.
FREQUENCY FREQUENCY SURVEILLANCE 12 hours SR 3.3.4.1.1             Perform CHANNEL CHECK.
SR 3.3.4.1.2 Perform CHANNEL FUNCTIONAL TEST.
92 days SR       3.3.4.1.2       Perform CHANNEL FUNCTIONAL TEST.
SR 3.3.4.1.3 Calibrate the trip units.
184 days SR       3.3.4.1.3       Calibrate the trip units.
SR 3.3.4.1.4 Perform CHANNEL CALIBRATION.
24 months Perform CHANNEL CALIBRATION.                    The SR     3.3.4.1.4 Allowable Values shall be:
The Allowable Values shall be:
: a.         Reactor Vessel Water Level- Low Low (Level 2): : 105.4 inches; and
: a.
: b.       Reactor Pressure-High: K 1153 psig.
Reactor Vessel Water Level-Low Low (Level 2): : 105.4 inches; and
24 months SR     3.3.4.1.5         Perform LOGIC SYSTEM FUNCTIONAL TEST including breaker actuation.
: b.
I 3.3-31                        Amendment (Rev.       K)
Reactor Pressure-High: K 1153 psig.
JAFNPP
SR 3.3.4.1.5 Perform LOGIC SYSTEM FUNCTIONAL TEST including breaker actuation.
FREQUENCY FREQUENCY 12 hours 92 days 184 days 24 months 24 months I 
Amendment (Rev.
K)
JAFNPP 3.3-31


ATWS-RPT Instrumentation B 3.3.4.1 BASES APPLICABLE       b. Reactor Pressure-High     (continued)
ATWS-RPT Instrumentation B 3.3.4.1 BASES APPLICABLE
SAFETY ANALYSES, LCOand                   that result in a pressure increase, counteracting the APPLICABILITY           pressure increase by rapidly reducing core powerthe RPT generation. For the overpressurization event, aids in the termination of the ATWS event and, along with the safety/relief valves (S/RVs), limits the peak RPV pressure to less than the ASME Section III Code Service Level C limits (1500 psig).
: b.
The Reactor Pressure-High signals are initiated from four pressure transmitters that monitor reactor steam dome pressure. Four channels of Reactor Pressure-High, with two channels in each trip system, are available and are required to be OPERABLE to ensure that no single instrument failure can preclude an ATWS-RPT from this Function on a valid signal. The Reactor Pressure-High Allowable Value is chosenIIIto provide an adequate margin to the ASME Section ode Service Level C allowable Reactor Coolant System pressure. The Allowable Value was derived from the analysis performed in Reference 4.
Reactor Pressure-High (continued)
A Note has been provided to modify the ACTIONS related       to ACTIONS                                                  Section 1.3,  Completion ATWS-RPT instrumentation channels.
SAFETY ANALYSES, LCOand that result in a pressure increase, counteracting the APPLICABILITY pressure increase by rapidly reducing core power generation.
Times, specifies that once a Condition has been entered, subsequent divisions, subsystems, components, or variables     or expressed in the Condition, discovered to be inoperable   into not within limits, will not result     in separate entry the Condition. Section 1.3 also specifies that Required Actions of the Condition continue to apply for each initial additional failure, with Completion Times based onActions for entry into the Condition. However, the Required inoperable ATWS-RPT instrumentation channels provide appropriate compensatory measures for separate inoperable channels. As such, a Note has been provided that allows separate Condition entry for each inoperable ATWS-RPT instrumentation channel.
For the overpressurization event, the RPT aids in the termination of the ATWS event and, along with the safety/relief valves (S/RVs),
limits the peak RPV pressure to less than the ASME Section III Code Service Level C limits (1500 psig).
The Reactor Pressure-High signals are initiated from four pressure transmitters that monitor reactor steam dome pressure.
Four channels of Reactor Pressure-High, with two channels in each trip system, are available and are required to be OPERABLE to ensure that no single instrument failure can preclude an ATWS-RPT from this Function on a valid signal.
The Reactor Pressure-High Allowable Value is chosen to provide an adequate margin to the ASME Section III ode Service Level C allowable Reactor Coolant System pressure.
The Allowable Value was derived from the analysis performed in Reference 4.
ACTIONS A Note has been provided to modify the ACTIONS related to ATWS-RPT instrumentation channels.
Section 1.3, Completion Times, specifies that once a Condition has been entered, subsequent divisions, subsystems, components, or variables expressed in the Condition, discovered to be inoperable or not within limits, will not result in separate entry into the Condition.
Section 1.3 also specifies that Required Actions of the Condition continue to apply for each additional failure, with Completion Times based on initial entry into the Condition.
However, the Required Actions for inoperable ATWS-RPT instrumentation channels provide appropriate compensatory measures for separate inoperable channels.
As such, a Note has been provided that allows separate Condition entry for each inoperable ATWS-RPT instrumentation channel.
(continued)
(continued)
Revision K JAFNPP                                B 3.3-90
Revision K B 3.3-90 JAFNPP


ATWS-RPT Instrumentation B 3.3.4.1 BASES ACTIONS   B.1     (continued)
ATWS-RPT Instrumentation B 3.3.4.1 BASES ACTIONS B.1 (continued) recirculation pump MG drive motor breakers to be OPERABLE or in trip.
OPERABLE or recirculation pump MG drive motor breakers to be in trip.
The 72 hour Completion Time is sufficient for the 1 perator to take corrective action (e.g., restoration or tripping of channels) and takes into account the likelihood of an event requiring actuation of the ATWS-RPT instrumentation during this period and that one Function is still maintaining ATWS-RPT trip capability.
The 72 hour Completion Time is sufficient for thetripping    1 perator restoration      or              of to take corrective action (e.g.,                           of an  event channels) and takes into   account the   likelihood during requiring actuation of the ATWS-RPT instrumentation maintaining this period and that one Function is still ATWS-RPT trip capability.
C.1 Required Action C.1 is intended to ensure that appropriate Actions are taken if multiple, inoperable, untripped channels within both Functions result in both Functions not maintaining ATWS-RPT trip capability.
C.1 appropriate Required Action C.1 is intended to ensure that     untripped Actions are taken if multiple,   inoperable, Functions not channels within both Functions result in both                       of a maintaining ATWS-RPT trip capability. The description   is  discussed Function maintaining ATWS-RPT trip capability in the Bases for Required Action B1 above.
The description of a Function maintaining ATWS-RPT trip capability is discussed in the Bases for Required Action B1 above.
operator to The 1 hour Completion Time is sufficient for the       the likelihood take corrective action and takes into account ATWS-RPT of an event requiring actuation of the instrumentation during this period.
The 1 hour Completion Time is sufficient for the operator to take corrective action and takes into account the likelihood of an event requiring actuation of the ATWS-RPT instrumentation during this period.
D.1 and D.2 Time not With any Required Action and associated Completion or  other    specified met, the plant must be brought   to a   MODE condition in which the LCO does not apply.           To achieve this MODE 2 within status, the plant must be brought to at least the          associated 6 hours (Required Action D.2). Alternately,               since  this recirculation pump may be removed     from   service performs the intended function   of the   instrumentation Time of (Required Action D.1). The allowed Completion                     both 6 hours is reasonable, based on operating experience, and  to  remove    a to reach MODE 2 from full power conditions             manner    and recirculation pump from service   in   an orderly without challenging plant systems. Required         Action D.1 is Action is modified by a Note which states that the Required     the  result    of only applicable if the inoperable channel is             the an inoperable RPT breaker. The Note clarifies           Action would situations under which the associated Required be the appropriate Required Action.
D.1 and D.2 With any Required Action and associated Completion Time not met, the plant must be brought to a MODE or other specified condition in which the LCO does not apply.
To achieve this status, the plant must be brought to at least MODE 2 within 6 hours (Required Action D.2).
Alternately, the associated recirculation pump may be removed from service since this performs the intended function of the instrumentation (Required Action D.1).
The allowed Completion Time of 6 hours is reasonable, based on operating experience, both to reach MODE 2 from full power conditions and to remove a recirculation pump from service in an orderly manner and without challenging plant systems.
Required Action D.1 is modified by a Note which states that the Required Action is only applicable if the inoperable channel is the result of an inoperable RPT breaker.
The Note clarifies the situations under which the associated Required Action would be the appropriate Required Action.
(continued)
(continued)
Revision K JAFNPP                      B 3.3-92
Revision K B 3.3-92 JAFNPP


ATWS - RPT Instrumentation B 3.3.4.1 BASES SURVEILLANCE   SR   3.3.4.1.2 REQUIREMENTS (continued)  A CHANNEL FUNCTIONAL TEST is performed on each required channel to ensure that the channel will perform the intended     of a function. A successful test of the required contact(s)   of the thannel relay may be performed     by the verificatiofi change of state of a single contact of the relay. This           of a clarifies what is an acceptable CHANNEL FUNCTIONAL TEST     required relay. This is acceptable because all of the other contacts of the relay are verified by other Technical at Specifications and non-Technical Specifications tests least once per refueling interval with applicable extensions.
ATWS -RPT Instrumentation B 3.3.4.1 BASES SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS (continued)
Any setpoint adjustment shall be consistent      with the specific setpoint assumptions of the current plant methodology.
SR 3.3.4.1.2 A CHANNEL FUNCTIONAL TEST is performed on each required channel to ensure that the channel will perform the intended function.
The Frequency of 92 days is based on the reliability analysis of Reference 5.
A successful test of the required contact(s) of a thannel relay may be performed by the verificatiofi of the change of state of a single contact of the relay.
SR   3.3.4.1.3 Calibration of trip units provides a check of the actual if trip setpoints. The channel must be declared inoperablethan the trip setting is discovered to be less conservative         trip the Allowable Value specified in SR 3.3.4.1.4. If the     the setting is discovered to be less conservative   than setting accounted for in the appropriate setpoint         the methodology, but is not beyond the Allowable Value, of the channel performance is still within the requirements setpoint plant safety analysis. Under these conditions, the must be readjusted to be equal to or more conservative than accounted for in the appropriate setpoint methodology.
This clarifies what is an acceptable CHANNEL FUNCTIONAL TEST of a relay.
This is acceptable because all of the other required contacts of the relay are verified by other Technical Specifications and non-Technical Specifications tests at least once per refueling interval with applicable extensions.
Any setpoint adjustment shall be assumptions of the current plant methodology.
consistent with the specific setpoint The Frequency of 92 days is based on the reliability analysis of Reference 5.
SR 3.3.4.1.3 Calibration of trip units provides a check of the actual trip setpoints.
The channel must be declared inoperable if the trip setting is discovered to be less conservative than the Allowable Value specified in SR 3.3.4.1.4.
If the trip setting is discovered to be less conservative than the setting accounted for in the appropriate setpoint methodology, but is not beyond the Allowable Value, the channel performance is still within the requirements of the plant safety analysis.
Under these conditions, the setpoint must be readjusted to be equal to or more conservative than accounted for in the appropriate setpoint methodology.
The Frequency of 184 days is based on the reliability, accuracy, and low failure rates of these solid-state electronic components.
The Frequency of 184 days is based on the reliability, accuracy, and low failure rates of these solid-state electronic components.
SR   3.3.4.1.4 A CHANNEL CALIBRATION is a complete check of the instrument loop and the sensor. This test verifies the channel responds to the measured parameter within the necessary (continued)
SR 3.3.4.1.4 A CHANNEL CALIBRATION is a complete check of the instrument loop and the sensor.
B 3.3-94                               Revision K JAFNPP
This test verifies the channel responds to the measured parameter within the necessary (continued)
Revision K B 3.3-94 JAFNPP


ATWS-RPT Instrumentation B 3.3.4.1 BASES SURVEILLANCE SR 3.3.4.1.4 (continued)
ATWS-RPT Instrumentation B 3.3.4.1 BASES SURVEILLANCE SR 3.3.4.1.4 (continued)
REQUIREMENTS range and accuracy. CHANNEL CALIBRATION leaves the channel successive adjusted to account for instrument drifts betweensetpoint calibrations consistent with the     plant   specific ifethodology.
REQUIREMENTS range and accuracy.
of a 24 month The Frequency is based upon the assumption of the magnitude calibration interval in the determination of equipment drift in the setpoint analysis.
CHANNEL CALIBRATION leaves the channel adjusted to account for instrument drifts between successive calibrations consistent with the plant specific setpoint ifethodology.
SR   3.3.4.1.5 the The LOGIC SYSTEM FUNCTIONAL TEST demonstratesfor  a  specific OPERABILITY of the required trip     logic the pump breakers is channel. The system functional test of           overlaps the LOGIC included as part of this Surveillance and testing of the SYSTEM FUNCTIONAL TEST to provide complete   a breaker is assumed safety function. Therefore, if instrument          channels incapable of operating, the associated would be inoperable.
The Frequency is based upon the assumption of a 24 month calibration interval in the determination of the magnitude of equipment drift in the setpoint analysis.
to perform this The 24 month Frequency is based on the need         during a plant Surveillance under the conditions     that apply unplanned    transient    if the outage and the potential for an                     at power.
SR 3.3.4.1.5 The LOGIC SYSTEM FUNCTIONAL TEST demonstrates the OPERABILITY of the required trip logic for a specific channel.
Surveillance were performed   with the reactor usually pass Operating experience has shown these components month Frequency.
The system functional test of the pump breakers is included as part of this Surveillance and overlaps the LOGIC SYSTEM FUNCTIONAL TEST to provide complete testing of the assumed safety function.
the Surveillance when performed at the 24 REFERENCES   1. UFSAR, Figure 7.4-9 Reactor Recirculation System (FCD).
Therefore, if a breaker is incapable of operating, the associated instrument channels would be inoperable.
: 2. 10 CFR 50.36(c)(2)(ii).
The 24 month Frequency is based on the need to perform this Surveillance under the conditions that apply during a plant outage and the potential for an unplanned transient if the Surveillance were performed with the reactor at power.
: 3. Drawing 11825-5.01-15D, Rev. D, Reactor Assembly Nuclear Boiler, (GE Drawing 919D690BD).
Operating experience has shown these components usually pass the Surveillance when performed at the 24 month Frequency.
GE-NE
REFERENCES
: 4.   "ATWS Overpressure Analysis for FitzPatrick,"
: 1.
A42-00137-2-01, March 2000.
UFSAR, Figure 7.4-9 Reactor Recirculation System (FCD).
: 2.
10 CFR 50.36(c)(2)(ii).
: 3.
Drawing 11825-5.01-15D, Rev. D, Reactor Assembly Nuclear Boiler, (GE Drawing 919D690BD).
: 4.  
"ATWS Overpressure Analysis for FitzPatrick," GE-NE A42-00137-2-01, March 2000.
(continued)
(continued)
B 3.3-95                                 Revision K JAFNPP
Revision K B 3.3-95 JAFNPP


ATWS - RPT Instrumentation B 3.3.4.1 BASES REFERENCES (continued)
ATWS -RPT Instrumentation B 3.3.4.1 BASES REFERENCES (continued)
: 5. GENE-770-06-1-A, Bases for Changes To Surveillance Test Intervals And Allowed Out-of-Service Times for I&~
: 5.
Selected Instrumentation Technical Specifications, December 1992.
GENE-770-06-1-A, Bases for Changes To Surveillance Test Intervals And Allowed Out-of-Service Times for Selected Instrumentation Technical Specifications, December 1992.
B 3.3-96                         Revision K JAFNPP
Revision K JAFNPP I&~
B 3.3-96


JAFNPP                           33
a]
                                                            &      -        n 2              (1)Reactor LOWWater LOW (Sao8 a]  1             (25) Reactor HIig ProssuUFS       Ar L P- -~(StIvtdmn Cooin Isolation)
JAFNPP 33 2
I'8      IM ~    )1 2             (If) Reactor .LOW-LOWLo WaterLeveli 2 112 ,W111(g       Drywell HIPh Pressure (Notes 4 &Mr421&#xfd;27 Psig el H~g Prsue\-L                     s2.7 psig
(1)Reactor LOWWater LOW (Sao8 n
    ]2              (6)
1 (25) Reactor HIig ProssuUFS Ar L P- -~(StIvtdmn Cooin Isolation) 2 (If) Reactor  
Steam         V2n               <3 x Noimal Rated ser Limu   Tw               ivA&#xfd;   uj power eaccgrun' 2main            High RditOOM 6]2Main                   Steam l~hn oW Pressure               9125 p6Ig       1 6]~ 2               (Pal CN511 er 2mSL            MaIn Steam Line Hig Flow L    ree 038j(10)                 M     SamLm
.LOW-LOWLo WaterLeveli I ' 8 IM ~
      ~'ii)         (1)Eq~m6~         Area High Tempetatu'         A7 22 C(lid                                           HI     __A 69L-         ~ )Y(7     o Amendiment No. 227        11 REVISIONr- 1<
)1 2 112  
,W111(g Drywell HIPh Pressure (Notes 4 &Mr421&#xfd;27 Psig  
]2 (6) el H~g Prsue\\-L s2.7 psig Steam V2n  
< 3 x Noimal Rated 2main ser Limu Tw ivA&#xfd; uj power eaccgrun' High RditOOM 6]2Main Steam l~hn oW Pressure 9125 p6Ig 1
6]~ 2 (Pal CN511 2 mSL MaIn Steam Line Hig Flow er 038 j(10)
M SamLm L
ree
~'ii)
(1) Eq~m6~ Area High Tempetatu' A7 22
__A C(lid HI Amendiment No. 227 11 69L- ~ )Y(7 o
REVISIONr-1<


DISCUSSION OF CHANGES ITS: 3.3.6.1 - PRIMARY CONTAINMENT ISOLATION INSTRUMENTATION TECHNICAL CHANGES - MORE RESTRICTIVE M3     Not Used.
DISCUSSION OF CHANGES ITS: 3.3.6.1 -
M4     CTS 4.2.A spdtifies that the main steam isolation valve (MSIV)-actuation           must be instrumentation response time for the specified trip functions           Each  test  shall demonstrated to be within its       limit   once per   24   months.
PRIMARY CONTAINMENT ISOLATION INSTRUMENTATION TECHNICAL CHANGES - MORE RESTRICTIVE M3 Not Used.
channels      in  both include at least one channel in each trip system. All                     In  ITS trip systems shall be tested within two test intervals.                   test  must be SR 3.3.6.1.8 the ISOLATION     INSTRUMENTATION       RESPONSE     TIME The    Note  for this performed every 24 months on a STAGGERED TEST BASIS.                   of  determining SR specifies that "n" equals 2 channels for the               purpose will the STAGGERED TEST BASIS Frequency. Therefore, SR 3.3.6.1.8         to  be  tested    in two require all channels requiring response         time   testing is  more    restrictive      since  two (2) surveillance intervals. This change                                 l.a  and    1.b (2) channels must be tested each interval           for   Functions 1.c instead while 8 channels must be tested each interval for Function               This  change of one channel in each trip     system   required     by   the CTS.
M4 CTS 4.2.A spdtifies that the main steam isolation valve (MSIV)-actuation instrumentation response time for the specified trip functions must be demonstrated to be within its limit once per 24 months.
each    interval  to will ensure a sufficient number of channels are tested identify any significant response time degradation.
Each test shall include at least one channel in each trip system.
M5     Not Used.
All channels in both trip systems shall be tested within two test intervals.
system in CTS M6     The required number of OPERABLE channels in each trip and HPCI and RCIC Table 3.2-1 for HPCI and RCIC Steam Line           Low   Pressure Turbine High Exhaust Diaphragm       Pressure Functions (proposed Functions 3.b, 4.b, 3.c and 4.c for Table 3.3.6.1-1) are proposed to be increased receive inputs from 1 to 2. The two trip systems for these Functions the associated from two channels, both of     which   must trip   to   isolate system. The valve(s), yielding a two-out-of-two logic for each trip a more increase in channels required to be OPERABLE constitutes               instrument restrictive change and is necessary to ensure no single failure can preclude the isolation function.
In ITS SR 3.3.6.1.8 the ISOLATION INSTRUMENTATION RESPONSE TIME test must be performed every 24 months on a STAGGERED TEST BASIS.
in cold shutdown M7       CTS Table 3.2-1, Note 3.A requires the reactor to be associated with within 24 hours when the ACTIONS       or Completions       Times be satisfied.
The Note for this SR specifies that "n" equals 2 channels for the purpose of determining the STAGGERED TEST BASIS Frequency.
inoperable Primary Containment instrumentation cannot         ITS   3.3.6.1 Required These requirements are    proposed  to  be  replaced      by main steam line Actions D.2.1 (for isolation Functions associated with with primary isolation) and H.1 (for isolation Functions associated           MODE 3 within 12 containment isolation) which require the plant be in 3.3.6.1 Required hours under the same conditions.         In addition,       ITS Action D.2.2 and H.2 requires   the plant   to be in MODE 4 in 36 hours (L11). This change is more restrictive because it           provides an additional 3   in   12 hours. The allowed requirement to place the plant in MODE                        are  reasonable, based Completion Times in Required Action     D.2.1   and   H.1 conditions from on operating experience, to reach the required plant Page 7 of 25                                     Revision K JAFNPP
Therefore, SR 3.3.6.1.8 will require all channels requiring response time testing to be tested in two (2) surveillance intervals.
This change is more restrictive since two (2) channels must be tested each interval for Functions l.a and 1.b while 8 channels must be tested each interval for Function 1.c instead of one channel in each trip system required by the CTS.
This change will ensure a sufficient number of channels are tested each interval to identify any significant response time degradation.
M5 Not Used.
M6 The required number of OPERABLE channels in each trip system in CTS Table 3.2-1 for HPCI and RCIC Steam Line Low Pressure and HPCI and RCIC Turbine High Exhaust Diaphragm Pressure Functions (proposed Functions 3.b, 4.b, 3.c and 4.c for Table 3.3.6.1-1) are proposed to be increased from 1 to 2.
The two trip systems for these Functions receive inputs from two channels, both of which must trip to isolate the associated valve(s), yielding a two-out-of-two logic for each trip system.
The increase in channels required to be OPERABLE constitutes a more restrictive change and is necessary to ensure no single instrument failure can preclude the isolation function.
M7 CTS Table 3.2-1, Note 3.A requires the reactor to be in cold shutdown within 24 hours when the ACTIONS or Completions Times associated with inoperable Primary Containment instrumentation cannot be satisfied.
These requirements are proposed to be replaced by ITS 3.3.6.1 Required Actions D.2.1 (for isolation Functions associated with main steam line isolation) and H.1 (for isolation Functions associated with primary containment isolation) which require the plant be in MODE 3 within 12 hours under the same conditions.
In addition, ITS 3.3.6.1 Required Action D.2.2 and H.2 requires the plant to be in MODE 4 in 36 hours (L11). This change is more restrictive because it provides an additional requirement to place the plant in MODE 3 in 12 hours. The allowed Completion Times in Required Action D.2.1 and H.1 are reasonable, based on operating experience, to reach the required plant conditions from Revision K Page 7 of 25 JAFNPP


DISCUSSION OF CHANGES ITS: 3.3.6.1 - PRIMARY CONTAINMENT ISOLATION INSTRUMENTATION TECHNICAL CHANGES - LESS RESTRICTIVE     (SPECIFIC)
DISCUSSION OF CHANGES ITS: 3.3.6.1 -
L12   (continued) a plant transient Operable. This extra time reduces the potential for     is  consistent with that could challenge safety systems. This change NUREG-1433, Revision 1.
PRIMARY CONTAINMENT ISOLATION INSTRUMENTATION TECHNICAL CHANGES - LESS RESTRICTIVE (SPECIFIC)
L13   Not used.
L12 (continued)
those portions L14   The details in CTS Tables 4.1-1 and 4.1-2, that identify   testing    (trip channel of the instrument channel which require functional pressure source),
Operable.
and alarm) and the method of calibration   (standard respectively, are proposed to be deleted. This       information is not for  Channel  Functional Test necessary because the proposed definitions                       This change is and Channel Calibration provide the necessary guidance.
This extra time reduces the potential for a plant transient that could challenge safety systems.
consistent with NUREG-1433, Revision 1.
This change is consistent with NUREG-1433, Revision 1.
L15   Not used.
L13 Not used.
Value (A16) of L16   This change replaces the Trip Level Setting or Allowable     dP for    the HPCI water
L14 The details in CTS Tables 4.1-1 and 4.1-2, that identify those portions of the instrument channel which require functional testing (trip channel and alarm) and the method of calibration (standard pressure source),
: 160 inches of water dP to : 168.24 inches of 3.3.6.1 Function 3.a).
respectively, are proposed to be deleted.
(ITS Turbine Steam Line High Flow trip function Technical Specifications)
This information is not necessary because the proposed definitions for Channel Functional Test and Channel Calibration provide the necessary guidance.
The Allowable Values (to be included in the                           have been and the Trip Setpoints (to be included in plant procedures)
This change is consistent with NUREG-1433, Revision 1.
Standards    Manual,    IES established consistent with the NYPA   Engineering Methodology."
L15 Not used.
3A, "Instrument Loop Accuracy and Setpoint Calculation Values"   are consistent The methodology used to determine the "Allowable Part  II, with the methodology discussed in ISA-S67.04-1994, for Nuclear Safety "Methodologies for the Determination of Setpoints analysis limits, Related Instrumentation." Any changes to the safety and  confirmed    as ensuring applied in the methodologies, were evaluated Revision K JAFNPP                            Page 22 of 25
L16 This change replaces the Trip Level Setting or Allowable Value (A16) of
: 160 inches of water dP to : 168.24 inches of water dP for the HPCI Turbine Steam Line High Flow trip function (ITS 3.3.6.1 Function 3.a).
The Allowable Values (to be included in the Technical Specifications) and the Trip Setpoints (to be included in plant procedures) have been established consistent with the NYPA Engineering Standards Manual, IES 3A, "Instrument Loop Accuracy and Setpoint Calculation Methodology."
The methodology used to determine the "Allowable Values" are consistent with the methodology discussed in ISA-S67.04-1994, Part II, "Methodologies for the Determination of Setpoints for Nuclear Safety Related Instrumentation." Any changes to the safety analysis limits, applied in the methodologies, were evaluated and confirmed as ensuring Revision K Page 22 of 25 JAFNPP


NO SIGNIFICANT HAZARDS CONSIDERATIONS INSTRUMENTATION ITS: 3.3.6.1 - PRIMARY CONTAINMENT ISOLATION TECHNICAL CHANGES     LESS RESTRICTIVE   (SPECIFIC)
NO SIGNIFICANT HAZARDS CONSIDERATIONS ITS: 3.3.6.1 -
PRIMARY CONTAINMENT ISOLATION INSTRUMENTATION TECHNICAL CHANGES LESS RESTRICTIVE (SPECIFIC)
L13 CHANGE Not used.
L13 CHANGE Not used.
Revision K Page 19 of 32 JAFNPP
Revision K Page 19 of 32 JAFNPP


NO SIGNIFICANT HAZARDS CONSIDERATIONS ITS: 3.3.6.1 - PRIMARY CONTAINMENT ISOLATION INSTRUMENTATION TECHNICAL CHANGES   - LESS RESTRICTIVE   (SPECIFIC)
NO SIGNIFICANT HAZARDS CONSIDERATIONS ITS: 3.3.6.1 - PRIMARY CONTAINMENT ISOLATION INSTRUMENTATION TECHNICAL CHANGES  
L13 CHANGE   (continued)
- LESS RESTRICTIVE (SPECIFIC)
L13 CHANGE (continued)
Not used.
Not used.
This page intentionally blank Revision K JAFNPP                              Page 20 of 32
This page intentionally blank Revision K Page 20 of 32 JAFNPP


primary containment isolation instrumentation             3.3.6.1 Tai. 3.3.6.1,1 (pass I of 61 inatunntatiaI' Pviinr-y Cantaif'? eaokation APPLICABLE                   UPT~M oNMSa       REUIRIEDS Msii           DIL*                   VIIALUE SpecIFIE        PER TRIP                  .. JI.UUTS                  A MuTTIO           SUIW       ACTION W.
primary containment isolation instrumentation 3.3.6.1
pijICION 4.
[rT7.(q])
I.* i SteM LOWI's1LatiU'
: b.
[rT7.(q])                                                                                      OR   3.3.6.1.1()
IT Tai. 3.3.6.1,1 (pass I of 61 Pviinr-y Cantaif'? eaokation inatunntatiaI' APPLICABLE UPT~M oNMSa REUIRIEDS SpecIFIE PER TRIP Msii DIL*
LO Lo                                                        3.3.6.1.
VIIALUE pijICION MuTTIO SUIW ACTION W.  
                              -11,Lo LW~
..JI.UUTS A
S S 3.3.6A.1S 3.3.6-1.1w6       e~s~l
I.
: b. *&in $to= LiI's                     I Presaur - LAM                                           Id                    ~~3.3.6.1.21Se IT                                                                                              SR MOR3.3.6.1.2j 3..
* i SteM LOWI's 1LatiU'
EU      3.3.6.1-1 LOW'                 ,t,2,3      00NILper                  U    3.3.6 1AA Main Ste 3.3.6:1:9
: 4.
                                                                                                                . 0 NO vamflfl Candsir V~WAU       - Low             3C&
OR 3.3.6.1.1()  
('7g                                                                                    sU    3.3.6.1.7 2(                              o          SR 3.3.6.1              0      1 n~i. atmlwwI~i                                                     UR 3.3.6.1 1.2.3
-11, LW~ Lo Lo LO 3.3.6.1.
                                                                                                    ~33.3.6.
S 3.3.6A.1S S 3.3.6-1.1w6 e~s~l
                          ~~i~tui   - N gMI L    7 1()
*&in $to= LiI's Presaur - LAM Main Ste LOW' Candsir V~WAU - Low n~i. atmlwwI~i 2(
sk 3.36. .7 3.3.6.1.1            Iq1 oD            S3.3.6.1.
~~i~tui N
U 3.3.6.1.
gMI
,t,2,3 00 per NIL 3C&
1.2.3 L 1()
7 U
CT(
CT(
CTa)M]
CTa) M]
Id SR ~~3.3.6.1.21Se 3..
MOR3.3.6.1.2j EU U
3.3.6.1-1 3.3.6 1AA 3.3.6:1:9 NO vamflfl sU 3.3.6.1.7 o
SR 3.3.6.1 0
1 UR 3.3.6.1
~33.3.6.
sk 3.36..7 o D 3.3.6.1.1 Iq1 S3.3.6.1.
3.3.6.1.
REVISIONrK R
REVISIONrK R
('7g I
0


INSERT Functions 2.d, 2.e, 2.f, 2.g CODP-(-
INSERT Functions 2.d, 2.e, 2.f, 2.g Insert Page 3.3-58
2(c)    F      SR 3.3.6.1.1    2.7 psig
*r3. Z-( f aJ T3.2- (1 T 3.240(J3 T'3.,1-((7)]
*r3. Z-(faJ d. Drywell Pressure -         1.2,3 High                                                   SR 3.3.6.1.4 T3.2- (1                                                                SR 3.3.6.1.5
3.z-I ()
_ _ _ _ __ j _     _          jSR         3.3.6.1.7 [       _ _
: d.
2       9           3.3.6.1.1   x IS inches Reactor Vessel ater        1,2.3 T 3.240(J3 e.
Drywell Pressure -
Level - Low Low Low (Level
1.2,3 2(c)
_    1) 1SSR
F SR 3.3.6.1.1 2.7 psig High SR 3.3.6.1.4 SR 3.3.6.1.5
_evel 1SR                          SR 3.3.6.1.2 SR 3.3.6.1.4 3.3.6.1.5 3.3.6.1.7 .       _
_ j _
2      F      SR 3.3.6.1.1      3 times T'3.,1-((7)]      ain Steam Line m.l                          1,2.3                                     Normal Full SR 3.3.6.1.3 Radiation - High                                       SR 3.3.6.1.6  Power SIc SR 3.3.6.1.7 SR33...      1 Background 7 i nches SR 3.3.6.1.      177 1,2.3      2(c)
jSR 3.3.6.1.7
Reactor Vessel Water 3.z-I  ()  g.
[
3)
: e.
Level  - Low (Level                  I        F'SR 1    SR 3..6 ISR    1.
Reactor Vessel ater 1,2.3 2
3.3.6.1.4 3.3.6.1.7 Insert Page 3.3-58                      Revision K
9 3.3.6.1.1 x IS inches Level
- Low Low Low SR 3.3.6.1.2 (Level 1) 1SR 3.3.6.1.4
_evel 1SSR 3.3.6.1.5 SR 3.3.6.1.7 m.l ain Steam Line 1,2.3 2
F SR 3.3.6.1.1 3 times Radiation - High SR 3.3.6.1.3 Normal Full SR 3.3.6.1.6 Power SR 3.3.6.1.7  


1 JUSTIFICATION FOR DIFFERENCES FROM NUREG-1433, REVISION ITS: 3.3.6.1 - PRIMARY CONTAINMENT ISOLATION INSTRUMENTATION PLANT-SPECIFIC DIFFERENCE IN THE DESIGN (DB)
===Background===
DB6    (continued)
SIc SR33...
Function Line Penetration (Drywell Entrance) Area Temperature-High;    Function  5.c, RWC 5.a, Suction Line Penetration Area    Temperature-High; 5.f, Drywell Heat Exchanger Area Temperature-High; and Function      added  for those Pressure-High. Functions      2.d  and 2.g  have been penetration flow Functions which include only one trip system to certain  (c) was  added to Table paths to simplify the Required Actions. Footnote Notes have been 3.3.6.1-1 to identify these Functions. Subsequent have been renumbered, where applicable. Subsequent Functions renumbered, as required.
1 7 i nches
Table 3.3.6.1-1 since DB7    This change deletes various ITS Functions from the    l.f. Main Steam Tunnel they are not included in the design:      Function Function  1.g,  Turbine  Building Area Differential Temperature-High;                        Exhaust Temperature-High; Function 2.e, Refueling Floor Pressure-High;            Function Radiation-High; Functions    3.d and  4.d,  Drywell Temperature-Time Delay 3.g and 4.f. HPCI and RCIC Suppression Pool Area                  Pool Area Relays; Functions 3.h and 4.g, HPCI and RCIC Suppression4.h,  Emergency    Area Differential Temperature-High; Function 3.i and                Room  Differential Cooler Temperature-High; Function 4.j, RCIC      Equipment and Function 5.c Temperature-High; Function 5.a Differential Flow-High    Subsequent    Functions Area Ventilation Differential Temperature-High.
: g.
have been renumbered. as required.
Reactor Vessel Water 1,2.3 2(c)
for ITS Function DB8      The correct trip level Function has been incorporated    design.
SR 3.3.6.1.
3.3.6.1 Function 5.e in accordance with the JAFNPP to identify the valves DB9    ITS Table 3.3.6.1-1 Footnote Cd) has been revised JAFNPP    design.
177
isolated by the Function consistent with the specific value or DB1O    The brackets have been removed and the proper plant requirements incorporated.
: 3)
Function (ITS DB11    This change separates the RWC Pump Area Temperature-High    (Pump Room A and 3.3.6.1 Function 5.b) Allowable Value into two areasare different.
F'SR 3.3.6.1.4 Level - Low (Level I
Pump Room B) since the proposed "Allowable Values" Revision K JAFNPP                                Page 4 of 5
1 SR 3.3.6.1.7 ISR 3..6 1.
CODP-(-
Revision K


0          INSERT ASA-2 removal of heat from the In addition, the setting is low enough to allow the prevent isolation on a reactor for a predetermined time following a scram, to the safety/relief valves partial loss of feedwater and to reduce challengesa level of water (S/RVs). The Allowable Value is referenced from bottom of the RPV and also 352.56 inches above the lowest point in the inside(Ref. 13).
JUSTIFICATION FOR DIFFERENCES FROM NUREG-1433, REVISION 1 ITS: 3.3.6.1 -
corresponds to the top of a 144 inch fuel column Insert Page B 3.3-158                    Revision K
PRIMARY CONTAINMENT ISOLATION INSTRUMENTATION PLANT-SPECIFIC DIFFERENCE IN THE DESIGN (DB)
DB6 (continued)
Line Penetration (Drywell Entrance) Area Temperature-High; Function 5.a, Suction Line Penetration Area Temperature-High; Function 5.c, RWC Heat Exchanger Area Temperature-High; and Function 5.f, Drywell Pressure-High.
Functions 2.d and 2.g have been added for those Functions which include only one trip system to certain penetration flow paths to simplify the Required Actions.
Footnote (c) was added to Table 3.3.6.1-1 to identify these Functions.
Subsequent Notes have been renumbered, where applicable.
Subsequent Functions have been renumbered, as required.
DB7 This change deletes various ITS Functions from the Table 3.3.6.1-1 since they are not included in the design:
Function l.f. Main Steam Tunnel Differential Temperature-High; Function 1.g, Turbine Building Area Temperature-High; Function 2.e, Refueling Floor Exhaust Radiation-High; Functions 3.d and 4.d, Drywell Pressure-High; Function 3.g and 4.f. HPCI and RCIC Suppression Pool Area Temperature-Time Delay Relays; Functions 3.h and 4.g, HPCI and RCIC Suppression Pool Area Differential Temperature-High; Function 3.i and 4.h, Emergency Area Cooler Temperature-High; Function 4.j, RCIC Equipment Room Differential Temperature-High; Function 5.a Differential Flow-High and Function 5.c Area Ventilation Differential Temperature-High.
Subsequent Functions have been renumbered. as required.
DB8 The correct trip level Function has been incorporated for ITS Function 3.3.6.1 Function 5.e in accordance with the JAFNPP design.
DB9 ITS Table 3.3.6.1-1 Footnote Cd) has been revised to identify the valves isolated by the Function consistent with the JAFNPP design.
DB1O The brackets have been removed and the proper plant specific value or requirements incorporated.
DB11 This change separates the RWC Pump Area Temperature-High Function (ITS 3.3.6.1 Function 5.b) Allowable Value into two areas (Pump Room A and Pump Room B) since the proposed "Allowable Values" are different.
Revision K Page 4 of 5 JAFNPP


INSERT Function 1.f l.f. Main Steam Line Radiation- High has been removed from the The Main Steam Line Radiation-High isolation signal     this isolation Function has MSIV isolation logic circuitry (Ref. 1); however, other valves discussed under been retained for the MSL drains valves (and utilized to determine that Function 2.f) to ensure that the assumptions                               (CRDA) are acceptable offsite C"doses resulting from a control rod drop accident maintained.
0 INSERT ASA-2 In addition, the setting is low enough to allow the removal of heat from the reactor for a predetermined time following a scram, prevent isolation on a partial loss of feedwater and to reduce challenges to the safety/relief valves (S/RVs).
generated from four radiation Main Steam Line Radiation-High signals are       located near the main steam lines elements and associated monitors, which     are channels of the Main Steam Line in the steam tunnel. Four instrumentation                 to be OPERABLE to ensure Radiation-High Function are available and required the isolation function.
The Allowable Value is referenced from a level of water 352.56 inches above the lowest point in the inside bottom of the RPV and also corresponds to the top of a 144 inch fuel column (Ref. 13).
that no single instrument failure can preclude that a high radiation trip The Allowable Value was selected to be low enough the CRDA. In addition, the results from the fission products released in               radiation level in the setting is adjusted high enough above the background   trips  are avoided at rated vicinity of the main steam lines so that spurious power.
Revision K Insert Page B 3.3-158
 
INSERT Function 1.f l.f. Main Steam Line Radiation-High The Main Steam Line Radiation-High isolation signal has been removed from the MSIV isolation logic circuitry (Ref. 1); however, this isolation Function has been retained for the MSL drains valves (and other valves discussed under Function 2.f) to ensure that the assumptions utilized to determine that acceptable offsite doses resulting from a control rod drop accident (CRDA) are maintained.
C" Main Steam Line Radiation-High signals are generated from four radiation elements and associated monitors, which are located near the main steam lines in the steam tunnel.
Four instrumentation channels of the Main Steam Line Radiation-High Function are available and required to be OPERABLE to ensure that no single instrument failure can preclude the isolation function.
The Allowable Value was selected to be low enough that a high radiation trip results from the fission products released in the CRDA.
In addition, the setting is adjusted high enough above the background radiation level in the vicinity of the main steam lines so that spurious trips are avoided at rated power.
This Function isolates the MSL drain valves.
This Function isolates the MSL drain valves.
Insert Page B 3.3-161                       Revision K
Revision K Insert Page B 3.3-161


60     INSERT Functions 2.e and 2.f     (continued) 2.f. Main Steam Line Radiation - High signal has been removed from The Main Steam Line Radiation - High isolation 1); however, this isolation Function the MSIV isolation logic circuitry (Ref. loop sample valves to ensure that the has been retained for the recirculation acceptable offsite doses resulting from assumptions utilized to determine that a CRDA are maintained.
60 INSERT Functions 2.e and 2.f (continued) 2.f.
are generated from four radiation Main Steam Line Radiation - High signals are located near the main steam lines elements and associated monitors, which       channels of the Main Steam Line in the steam tunnel. Four instrumentation and required to be OPERABLE to ensure Radiation - High Function are availablepreclude the isolation function.
Main Steam Line Radiation - High The Main Steam Line Radiation - High isolation signal has been removed from the MSIV isolation logic circuitry (Ref. 1); however, this isolation Function has been retained for the recirculation loop sample valves to ensure that the assumptions utilized to determine that acceptable offsite doses resulting from a CRDA are maintained.
that no single instrument failure can enough that a high radiation trip The Allowable Value was selected to be low in the Design Basis CRDA. In results from the fission products released      above the background radiation addition, the setting is adjusted high enough lines so that spurious trips are level in the vicinity of the main steam avoided at rated power.
Main Steam Line Radiation - High signals are generated from four radiation elements and associated monitors, which are located near the main steam lines in the steam tunnel.
loop sample valves.
Four instrumentation channels of the Main Steam Line Radiation - High Function are available and required to be OPERABLE to ensure that no single instrument failure can preclude the isolation function.
This Function isolates the recirculation Insert Page B 3.3-164b                   Revision K
The Allowable Value was selected to be low enough that a high radiation trip results from the fission products released in the Design Basis CRDA.
In addition, the setting is adjusted high enough above the background radiation level in the vicinity of the main steam lines so that spurious trips are avoided at rated power.
This Function isolates the recirculation loop sample valves.
Revision K Insert Page B 3.3-164b


Primary Containment Isolation Instrumentation   3.3.6.1 Table 3.3.6.1-1 (page 1 of 6)
Primary Containment Isolation Instrumentation 3.3.6.1 Table 3.3.6.1-1 (page 1 of 6)
Primary Containment Isolation Instrumentation APPLICABLE                   CONDITIONS MODES OR         REQUIRED REFERENCED OTHER         CHANNELS     FROM PER TRIP   REQUIRED   SURVEILLANCE       ALLOWABLE SPECIFIED                                                      VALUE CONDITIONS         SYSTEM   ACTION C.1   REQUIREMENTS FUNCTION
Primary Containment Isolation Instrumentation APPLICABLE CONDITIONS MODES OR REQUIRED REFERENCED OTHER CHANNELS FROM SPECIFIED PER TRIP REQUIRED SURVEILLANCE ALLOWABLE FUNCTION CONDITIONS SYSTEM ACTION C.1 REQUIREMENTS VALUE
: 1. Main Steam Line Isolation 1.2.3             2                 SR 3.3.6.1.1   z 18 inches
: 1.
: a. Reactor Vessel Water                                                SR  3.3.6.1.2 Level - Low Low Low                                                SR  3.3.6.1.4 (Level 1)                                                          SR  3.3.6.1.5 SR  3.3.6.1.7 SR  3.3.6.1.8 1                                SR  3.3.6.1.1   S825    psig
Main Steam Line Isolation
: b. Main Steam Line                                                    SR  3.3.6.1.2 Pressure - Low                                                      SR  3.3.6.1.4 SR  3.3.6.1.5 SR  3.3.6.1.7 SR  3.3.6.1.8 2MSL per              SR  3.3.6.1.1   S125.9 psid
: a.
: c. Main Steam Line                1.2.3 Flow - High                                                        SR  3.3.6.1.2 SR  3.3.6.1.4 3.3.6.1.5 SR  3.3.6.1.7 SR  3.3.6.1.8 SR 2          D      SR  3.3.6.1.1 3.3.6.1.2   &#xfd; 8vacuum Hg  inches
Reactor Vessel Water Level - Low Low Low (Level 1)
: d. Condenser Vacuum- Low            1.
: b.
SR  3.3.6.1.4 2 (a),    3 (a)                              3.3.6.1.5 SR SR  3.3.6.1.7 D      SR  3.3.6.1.1   : 195&deg;F 1.2,3              8                SR  3.3.6.1.2
Main Steam Line Pressure - Low
: e. Main Steam Tunnel Area                                              SR  3.3.6.1.4 Temperature - High                                                      3.3.6.1.5 SR SR  3.3.6.1.7 IAK F      SR  3.3.6.1.1 1.2.3              2                SR  3.3.6.1.3   S3  times Normal  Full
: c.
: f. Main Steam Line                                                          3.3.6.1.6   Power Radiation - High                                                    SR SR  3.3.6.1.7   Background (continued)
Main Steam Line Flow - High
: d.
Condenser Vacuum-Low
: e.
Main Steam Tunnel Area Temperature - High
: f.
Main Steam Line Radiation - High 1.2.3 1
1.2.3
: 1.
2 (a),
3 (a) 1.2,3 1.2.3 2
2 per MSL 2
8 2
SR SR SR SR SR SR SR SR SR SR SR SR SR SR SR SR SR SR D
SR SR SR SR SR D
SR SR SR SR SR F
SR SR SR SR 3.3.6.1.1 3.3.6.1.2 3.3.6.1.4 3.3.6.1.5 3.3.6.1.7 3.3.6.1.8 3.3.6.1.1 3.3.6.1.2 3.3.6.1.4 3.3.6.1.5 3.3.6.1.7 3.3.6.1.8 3.3.6.1.1 3.3.6.1.2 3.3.6.1.4 3.3.6.1.5 3.3.6.1.7 3.3.6.1.8 3.3.6.1.1 3.3.6.1.2 3.3.6.1.4 3.3.6.1.5 3.3.6.1.7 3.3.6.1.1 3.3.6.1.2 3.3.6.1.4 3.3.6.1.5 3.3.6.1.7 3.3.6.1.1 3.3.6.1.3 3.3.6.1.6 3.3.6.1.7 S825 psig S125.9 psid
&#xfd; 8 inches Hg vacuum
: 195&deg;F S3 times Normal Full Power
 
===Background===
(continued)
(a) With any turbine stop valve not closed.
(a) With any turbine stop valve not closed.
(b) Not used.                                                                                                   19L 3.3-52                        Amendment (Rev. K)
(b) Not used.
JAFNPP
Amendment (Rev. K) 3.3-52 I AK 19L z 18 inches JAFNPP
 
Primary Containment Isolation Instrumentation 3.3.6.1 Table 3.3.6.1-1 (page 2 of 6)
Primary Containment Isolation Instrumentation APPLICABLE CONDITIONS MODES OR REQUIRED REFERENCED OTHER CHANNELS FROM SPECIFIED PER TRIP REQUIRED SURVEILLANCE ALLOWABLE FUNCTION CONDITIONS SYSTEM ACTION C.1 REQUIREMENTS VALUE
: 2.
Primary Containment Isolation
: a.
Reactor Vessel Water Level - Low (Level 3)
: b.
Drywell Pressure-High
: c.
Containment Radiation - High
: d.
Drywell Pressure-High
: e.
Reactor Vessel Water Level - Low Low Low (Level 1)
: f.
Main Steam Line Radiation - High
: g.
Reactor Vessel Water Level - Low (Level 3) 1.2,3 1.2.3 1,2.3 1.2.3 1,2,3 1.2.3 1.2,3 2
2 1
2 2
2(c)
H SR SR SR SR SR H
SR SR SR SR SR F
SR SR SR SR F
SR SR SR SR SR F
SR SR SR SR SR F
SR SR SR SR F
SR SR SR SR SR 3.3.6.1.1 3.3.6.1.2 3.3.6.1.4 3.3.6.1.5 3.3.6.1.7 3.3.6.1.1 3.3.6.1.2 3.3.6.1.4 3.3.6.1.5 3.3.6.1.7 3.3.6.1.1 3.3.6.1.2 3.3.6.1.5 3.3.6.1.7 3.3.6.1.1 3.3.6.1.2 3.3.6.1.4 3.3.6.1.5 3.3.6.1.7 3.3.6.1.1 3.3.6.1.2 3.3.6.1.4 3.3.6.1.5 3.3.6.1.7 3.3.6.1.1 3.3.6.1.3 3.3.6.1.6 3.3.6.1.7 3.3.6.1.1 3.3.6.1.2 3.3.6.1.4 3.3.6.1.5 3.3.6.1.7 S177 inches S2.7 psig s 450 R/hr f 2.7 psig
&#xfd; 18 inches S3 times Normal Full Power


Primary Containment Isolation Instrumentation        3.3.6.1 Table 3.3.6.1-1 (page 2 of 6)
===Background===
Primary Containment Isolation Instrumentation APPLICABLE                CONDITIONS MODES OR      REQUIRED  REFERENCED OTHER      CHANNELS      FROM PER TRIP    REQUIRED      SURVEILLANCE        ALLOWABLE SPECIFIED                                                      VALUE CONDITIONS      SYSTEM    ACTION C.1      REQUIREMENTS FUNCTION
k 177 inches (continued)
: 2. Primary Containment Isolation H        SR SR  3.3.6.1.1 3.3.6.1.2  S177 inches Reactor Vessel Water            1.2,3          2
(b)
: a.                                                                            SR  3.3.6.1.4 Level - Low (Level 3)                                                 SR  3.3.6.1.5 SR  3.3.6.1.7 2            H        SR SR  3.3.6.1.1 3.3.6.1.2  S2.7 psig
Not used.
: b. Drywell Pressure-High            1.2.3 SR  3.3.6.1.4 SR  3.3.6.1.5 SR  3.3.6.1.7 F          SR  3.3.6.1.1  s 450 R/hr 1,2.3          1                      SR  3.3.6.1.2
(c) Only one trip system provided for each associated penetration.
: c. Containment                                                                3.3.6.1.5 Radiation - High                                                      SR SR  3.3.6.1.7 F          SR  3.3.6.1.1  f 2.7 psig 1.2.3                                  SR  3.3.6.1.2
Amendment (Rev. K)
: d. Drywell Pressure-High                                                  SR  3.3.6.1.4 SR  3.3.6.1.5 SR  3.3.6.1.7 F        SR  3.3.6.1.1  &#xfd; 18 inches 1,2,3          2                      SR  3.3.6.1.2
JAFNPP IL
: e. Reactor Vessel Water                                                  SR  3.3.6.1.4 Level - Low Low Low                                                        3.3.6.1.5 (Level 1)                                                             SR SR  3.3.6.1.7
: f. Main Steam Line                1.2.3          2          F          SR SR 3.3.6.1.1 3.3.6.1.3 3.3.6.1.6 S3 times Normal Power Full      IL Radiation - High                                                            3.3.6.1.7  Background SR SR  3.3.6.1.1  k 177 inches F
1.2,3        2 (c)                   SR  3.3.6.1.2
: g. Reactor Vessel Water                                                        3.3.6.1.4 Level - Low (Level 3)
SR SR  3.3.6.1.5 SR  3.3.6.1.7 (b) Not used.
(continued)
I&~
I&~
(c) Only one trip system provided for each associated penetration.
3.3-53
3.3-53                             Amendment (Rev. K)
JAFNPP


Primary Containment Isolation Instrumentation B 3.3.6.1 BASES 1.f. Main Steam Line Radiation-High     (continued)
Primary Containment Isolation Instrumentation B 3.3.6.1 BASES APPLICABLE SAFETY ANALYSES.
APPLICABLE SAFETY ANALYSES.                                                              to LCO, and        Function 2.f) to ensure that the assumptions utilized from    a determine that acceptable   offsite doses resulting APPLICABILITY                                (CRDA) are maintained.
LCO, and APPLICABILITY 1.f.
control rod drop  accident from Main Steam Line Radiation-High signals are generated           are which four radiation elements and associated monitors,tunnel. Four located near the main steam lines in the     steam instrumentation channels of the Main Steam Line to be Radiation-High Function are available and required         can OPERABLE to ensure that no single   instrument   failure preclude the isolation   function.
Main Steam Line Radiation-High (continued)
that a The Allowable Value was selected to be low enough high radiation trip results from the fission products   adjusted released in the CRDA. In addition, the setting isin the high enough above the background radiation level trips are vicinity of the main steam lines so that spurious avoided at rated power.
Function 2.f) to ensure that the assumptions utilized to determine that acceptable offsite doses resulting from a control rod drop accident (CRDA) are maintained.
Main Steam Line Radiation-High signals are generated from four radiation elements and associated monitors, which are located near the main steam lines in the steam tunnel.
Four instrumentation channels of the Main Steam Line Radiation-High Function are available and required to be OPERABLE to ensure that no single instrument failure can preclude the isolation function.
The Allowable Value was selected to be low enough that a high radiation trip results from the fission products released in the CRDA.
In addition, the setting is adjusted high enough above the background radiation level in the vicinity of the main steam lines so that spurious trips are avoided at rated power.
This Function isolates the MSL drain valves.
This Function isolates the MSL drain valves.
Primary Containment Isolation 2.a. 2.g. Reactor Vessel Water Level- Low (Level 3) to cool Low RPV water level indicates that the capability penetrations the fuel may be threatened. The valves whose                 to communicate with the primary containment are isolated of the The  isolation limit the release of fission products. actions to ensure primary containment on Level 3 supports (continued)
Primary Containment Isolation 2.a. 2.g.
B 3.3-160                            Revision K JAFNPP
Reactor Vessel Water Level-Low (Level 3)
 
Low RPV water level indicates that the capability to cool the fuel may be threatened.
Primary Containment Isolation Instrumentation  B 3.3.6.1 BASES 2.f. Main Steam Line Radiation-High          (continued)
The valves whose penetrations communicate with the primary containment are isolated to limit the release of fission products.
APPLICABLE SAFETY ANALYSES,                                                  are generated from LCO, and        Main Steam Line Radiation-High signals monitors,              which are APPLICABILITY    four radiation elements and associated                                  Four the  steam  tunnel.
The isolation of the primary containment on Level 3 supports actions to ensure (continued)
located near the main steam lines in finstrumentation channels of the Main        Steam    Line to be Radiation-High Function are available and required        failure  can OPERABLE to ensure that no          single instrument preclude the isolation      function.
Revision K JAFNPP B 3.3-160
that a The Allowable Value was selected to be low enough high radiation trip results from the fission products        the setting released in the Design Basis CRDA. In addition,          radiation    level is adjusted high enough above the backgroundthat spurious in the vicinity of the main steam lines          so trips are avoided at rated power.
sample valves.
This Function isolates the recirculation loop Core Isolation High Pressure Coolant Injection and Reactor Cooling Systems Isolation 3.a, 4.a. HPCI and RCIC Steam Line Flow-High to detect a Steam Line Flow-High Functions are provided          initiate  closure break of the RCIC or HPCI steam lines          and of the steam line isolation valves        of  the  appropriate flowing out of system. If the steam is allowed to continue        and the core can the break, the reactor will depressurize initiated on high uncover. Therefore, the isolations are              The isolation flow to prevent or minimize core damage.      of  the  RPS, ensures action, along with  the    scram  function (continued)
Io
                                            '_1rA Revision K JAFNPP                            D  *.  * - J.U"r


K
Primary Containment Isolation Instrumentation B 3.3.6.1 BASES APPLICABLE SAFETY ANALYSES,
: LCO, and APPLICABILITY 2.f.
Main Steam Line Radiation-High (continued)
Main Steam Line Radiation-High signals are generated from four radiation elements and associated monitors, which are located near the main steam lines in the steam tunnel.
Four finstrumentation channels of the Main Steam Line Radiation-High Function are available and required to be OPERABLE to ensure that no single instrument failure can preclude the isolation function.
The Allowable Value was selected to be low enough that a high radiation trip results from the fission products released in the Design Basis CRDA.
In addition, the setting is adjusted high enough above the background radiation level in the vicinity of the main steam lines so that spurious trips are avoided at rated power.
This Function isolates the recirculation loop sample valves.
High Pressure Coolant Injection and Reactor Core Isolation Cooling Systems Isolation 3.a, 4.a.
HPCI and RCIC Steam Line Flow-High Steam Line Flow-High Functions are provided to detect a break of the RCIC or HPCI steam lines and initiate closure of the steam line isolation valves of the appropriate system.
If the steam is allowed to continue flowing out of the break, the reactor will depressurize and the core can uncover.
Therefore, the isolations are initiated on high flow to prevent or minimize core damage.
The isolation action, along with the scram function of the RPS, ensures (continued)
Io
'_1rA Revision K JAFNPP D
* - J.U"r


==SUMMARY==
==SUMMARY==
OF CHANGES TO ITS SECTION 3.8 - REVISION Affected Pages Source of Change                     Summary of Change                       Section 3.8.6 Misc. editorial These editorial changes were identified during the corrections     preparation of the final ITS submittal:                 ITS Bases mark-up, p 3.8-66 B.1 and Bases JFD DB1 to be Revise ITS Bases Action consistent with the changes made in Revision J (battery Bases JFD DB1 (p 1 of 3) electrolyte temperature limit was revised from 60 degrees F to 65 degrees F).                             Retyped ITS Bases p 3.8-60
OF CHANGES TO ITS SECTION 3.8 - REVISION K Source of Change Summary of Change Misc. editorial These editorial changes were identified during the corrections preparation of the final ITS submittal:
Revise ITS Bases Action B.1 and Bases JFD DB1 to be consistent with the changes made in Revision J (battery electrolyte temperature limit was revised from 60 degrees F to 65 degrees F).
Affected Pages Section 3.8.6 ITS Bases mark-up, p 3.8-66 Bases JFD DB1 (p 1 of 3)
R etyped ITS Bases p 3.8-60


Battery Cell Parameters B 3.8.6 BASES ACTIONS      A.1. A.2. and A.3         (continued)
Battery Cell Parameters B 3.8.6 BASES A.1. A.2. and A.3 (continued)
Continued operation is ohly permitted forto          31 days btfore battery cell parameters         must be   restored     within Taking  into consideration      that, Category A and B limits.                                     capacity while battery capacity is degraded, sufficient               allow time to exists to perform the intended function andto tonormal limits, fully restore     the   battery   cell   parameters the this tim is acceptable for operation prior to declaring DC batteries     inoperable.
Continued operation is ohly permitted for 31 days btfore battery cell parameters must be restored to within Category A and B limits.
La When any battery pavmeter is outside the Category                   C limit cell,   sufficient   capacity to   supply   the for any connected                                              and  the maximum expected load requirement subsystem  is not ensured corresponding DC electrical power                       must be ddeclan Additionally,     other         1a__Y'23&MW         !
Taking into consideration that, while battery capacity is degraded, sufficient capacity exists to perform the intended function and to allow time to fully restore the battery cell parameters to normal limits, this tim is acceptable for operation prior to declaring the DC batteries inoperable.
inoperable.
La When any battery pavmeter is outside the Category C limit for any connected cell, sufficient capacity to supply the maximum expected load requirement is not ensured and the corresponding DC electrical power subsystem must be ddeclan inoperable.
conditioL...stch as             taeu      Copeto  Required ActionS averay o-L&#xfd; S*Iplotion lll"Aar     average temperature of representative cells also are cause for imediately declaring the XC electrical power subsystem inerl.                         4 es.7,4o       .
Additionally, other 1a__Y'23&MW conditioL...stch as Required ActionS o Copeto taeu averay S*Iplotion lll"Aar average temperature of representative cells also are cause for imediately declaring the XC electrical power subsystem inerl.
ru-sZ     'WVt' voc'.a-C A. V     jvos'4.         ?JA SURVEILLANCE REQUIWMTS                                                           cell parameters are This SR verifies that Category :Abattery consistent with IEEE-0*4         (Ref.     , which recomends regular battery inspections (at least           one per month) including voltage,   specific gravity, and electrolyte temperature of C41nt palls ets I t             sliits.
es.7,4o ru-sZ  
Iae        Trasients, tack as motor s, ring ie             ch wy m ntarily c so batted vol age t vop to         lll03 V, do not constitut a battery dis, -n.v vided   he ba           yoinal Vol++ an lnoat (continued)
'WVt' voc'.a-C A.
B 3.846                           Rev 1. 04/07125 SUR/4 STS
V jvos'4.
4
?JA SURVEILLANCE REQUIWMTS This SR verifies that Category :Abattery cell parameters are consistent with IEEE-0*4 (Ref.  
, which recomends regular battery inspections (at least one per month) including voltage, specific gravity, and electrolyte temperature of C41nt palls t
Iae sliits. Trasients, tack as motor s, ring ie ch wy m ntarily c so batted vol age t vop to lll03 V, do not constitut a battery dis, -.v vided he ba yoinal Vol++
an lnoat n
(continued)
SUR/4 STS B 3.846 Rev 1. 04/07125 ACTIONS
-L&#xfd; ets I


JUSTIFICATION FOR DIFFERENCES FROM NUREG-1433, REVISION 1 ITS BASES: 3.8.6 - BATTERY CELL PARAMETERS RETENTION OF EXISTING REQUIREMENT (CLB)
JUSTIFICATION FOR DIFFERENCES FROM NUREG-1433, REVISION 1 ITS BASES: 3.8.6 - BATTERY CELL PARAMETERS RETENTION OF EXISTING REQUIREMENT (CLB)
SR 3.8.6.2 is revised to omit the Frequencies of "Once within after  24 hours CLB1                                                                              a after a battery discharge < 110 V" and "Once within 24 hours battery overcharge > 150 V" since no-similar CTS Surveillancef a battery Requirement exists at JAFNPP. The Frequencies associated with             with discharge or overcharge are omitted since, they are inconsistent               do the content of typical STS Surveillances, revised ISTS Surveillances not typically contain "abnormal condition" related frequencies and, battery discharge or overcharge are adequately covered by administrative controls. In addition, this change is currently submitted as aand is Technical Specification Task Force Change Traveler, TSTF-201, pending.
CLB1 SR 3.8.6.2 is revised to omit the Frequencies of "Once within 24 hours after a battery discharge < 110 V" and "Once within 24 hours after a battery overcharge > 150 V" since no-similar CTS Surveillancef Requirement exists at JAFNPP.
(PA)
The Frequencies associated with a battery discharge or overcharge are omitted since, they are inconsistent with the content of typical STS Surveillances, revised ISTS Surveillances do not typically contain "abnormal condition" related frequencies and, battery discharge or overcharge are adequately covered by administrative controls.
PLANT-SPECIFIC WORDING PREFERENCE OR MINOR EDITORIAL IMPROVEMENT PAl   Changes have been made (additions, deletions, and/or changes to the NUREG) to reflect the plant specific system/structure/component nomenclature, equipment identification or description.
In addition, this change is currently submitted as a Technical Specification Task Force Change Traveler, TSTF-201, and is pending.
PA2   Battery Cell Parameters support the operation of the DC electrical power     to subsystems and the Battery Cell Parameter Specification is required "DC be applicable during the same     MODES and conditions as in LCO   3.8.4, Sources-Operating," and LCO 3.8.5, "DC Sources-Shutdown." The LCO        same safety analyses discussions   as those discussed in the Bases   for 3.8.4 and LCO 3.8.5 are also applicable to the Battery Cell Parameter Specification. As a result, the Bases for the Battery Cell Parameter Specification in the Applicable Safety Analyses Section have been revised accordingly.
PLANT-SPECIFIC WORDING PREFERENCE OR MINOR EDITORIAL IMPROVEMENT (PA)
a PA3   Editorial changes have been made for enhanced clarity or to correct grammatical/typographical error.
PAl Changes have been made (additions, deletions, and/or changes to the NUREG) to reflect the plant specific system/structure/component nomenclature, equipment identification or description.
PA2 Battery Cell Parameters support the operation of the DC electrical power subsystems and the Battery Cell Parameter Specification is required to be applicable during the same MODES and conditions as in LCO 3.8.4, "DC Sources-Operating," and LCO 3.8.5, "DC Sources-Shutdown."
The same safety analyses discussions as those discussed in the Bases for LCO 3.8.4 and LCO 3.8.5 are also applicable to the Battery Cell Parameter Specification.
As a result, the Bases for the Battery Cell Parameter Specification in the Applicable Safety Analyses Section have been revised accordingly.
PA3 Editorial changes have been made for enhanced clarity or to correct a grammatical/typographical error.
PLANT-SPECIFIC DIFFERENCE IN THE DESIGN (DB)
PLANT-SPECIFIC DIFFERENCE IN THE DESIGN (DB)
DB1     ITS 3.8.6.3 Condition B.1 has been revised to reflect specific JAFNPP requirements of, ! 65&deg;F for 125 VDC batteries and ! 50&deg;F for 419 VDC LPCI MOV independent power supply batteries based on JAF Electrical Calculations.
DB1 ITS 3.8.6.3 Condition B.1 has been revised to reflect specific JAFNPP requirements of,  
DB2     ITS 3.8.6 has been revised to reflect the specific JAFNPP requirements of, UFSAR Chapter 6, Emergency Core Cooling System.
! 65&deg;F for 125 VDC batteries and ! 50&deg;F for 419 VDC LPCI MOV independent power supply batteries based on JAF Electrical Calculations.
DB3     ITS 3.8.6 has been revised to reflect the specific JAFNPP requirements Page 1 of 3                             Revision K JAFNPP
DB2 ITS 3.8.6 has been revised to reflect the specific JAFNPP requirements of, UFSAR Chapter 6, Emergency Core Cooling System.
DB3 ITS 3.8.6 has been revised to reflect the specific JAFNPP requirements Revision K Page 1 of 3 JAFNPP


Battery Cell Parameters B 3.8.6 BASES ACTIONS       A.1, A.2, and A.3     (continued) initial verification because specific gravity measurements must be obtained for each connected cell. Taking into consideration both the time required to perform the required Verification and the assurance that the battery cell parameters are not severely degraded, this time is             at 7 considered reasonable. The verification is repeatedCategory day intervals until the parameters are restored consistentto A and B limits. This periodic   verification     is with the guidance provided in IEEE-450 (Ref. 4) of (not to monitoring battery conditions at regular intervals exceed one week) while completing corrective actions.
Battery Cell Parameters B 3.8.6 BASES ACTIONS A.1, A.2, and A.3 (continued) initial verification because specific gravity measurements must be obtained for each connected cell.
Continued operation is only permitted for 31 days before battery cell parameters must be restored to within that, Category A and B limits. Taking into consideration while battery capacity is degraded, sufficient capacity         time to exists to perform the inteded function and to allow limits, fully restore the battery cell parameters to normal                 the this time is acceptable for operation prior to declaring DC batteries inoperable.
Taking into consideration both the time required to perform the required Verification and the assurance that the battery cell parameters are not severely degraded, this time is considered reasonable.
B.1 C limit When any battery parameter is outside the Category               the for any connected cell,     sufficient   capacity   to supply load requirement   is not ensured   and   the maximum expected corresponding DC electrical power subsystem must be declared inoperable. Additionally, other potential conditions, such as any Required Action of Condition A and associated Completion Time not met, or average electrolyte temperature of representative cells < 65&deg;F for each 125 VDC         battery, or MOV independent      power  supply
The verification is repeated at 7 day intervals until the parameters are restored to Category A and B limits.
                < 50&deg;F for each 419 VDC LPCI                               the battery, also are cause   for immediately   declaring associated DC electrical power subsystem inoperable.
This periodic verification is consistent with the guidance provided in IEEE-450 (Ref. 4) of monitoring battery conditions at regular intervals (not to exceed one week) while completing corrective actions.
SURVEILLANCE   SR 3.8.6.1 REQUIREMENTS                                                                       are This SR verifies that Category A battery cell parameters     regular consistent with IEEE-450 (Ref. 4),   which recommends battery inspections (at least one per month) including (continued)
Continued operation is only permitted for 31 days before battery cell parameters must be restored to within Category A and B limits.
B 3.8-60                                 Revision K JAFNPP
Taking into consideration that, while battery capacity is degraded, sufficient capacity exists to perform the inteded function and to allow time to fully restore the battery cell parameters to normal limits, this time is acceptable for operation prior to declaring the DC batteries inoperable.
B.1 When any battery parameter is outside the Category C limit for any connected cell, sufficient capacity to supply the maximum expected load requirement is not ensured and the corresponding DC electrical power subsystem must be declared inoperable.
Additionally, other potential conditions, such as any Required Action of Condition A and associated Completion Time not met, or average electrolyte temperature of representative cells < 65&deg;F for each 125 VDC battery, or  
< 50&deg;F for each 419 VDC LPCI MOV independent power supply battery, also are cause for immediately declaring the associated DC electrical power subsystem inoperable.
SURVEILLANCE SR 3.8.6.1 REQUIREMENTS This SR verifies that Category A battery cell parameters are consistent with IEEE-450 (Ref. 4), which recommends regular battery inspections (at least one per month) including (continued)
JAFNPP B 3.8-60 Revision K


Entergy Nuclear Northeast Entergy Nuclear Operations, Inc.
Entergy Nuclear Northeast Entergy Nuclear Operations, Inc.
James A. FitzPatrick NPP Entergy(                                                                    P-o. Box 110 Lycoming, NY 13093 Tel 315 349 6024 Fax 315 349 6480 T. A. Sullivan Vice President, uiperations-JAF April 26, 2002 JAFP-02-0098 United States Nuclear Regulatory Commission Attn: Document Control Desk Mail Stop O-P1-17 Washington, D.C. 20555
James A. FitzPatrick NPP P-o. Box 110 Entergy(
Lycoming, NY 13093 Tel 315 349 6024 Fax 315 349 6480 T. A. Sullivan April 26, 2002 Vice President, uiperations-JAF JAFP-02-0098 United States Nuclear Regulatory Commission Attn: Document Control Desk Mail Stop O-P1-17 Washington, D.C. 20555  


==Subject:==
==Subject:==
James A. FitzPatrick Nuclear Power Plant Docket No. 50-333 License No. DPR-59 Revision J to Proposed Technical Specification Change (License Amendment) Conversion to Improved Standard Technical Specifications
James A. FitzPatrick Nuclear Power Plant Docket No. 50-333 License No. DPR-59 Revision J to Proposed Technical Specification Change (License Amendment) Conversion to Improved Standard Technical Specifications  


==References:==
==References:==
see last page of letter
see last page of letter  


==Dear Sir,==
==Dear Sir,==
This letter and the associated attachments provides Revision J to the previously submitted application for amendment to the James A. FitzPatrick Technical Specifications (Reference 1),
This letter and the associated attachments provides Revision J to the previously submitted application for amendment to the James A. FitzPatrick Technical Specifications (Reference 1),
as supplemented by References 2, 3, 4, and 5 for converting the current Technical Specifications (CTS) to the Improved Technical Specifications (ITS) consistent with the Improved Standard Technical Specifications (NUREG-1433, Revision 1).
as supplemented by References 2, 3, 4, and 5 for converting the current Technical Specifications (CTS) to the Improved Technical Specifications (ITS) consistent with the Improved Standard Technical Specifications (NUREG-1433, Revision 1).
Revision J (Attachment 1) to the Reference 1, 2, 3, 4 , and 5 submittals include: certain Technical Specification Task Force Traveler related changes; a change to close out a remaining NRC question; numerous typographical, editorial, and consistency corrections; changes due to the engineering analysis performed as discussed in Reference 6; and a few new additional changes. Each Chapter/Section includes a summary of the changes to the associated Chapter/Section (with the exception of the Split Report, whose summary for the change is included in the Summary of Changes to Section 3.7).
Revision J (Attachment 1) to the Reference 1, 2, 3, 4, and 5 submittals include: certain Technical Specification Task Force Traveler related changes; a change to close out a remaining NRC question; numerous typographical, editorial, and consistency corrections; changes due to the engineering analysis performed as discussed in Reference 6; and a few new additional changes. Each Chapter/Section includes a summary of the changes to the associated Chapter/Section (with the exception of the Split Report, whose summary for the change is included in the Summary of Changes to Section 3.7).
The Insert and Discard Instructions are included in Attachment 2 to allow merging Revision J with the existing submittal. The clean typed ITS and Bases in Volumes 2, 3, and 4, and the CTS markup pages in CTS order in Volume 5 are not being updated since these Volumes are duplicates of each individual Specification located in Volumes 6 through 19.
The Insert and Discard Instructions are included in Attachment 2 to allow merging Revision J with the existing submittal. The clean typed ITS and Bases in Volumes 2, 3, and 4, and the CTS markup pages in CTS order in Volume 5 are not being updated since these Volumes are duplicates of each individual Specification located in Volumes 6 through 19.
We request that you approve the James A. FitzPatrick ITS no later than July 31, 2002.
We request that you approve the James A. FitzPatrick ITS no later than July 31, 2002.


United States Nuclear Regulatory Commission Attn: Document Control Desk
United States Nuclear Regulatory Commission Attn: Document Control Desk  


==Subject:==
==Subject:==
Line 887: Line 1,529:
Very Truly Your Vice President, Operations - JAF Attachments: 1) Revision J to the JAF ITS Submittal
Very Truly Your Vice President, Operations - JAF Attachments: 1) Revision J to the JAF ITS Submittal
: 2) Insert and Discard Instructions cc:
: 2) Insert and Discard Instructions cc:
Regional Administrator                           Mr. N. B. Le U. S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission U. S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission               Mail Stop O-7H3 475 Allendale Road Washington, DC 20555 P. 0. Box 134 King of Prussia, PA 19406 Resident Inspector's Office Mr. Guy Vissing, Project Manager James A. FitzPatrick Nuclear Power Plant Project Directorate I U. S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission Division of Licensing Project Management          P. 0. Box 134 U. S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission                Lycoming, NY 13093 Mail Stop 8C2 Washington, DC 20555 Mr. William M. Flynn New York State Energy Research and Development Authority Corporate Plaza West 286 Washington Avenue Extension Albany, New York 12203-6399 Mr. Paul Eddy NYS Department of Public Service 3 Empire Plaza Albany, New York 12223 Mr. William D. Beckner, Chief Technical Specifications Branch U. S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission Mail Stop O-7H3 Washington, DC 20555
Regional Administrator U. S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission 475 Allendale Road King of Prussia, PA 19406 Mr. Guy Vissing, Project Manager Project Directorate I Division of Licensing Project Management U. S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission Mail Stop 8C2 Washington, DC 20555 Mr. N. B. Le U. S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission Mail Stop O-7H3 Washington, DC 20555 P. 0. Box 134 Resident Inspector's Office James A. FitzPatrick Nuclear Power Plant U. S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission P. 0. Box 134 Lycoming, NY 13093 Mr. William M. Flynn New York State Energy Research and Development Authority Corporate Plaza West 286 Washington Avenue Extension Albany, New York 12203-6399 Mr. Paul Eddy NYS Department of Public Service 3 Empire Plaza Albany, New York 12223 Mr. William D. Beckner, Chief Technical Specifications Branch U. S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission Mail Stop O-7H3 Washington, DC 20555


United States Nuclear Regulatory Commission Attn: Document Control Desk
United States Nuclear Regulatory Commission Attn: Document Control Desk  


==Subject:==
==Subject:==
Line 896: Line 1,538:


==References:==
==References:==
: 1.     NYPA letter, J. Knubel to USNRC Document Control Desk, Proposed Technical SpecificatiorL.Change (License Amendment) Conversion to Improved Standard Technical Specifications (JPN-99-008), dated March 31, 1999 (TAC No. MA5049)
: 1.
: 2.     NYPA letter, J. Knubel to USNRC Document Control Desk, Revision B to Proposed Technical Specification Change (License Amendment) Conversion to Improved Standard Technical Specifications (JPN-99-018), dated June 1, 1999
NYPA letter, J. Knubel to USNRC Document Control Desk, Proposed Technical SpecificatiorL.Change (License Amendment) Conversion to Improved Standard Technical Specifications (JPN-99-008), dated March 31, 1999 (TAC No. MA5049)
: 3.     NYPA letter, Michael J. Colomb to USNRC Document Control Desk, Revision C to Proposed Technical Specification Change (License Amendment) Conversion to Improved Standard Technical Specifications (JAFP-99-0278), dated October 14, 1999
: 2.
: 4.     Entergy Nuclear Northeast letter, T. A. Sullivan to USNRC Document Control Desk, Revisions D, E, F, G, and H to Proposed Technical Specification Change (License Amendment) Conversion to Improved Standard Technical Specifications (JAFP-01 0133), dated May 31, 2001
NYPA letter, J. Knubel to USNRC Document Control Desk, Revision B to Proposed Technical Specification Change (License Amendment) Conversion to Improved Standard Technical Specifications (JPN-99-018), dated June 1, 1999
: 5.     Entergy Nuclear Northeast letter, T. A. Sullivan to USNRC Document Control Desk, Revision I to Proposed Technical Specification Change (License Amendment)
: 3.
NYPA letter, Michael J. Colomb to USNRC Document Control Desk, Revision C to Proposed Technical Specification Change (License Amendment) Conversion to Improved Standard Technical Specifications (JAFP-99-0278), dated October 14, 1999
: 4.
Entergy Nuclear Northeast letter, T. A. Sullivan to USNRC Document Control Desk, Revisions D, E, F, G, and H to Proposed Technical Specification Change (License Amendment) Conversion to Improved Standard Technical Specifications (JAFP-01 0133), dated May 31, 2001
: 5.
Entergy Nuclear Northeast letter, T. A. Sullivan to USNRC Document Control Desk, Revision I to Proposed Technical Specification Change (License Amendment)
Conversion to Improved Standard Technical Specifications (JAFP-01-0234), dated October 18, 2001
Conversion to Improved Standard Technical Specifications (JAFP-01-0234), dated October 18, 2001
: 6.     Entergy Nuclear Northeast letter, T. A. Sullivan to USNRC Document Control Desk, James A. FitzPatrick (JAF) Improved Technical Specifications (ITS) Submittal (JAFP 02-0029), dated February 6, 2002
: 6.
Entergy Nuclear Northeast letter, T. A. Sullivan to USNRC Document Control Desk, James A. FitzPatrick (JAF) Improved Technical Specifications (ITS) Submittal (JAFP 02-0029), dated February 6, 2002


BEFORE THE UNITED STATES NUCLEAR REGULATORY COMMISSION In the Matter of                             )
BEFORE THE UNITED STATES NUCLEAR REGULATORY COMMISSION In the Matter of  
Entergy Nuclear Operations, Inc.             )       Docket No. 50-333 James A. FitzPatrick Nuclear Power Plant     )
)
Entergy Nuclear Operations, Inc.  
)
Docket No. 50-333 James A. FitzPatrick Nuclear Power Plant )
APPLICATION FOR AMENDMENT TO OPERATING I ICENSE Entergy Nuclear Operations, Inc. requests an amendment to the Technical Spesifications (TS) contained in Appendix A to Facility Operating License DPR-59 for the James A. FitzPatrick Nuclear Power Plant. This application is filed in accordance with Section 10 CFR 50.90 of the Nuclear Regulatory Commission's regulations.
APPLICATION FOR AMENDMENT TO OPERATING I ICENSE Entergy Nuclear Operations, Inc. requests an amendment to the Technical Spesifications (TS) contained in Appendix A to Facility Operating License DPR-59 for the James A. FitzPatrick Nuclear Power Plant. This application is filed in accordance with Section 10 CFR 50.90 of the Nuclear Regulatory Commission's regulations.
This application for amendment to the FitzPatrick Technical Specifications proposes to convert the FitzPatrick current Technical Specifications (CTS) to be consistent with the Improved Standard Technical Specifications (ISTS) in NUREG-1433, Revision 1, dated April 1995. The proposed license amendment request was prepared considering the guidance of Nuclear Energy Institute (NEI) NEI 96-06, "Improved Technical Specifications Conversion Guidance,"
This application for amendment to the FitzPatrick Technical Specifications proposes to convert the FitzPatrick current Technical Specifications (CTS) to be consistent with the Improved Standard Technical Specifications (ISTS) in NUREG-1433, Revision 1, dated April 1995. The proposed license amendment request was prepared considering the guidance of Nuclear Energy Institute (NEI) NEI 96-06, "Improved Technical Specifications Conversion Guidance,"
dated August 1996.
dated August 1996.
The Proposed license amendment request to convert the FitzPatrick CTS to the FitzPatrick Improved Technical Specifications (ITS) is enclosed with this application.
The Proposed license amendment request to convert the FitzPatrick CTS to the FitzPatrick Improved Technical Specifications (ITS) is enclosed with this application.
Entergy Nuclear Operations, Inc.                     STATE OF NEW YORK COUNTY OF OSWEGO Subscribed and &#xfd;worn to before me this I-. day oft               2002.
Entergy Nuclear Operations, Inc.
P ub c Vice President, Operations-JAF
STATE OF NEW YORK COUNTY OF OSWEGO Subscribed and &#xfd;worn to before me this I-.
                                                                ~~...............
day oft 2002.
                                                                  "*".-**.'."              *}}
P ub c Vice President, Operations-JAF  
~~...............  
*}}

Latest revision as of 17:52, 16 January 2025

Revision K to Proposed Technical Specification Change (License Amendment) Conversion to Improved Standard Technical Specifications
ML021750502
Person / Time
Site: FitzPatrick 
Issue date: 06/11/2002
From: Ted Sullivan
Entergy Nuclear Northeast, Entergy Nuclear Operations
To:
Document Control Desk, Office of Nuclear Reactor Regulation
References
JAFP-02-0124
Download: ML021750502 (91)


Text

ITS SUBMITTAL 5/31/01 (Updated 03/28/01)

Copy Number Assigned to Original ITS Project Repro Master Licensing

____________1__

NRC - Doc'Control Desk 2

NRC - G. Vissing 3

NRC - William Beckner 4

NRC - William Beckner 5

Regional Administrator 6

William Flynn - NYSERDA 8

Verne Childs 9

John Hoddy (ITS) 10 Licensing Manager 11 Licensing (WPO) - Kokolakis 12 Reference Center (JAF) 13 OPS - Phil Russell 14 OPS - Henry Borick 15 Training - Gary Fronk 16 Training - Gary Fronk 17 I&C - Steve Juravich (ITS) 19 Tech Services (ITS - Brian) 20 Tech Support/Sys Eng (Tina) 21 Design Eng (ITS - Tom) 23 Excel - Fred Mizell 24 Excel - Don Hoffman 26 NRC Res. Insp. (Specs & Bases Only) 29 Simulator Control Room Vol.s 2,3 & 4 Only PTR Group (Vol's 2-4 only)

Planning - Dan Johnson (Vol's 2-4 only)

Excel - Jerry Jones Excel - Phil Ballard Excel - Gregg Ellis 0 L

RIP - Anne Stark

-__ITS

- Doug ITS - Chris ITS - Phil I&C - Mark Cronk

-_ITS-Dale

-__ITS

- Ken

Entergy Nuclear Northeast Entergy Nuclear Operations. Inc.

James A. Fitzpatrick NPP P.O. Box 110 EntogyLycoming, NY 13093 Tel 315 349 6024 Fax 315 349 6480 June 11, 2002 T.A. Sullivan JAFP-02-0124 Vice President, Operations-JAF United States Nuclear Regulatory Commission Attn: Document Control Desk Mail Stop O-P1-17 Washington, D.C. 20555

Subject:

James A. FitzPatrick Nuclear Power Plant Docket No. 50-333 License No. DPR-59 Revision K to Proposed Technical Specification Change (License Amendment) Conversion to Improved Standard Technical Specifications

References:

see last page of letter

Dear Sir,

This letter and the associated attachments provides Revision K to the previously submitted application for amendment to the James A. FitzPatrick Technical Specifications (Reference 1),

as supplemented by References 2, 3, 4, 5, and 7 for converting the current Technical Specifications (CTS) to the Improved Technical Specifications (ITS) consistent with the Improved Standard Technical Specifications (NUREG-1433, Revision 1).

Revision K (Attachment 1) to the Reference 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, and 7 submittals include certain changes requested by the NRC Staff as a result of their review of Revision J (Reference 7).

The submittal also provides revised pages based on the NRC approval of TS Amendment 273.

Additionally, minor changes are made to correct editorial errors in the previous submittals.

Each Chapter/Section includes a summary of the changes to the affected Chapter/Section.

The Insert and Discard Instructions are included in Attachment 2 to allow merging Revision K with the existing submittal. The clean typed ITS and Bases in Volumes 2, 3, and 4, and the CTS markup pages in CTS order in Volume 5 are not being updated since these Volumes are duplicates of each individual Specification located in Volumes 6 through 19.

United States Nuclear Regulatory Commission Attn: Document Control Desk

Subject:

Revision K to Proposed Technical Specification Change (License Amendment)

Conversion to Improved Standard Technical Specifications Page -2 There are no new commitments contained in this letter. Should you have any questions, please contact Mr. Andrew Halliday at (315) 349-6055.

Very Truly Yours, T. A. Sullivan Operations Vice President, Oeain Attachments: 1) Revision K to the JAF ITS Submittal

2) Insert and Discard Instructions cc:

Regional Administrator U. S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission 475 Allendale Road King of Prussia, PA 19406 Mr. Guy Vissing, Project Manager Project Directorate I Division of Licensing Project Management U. S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission Mail Stop 8C2 Washington, DC 20555 Mr. N. B. Le U. S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission Mail Stop O-7H3 Washington, DC 20555 P. 0. Box 134 Resident Inspector's Office James A. FitzPatrick Nuclear Power Plant U. S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission P. 0. Box 134 Lycoming, NY 13093 Mr. William M. Flynn New York State Energy Research and Development Authority Corporate Plaza West 286 Washington Avenue Extension Albany, New York 12203-6399 Mr. Paul Eddy NYS Department of Public Service 3 Empire Plaza Albany, New York 12223 Mr. William D. Beckner, Chief Technical Specifications Branch U. S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission Mail Stop O-7H3 Washington, DC 20555

United States Nuclear Regulatory Commission Attn: Document Control Desk

Subject:

Revision K to Proposed Technical Specification Change (License Amendment)

Conversion to Improved Standard Technical Specifications Page -3

References:

1.

NYPA letter, J. Knubel to USNRC Document Control Desk, Proposed Technical Specification Change (License Amendment) Conversion to Improved Standard Technical Specifications (JPN-99-008), dated March 31, 1999 (TAC No. MA5049)

2.

NYPA letter, J. Knubel to USNRC Document Control Desk, Revision B to Proposed Technical Specification Change (License Amendment) Conversion to Improved Standard Technical Specifications (JPN-99-018), dated June 1, 1999 3.'

NYPA letter, Michael J. Colomb to USNRC Document Control Desk, Revision C to Proposed Technical Specification Change (License Amendment) Conversion to Improved Standard Technical Specifications (JAFP-99-0278), dated October 14, 1999

4.

Entergy Nuclear Northeast letter, T. A. Sullivan to USNRC Document Control Desk, Revisions D, E, F, G, and H to Proposed Technical Specification Change (License Amendment) Conversion to Improved Standard Technical Specifications (JAFP-01 0133), dated May 31, 2001

5.

Entergy Nuclear Northeast letter, T. A. Sullivan to USNRC Document Control Desk, Revision I to Proposed Technical Specification Change (License Amendment)

Conversion to Improved Standard Technical Specifications (JAFP-01-0234), dated October 18, 2001

6.

Entergy Nuclear Northeast letter, T. A. Sullivan to USNRC Document Control Desk, James A. FitzPatrick (JAF) Improved Technical Specifications (ITS) Submittal (JAFP-02 0029), dated February 6, 2002

7.

Entergy Nuclear Northeast letter, T. A. Sullivan to USNRC Document Control Desk, Revision J to Proposed Technical Specification Change (License Amendment)

Conversion to Improved Standard Technical Specifications (JAFP-02-0098), dated April 26, 2002

BEFORE THE UNITED STATES NUCLEAR REGULATORY COMMISSION In the Matter of Entergy Nuclear Operations, Inc.

James A. FitzPatrick Nuclear Power Plant

) )

Docket No. 50-333

)

APPLICATION FOR AMENDMENT TO OPERATING LICENSE Entergy Nuclear Operations, Inc. requests an amendment to the Technical Specifications (TS) contained in Appendix A to Facility Operating License DPR-59 for the James A. FitzPatrick Nuclear Power Plant. This application is filed in accordance with Section 10 CFR 50.90 of the Nuclear Regulatory Commission's regulations.

This application for amendment to the FitzPatrick Technical Specifications proposes to convert the FitzPatrick current Technical Specifications (CTS) to be consistent with the Improved Standard Technical Specifications (ISTS) in NUREG-1433, Revision 1, dated April 1995. The proposed license amendment request was prepared considering the guidance of Nuclear Energy Institute (NEI) NEI 96-06, "Improved Technical Specifications Conversion Guidance,"

dated August 1996.

The Proposed license amendment request to convert the FitzPatrick CTS to the FitzPatrick Improved Technical Specifications (ITS) is enclosed with this application.

Entergy Nuclear Operations, Inc.

T. A. Sullivan

/

Vice President, Operations-JAF STATE OF NEW YORK COUNTY OF OSWEGO Subscribed and sworn to before me this.14Ž-__day of"3-, nC52002.

Notary Public

?IIE S. DVSTYiAi 4887051 No",y pubit Start of Rwywk Ow6wgo Couanl

.;ý, C My Commifmon Exores Jun 30, IM

ATTACHMENT 2

JAMES A. FITZPATRICK NPP IMPROVED TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS REVISION "K" INSERT AND DISCARD INSTRUCTIONS I of 1

JAMES A. FITZPATRICK NPP IMPROVED TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS REVISION "K" INSERT AND DISCARD INSTRUCTIONS REMOVE INSERT VOLUME 8 DOCs for ITS 3.3.1.1 pg 9 of 25 DOCs for ITS 3.3.1.1 pg 9 of 25 NUREG Bases markup for ITS 3.3.1.1 pg NUREG Bases markup for ITS 3.3.1.1 pg Insert Page B 3.3-30 Insert Page B 3.3-30 Bases JFDs for ITS 3.3.1.1 pgs I of 4 Bases JFDs for ITS 3.3.1.1 pgs I of 4 through 4 of 4 through 4 of 4 Retyped ITS 3.3.1.1 Bases pgs B 3.3-33 Retyped ITS 3.3.1.1 Bases pgs B 3.3-33 through B 3.3-37 through B 3.3-37 CTS markup for ITS 3.3.2.1 pgs 6 of 10 CTS markup for ITS 3.3.2.1 pgs 6 of 10 and 8 of 10 and 8 of 10 DOCs for ITS 3.3.2.1 pgs 1 of 9 through 9 DOCs for ITS 3.3.2.1 pgs 1 of 9 through 9 of 9 of 9 NUREG ITS markup for ITS 3.3.2.1 pgs NUREG ITS markup for ITS 3.3.2.1 pgs 3.3-19 and 3.3-20 3.3-19 and 3.3-20 JFDs for ITS 3.3.2.1 pgs 1 of 3 and JFDs for ITS 3.3.2.1 pgs 1 of 3 and 2 of 3 2 of 3 NUREG Bases markup for ITS 3.3.2.1 pg NUREG Bases markup for ITS 3.3.2.1 pg B 3.3-54 B 3.3-54 N/A NUREG Bases markup for ITS 3.3.2.1 pg Insert Page B 3.3-54 Retyped ITS 3.3.2.1 pgs 3.3-18, 3.3-19 Retyped ITS 3.3.2.1 p 3.3-18. 3.3-19 and and 3.3-20 3.3-20 Retyped ITS 3.3.2.1 Bases pgs B 3.3-56 Retyped ITS 3.3.2.1 Bases pgs B 3.3-56 through B 3.3-59 through B 3.3-59 CTS markup for ITS 3.3.4.1 pgs 2 of 6 and CTS markup for ITS 3.3.4.1 pgs 2 of 6 and 4 of 6 4 of 6 DOCs for ITS 3.3.4.1 pgs 3 of 8 and DOCs for ITS 3.3.4.1 pgs 3 of 8 and 4 of 8 4 of 8 NUREG ITS markup for ITS 3.3.4.1 pg 3.3-NUREG ITS markup for ITS 3.3.4.1 pg 3.3 35 35 NUREG Bases markup for ITS 3.3.4.1 pg NUREG Bases markup for ITS 3.3.4.1 pg Insert page B 3.3-94 Insert page B 3.3-94 NUREG Bases markup for ITS 3.3.4.1 pgs NUREG Bases markup for ITS 3.3.4.1 pgs B 3.3-96, B 3.3-98 and B 3.3-100 B 3.3-96, B 3.3-98 and B 3.3-100 NUREG Bases markup for ITS 3.3.4.1 pg NUREG Bases markup for ITS 3.3.4.1 pg Insert page B 3.3-100 Insert page B 3.3-100 Retyped ITS 3.3.4.1 pg 3.3-31 Retyped ITS 3.3.4.1 pg 3.3-31 Retyped ITS 3.3.4.1 Bases pgs B 3.3-90 Retyped ITS 3.3.4.1 Bases pgs B 3.3-90 and B 3.3-92 and B 3.3-92 Retyped ITS 3.3.4.1 Bases pgs B 3.3-94 Retyped ITS 3.3.4.1 Bases pgs B 3.3-94 through B 3.3-96 through B 3.3-96 1 of 1

JAMES A. FITZPATRICK NPP IMPROVED TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS REVISION "K" INSERT AND DISCARD INSTRUCTIONS REMOVE I

INSERT VOLUME 9 CTS markup for ITS 3.3.6.1 pg 3 of 22 CTS markup for ITS 3.3.6.1 pg 3 of 22 DOCs for ITS 3.3.6.1 pgs 7 of 25 and DOCs for ITS 3.3.6.1 pgs 7 of 25 and 22 of 25 22 of 25 NSHCs for ITS 3.3.6.1 pgs 19 of 32 and NSHCs for ITS 3.3.6.1 pgs 19 of 32 and 20 of 32 20 of 32 NUREG ITS markup for ITS 3.3.6.1 pg 3.3-NUREG ITS markup for ITS 3.3.6.1 pg 3.3 57 57 NUREG ITS markup for ITS 3.3.6.1 pg NUREG ITS markup for ITS 3.3.6.1 pg Insert Page 3.3-58 Insert Page 3.3-58 JFDs for ITS 3.3.6.1 pg 4 of 5 JFDs for ITS 3.3.6.1 pg 4 of 5 NUREG Bases markup for ITS 3.3.6.1 pg NUREG Bases markup for ITS 3.3.6.1 pg Insert Page B 3.3-158 Insert Page B 3.3-158 NUREG Bases markup for ITS 3.3.6.1 pg NUREG Bases markup for ITS 3.3.6.1 pg Insert Page B 3.3-161 Insert Page B 3.3-161 NUREG Bases markup for ITS 3.3.6.1 pg NUREG Bases markup for ITS 3.3.6.1 pg Insert Page B 3.3-164b Insert Page B 3.3-164b Retyped ITS 3.3.6.1 pgs 3.3-52 and 3.3-53 Retyped ITS 3.3.6.1 pgs 3.3-52 and 3.3-53 Retyped ITS 3.3.6.1 Bases pg B 3.3-160 Retyped ITS 3.3.6.1 Bases pg B 3.3-160 Retyped ITS 3.3.6.1 Bases pg B 3.3-164 Retyped ITS 3.3.6.1 Bases pg B 3.3-164 1 of 1

JAMES A. FITZPATRICK NPP IMPROVED TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS REVISION "K" INSERT AND DISCARD INSTRUCTIONS REMOVE I

INSERT VOLUME 16 NUREG Bases markup for ITS 3.8.6 pg NUREG Bases markup for ITS 3.8.6 pg B 3.8-66 B 3.8-66 Bases JFD for ITS 3.8.6 pg 1 of 3 Bases JFD for ITS 3.8.6 pg 1 of 3 Retyped ITS 3.8.7 Bases pg B 3.8-60 Retyped ITS 3.8.7 Bases pg B 3.8-60 1 of 1

ATTACHMENT 1

SUMMARY

OF CHANGES TO ITS SECTION 3.0 - REVISION K Source of Change Summary of Change Affected Pages Misc. editorial These editorial changes were identified during the Section 3.0 corrections preparation of the final ITS submittal:

Revision J inadvertently failed to add a 'bubble' CTS mark-up, p 3 of 5 reference to DOC L4 or revise CTS 4,0.C on CTS mark up page 30a (p 3 of 5).

Or

-4 Ently into an OPERATIONAL CONDITION (mode) or other specified condition shall not be made when the conditions for the LtO 3.01 Urmiting Condition for Operation are not met and the associated "ACTION requires a shutdown if they are not met within a specified jjine interval. Entry Into an OPERATIONAL CONDITION (mode se or specified conditin miay be made In accordance with ACTION requirements when conformance to them permits cntinue o-eration of the facility for an unlimited period of time. This

-*,sIon shah not prevent passage through OPERATIONAL CONDITiONS (modes) required to comply with ACTION requirements or that are part of a shutdown of the plant.

Sýxce~ptlons to these requirements are stated in the individual determined to be inoperable solely because Its emergencypo source is inoperable, or solely because Its normal power sourc i 4noperable. It may be considered OPERABLE for the puroeo SAC satisfying the requirements of its applicable Uimiting Condito for ps ~*.g operation, provided: (1) its corresponding normal or emergency power source is OPERABLE; and (2) all of Its redundant "sysstem(s). subsystem(s), train(s), component(s) and device(s) are OPERABLE, or likewise satisfy the requirements of this specification. Unless both conditions (1) and (2) are satisfied, the unit shall be placed in COLD SHUTDOWN within the following 24 hours2.777778e-4 days <br />0.00667 hours <br />3.968254e-5 weeks <br />9.132e-6 months <br />. This specification Is not applicable when in Cold Shutd 4-Equipment removed from service or declared inoperable to comply with required actions may be retured to service under administrative control solely to perform testing required to demonstrate its operability or the operability of other eauii ment.

This is an exception to LC (M5*.-

3*75,--

('- VR..,W 1

rs

)niue-. d~

~e e ve*~

t a Surveillance Requirement has not been performed.

  • GINrequt

____________y__o__up_[

ou=

Toermit the completion of the survellIancek.Wh*R~l ha1IibIc D.

Entry into an OPERATIONAL CONUI I lUN itinuu-ja, -....

made unless the Surveillance Requirement(s) with the Limiting Condition for Operation have bee thin the applicable surveillance interval or as otherwise specified. This provision shall not prevent passage through or to Operational

"(3 Modes as required to comply with ACTION.rulrements or that are part of a shutdown of the plant.

ce esing o comoponen s shall be applicable as follows:

Inservice testing of pumps and valves shall be performed in accordance with Section Xl of the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code and applicable Addenda as required by 10 CFR 50, Section 50.55a(f), except where specific written relief has been granted by the NRC pursuant to 10 CFR 50, Section 50.55a(f)(6)(i). The inservica testing andd

)inspection program Is based on an NRC approved edition o and addenda to,Section XI of the ASME Boiler and SPressure Vessel Code which Is In effect 112 mmonths prio t

  • thebegnnig o th inpecioninterval..
  • 1 Amendment No. 03. I.

190. 2,',

4 1, 30a REVISIO 3.-

V5

ý-(AQO iO LVCAI-fa

@t0 4-REVISION g" k-

SUMMARY

OF CHANGES TO ITS SECTION 3.3 - REVISION K Page 1 of 3 Source of Change Summary of Change Affected Pages TS Amendment 273 Incorporates TS Amendment 273 into ITS. TSA 273 Section 3.3.4.1 revised the ATWS RPT instrument setpoints for Reactor Pressure - High to a single setpoint, independent of the CTS mark-up, pp 2 of 6 and 4 of number.of SRVs that are operable.

6 DOC A9 - deleted (p 3 of 8); DOC M2 (p 4 of 8)

ITS mark-up, p 3.3-35 ITS Bases mark-up, pp Insert page B 3.3-94, B 3.3-96, B 3.3 98, B 3.3-100 and Insert page B 3.3-100 Retyped ITS p 3.3-31 Retyped ITS Bases pp B 3.3-90, B 3.3-92, B 3.3-94, B 3.3-95 and B 3.3-96

SUMMARY

OF CHANGES TO ITS SECTION 3.3 - REVISION K Page 2 of 3 Source of Change Summary of Change Affected Pages NRC telecon The Modes of Applicability for ITS 3.3.6.1, Functions 1.f Section 3.3.6.1 and 2.f (Main Steam Line Radiation - High) is revised to be consistent with CTS.

CTS mark-up, p 3 of 22 DOC LI 3 - deleted (p 22 of 25)

NSHC L13 - deleted (pp 19 of 32 and 20 of 32)

ITS mark-up, pp 3.3-57 and Insert page 3.3-58 JFD DB6 (p 4 of 5)

ITS Bases mark-up, Insert page B 3.3-158, Insert page B 3.3-161 and Insert page B 3.3-164b Retyped ITS pp 3.3-52 and 3.3 53 Retyped ITS Bases pp B 3.3-160 and B 3.3-164

SUMMARY

OF CHANGES TO ITS SECTION 3.3 - REVISION K Source of Change Summary of Change Affected Pages NRC telecon Provides a Bases cross reference from ITS SR 3.3.1.1.12 to Section 3.3.1.1 ITS SR 3.3.2.1.8 regarding calibration of the recirculation loop flow signal portion of the channel. An additional CHANNEL NUREG Bases mark-up, p Insert CALIBRATION surveillance (ITS SR 3.3.2.1.8) is added as page B 3.3-30 well as NOTES to SR 3.3.2.1.5 and SR 3.3.2.1.8 regarding calibration of the recirculation loop flow signal portion of the Bases JFD CLB5 (p 1 of 4) channel.

Retyped ITS Bases p 3.3-33 Section 3.3.2.1 CTS mark-up, p 6 of 10 and 8 of 10 DOCs A7 (p 2 of 9) and L5 (p 7 of 9)

NUREG mark-up pp 3.3-19 and 3.3 20 JFDs CLB1 and DB4 (pp 1 of 3 and 2 of 3)

NUREG Bases mark-up, B 3.3-54, Insert page B 3.3-54 Retyped ITS pp 3.3-18, 3.3-19 and 3.3-20 Retyped ITS Bases pp B 3.3-56 through B 3.3-59 Misc. editorial These editorial changes were identified during the Section 3.3.6.1 corrections preparation of the final ITS submittal:

DOC M4 (p 7 of 25)

1. ITS 3.3.6.1 DOC M4 (p 7 of 25) refers to Note 2.

There is only one Note; therefore, the DOC has been Section 3.3.1.1 corrected.

DOC M8 (p 9 of 25)

2. ITS 3.3.1.1 DOC M8 (p 9 of 25) refers to Note 3.

This should refer to Note 2; therefore, the DOC has been corrected.

Page 3 of 3

DISCUSSION OF CHANGES ITS: 3.3.1.1 -

REACTOR PROTECTION SYSTEM (RPS)

INSTRUMENTATION TECHNICAL CHANGES - MORE RESTRICTIVE M5 (continued)

The addition of new requirements (Surveillances) to the current Technical Specifications constitutes a more restrictive change necessary to ensure the RPS Functions are maintained Operable.

This change is consistent with NUREG-1433, Revision 1.

This change is not considered to result in any reduction to safety.

M6 ITS SR 3.3.1.1.1, increases the frequency for performing the Channel Checks in CTS Table 4.1-1 from the current Daily to every 12 hours1.388889e-4 days <br />0.00333 hours <br />1.984127e-5 weeks <br />4.566e-6 months <br /> for the Functions listed below:

Reactor Pressure-High Drywell Pressure-High Reactor Vessel Water Level -Low (Level 3)

Scram Discharge Volume Water Level -High (DP transmitter/trip unit)

Turbine First Stage Pressure Permissive (see LA12)

This change to the requirements (Surveillances) of the current Technical Specifications constitutes a more restrictive change necessary to ensure the RPS Functions are maintained Operable.

This change is consistent with NUREG-1433, Revision 1.

This change is not considered to result in any reduction to safety.

M7 ITS SR 3.3.1.1.5 was added to verify SRM and IRM channels overlap prior to fully withdrawing SRMs.

This change to the requirements (Surveillances) of the current Technical Specifications constitutes a more restrictive change necessary to ensure the RPS Functions are maintained Operable.

M8 CTS 4.1.A specifies that the response time of the reactor protection system trip functions listed shall be demonstrated to be within its limit once per 24 months.

Each test shall include at least one channel in each trip system.

All channels in both trip systems shall be tested within two test intervals.

In ITS SR 3.3.1.1.15 the RPS RESPONSE TIME test must be performed every 24 months on a STAGGERED TEST BASIS.

Note 2 of this SR specifies that "n" equals 2 channels for the purpose of determining the STAGGERED TEST BASIS Frequency.

Therefore, SR 3.3.1.1.15 will require all channels requiring response time testing to be tested in two (2) surveillance intervals.

This change is more restrictive since at least eight (8) ITS 3.3.1.1 Function 5 (Main Steam Isolation Valve-Closure) channels and four (4) ITS 3.3.1.1 Function 8 (Turbine Stop Valve-Clos5jre) channels must be tested each interval Revision K Page 9 of 25 JAFNPP

INSERT SR 3.3.1.1.10 For Functions 8 and 9, this SR is associated with the enabling circuit sensing first stage turbine pressure.

  • INSERT SR 3.3.1.1.12-1 Physical inspection of the position switches is performed in conjunction with SR 3.3.1.1.12 for Function 5 and 8 to ensure that the switches are not corroded or otherwise degraded.

For Function 7.b, the CHANNEL CALIBRATION must be performed utilizing a water column or similar device to provide assurance that damage to a float or other portions of the float assembly will be detected.

For Functions 8 and 9, SR 3.3.1.1.12 is associated with the enabling circuit sensing first stage turbine pressure as well as the trip function.

C INSERT SR 3.3.1.1.12-2 Note 3 to SR 3.3.1.1.9 and the Note to SR 3.3.1.1.12 concerns the Neutron Flux-High (Flow Biased) Function (Function 2).

Note 3 to SR 3.3.1.1.9 excludes the recirculation loop flow signal portion of the channel, since this portion of the channel is calibrated by SR 3.3.1.1.12.

Similarly, the Note to SR 3.3.1.1.12 excludes all portions of the channel except the recirculation loop flow signal portion, since they are covered by SR 3.3.1.1.9.

Since the recirculation loop flow signal is also a portion of the Rod Block Monitor (RBM)

- Upscale control rod block Function channels (Table 3.3.2.1-1, Control Rod Block Instrumentation, Function 1.a), satisfactory performance of SR 3.3.1.1.12 also results in satisfactory performance of SR 3.3.2.1.8 for the associated RBM-Upscale control rod block Function channels.

Reactor Pressure-High and Reactor Vessel Water Level -Low (Level 3) Function sensors (Functions 3 and 4, respectively) are excluded from the RPS RESPONSE TIME testing (Ref. 19).

However, prior to the CHANNEL CALIBRATION of these sensors a response check must be performed to ensure adequate response.

This testing is required by Reference 20.

Personnel involved in this testing must have been trained in response to Reference 21 to ensure they are aware of the consequences of instrument response time degradation.

This response check must be performed by placing a fast ramp or a step change into the input of each required sensor.

The personnel, must monitor the input and output of the associated sensor so that simultaneous monitoring and verification may be accomplished.

9 INSERT SR 3.3.1.1.9 The Frequency of SR 3.3.1.1.9 is based upon the assumption of a 92 day calibration interval in the determination of the magnitude of equipment drift in the setpoint analysis.

Insert Page B 3.3-30 Revision K

JUSTIFICATION FOR DIFFERENCES FROM NUREG-1433, REVISION 1 ITS BASES: 3.3.1.1 - REACTOR PROTECTION SYSTEM (RPS)

INSTRUMENTATION RETENTION OF EXISTING REQUIREMENT (CLB)

CLB1 Function 2.d has been deleted.

The Downscale trip has been removed from the CTS as documented in License Amendment 227.

The following Functions have been renumbered as required.

CLB2 SR 3.3.1.1.4 has been added (a functional test of each RPS automatic scram contactor) consistent with current requirements.

This Surveillance was added to allow the Surveillance Frequency extensions of the automatic RPS Functions per NEDC-30851-P-A. Technical Specification Improvement Analyses for BWR Reactor Protection System, since the JAFNPP design is different than the generic BWR model used in NEDC-30851-P-A.

Therefore, the Bases description in ISTS SR 3.3.1.1.5 of the CHANNEL FUNCTIONAL TEST of the manual scram function has been deleted and replaced with the description of the RPS channel test switches.

CLB3 Consistent with CTS 4.1.A. the measurement of the sensor during response time testing is not required.

Appropriate Bases as well as references have been included consistent with TSTF 322 Ri.

CLB4 The Bases of ITS SR 3.3.1.1.15 has been modified, to require RPS RESPONSE TIME TESTING consistent with the current licensing basis, and as modified in MB.

CLB5 ISTS SR 3.3.1.1.3. the requirement to adjust the channels to conform to a calibrated signal every 7 days has been deleted since this requirement is currently being performed along with the 92 day channel functional test. This adjustment will be performed in accordance with SR 3.3.1.1.8, the 92 day CHANNEL FUNCTIONAL TEST.

This is reflected in the Bases of SR 3.3.1.1.8.

Subsequent SRs have been renumbered, as applicable.

In addition, the recirculation loop flow signal portion of Function 2.b is calibrated by SR 3.3.1.1.12.

Thus, Notes have been added to SR 3.3.1.1.9 and SR 3.3.1.1.12 for clarity and since the recirculation loop flow signal is also a portion of the RBM - Upscale control rod block Function channels. a reference to ITS SR 3.3.2.1.8 has been added to the ITS SR 3.3.1.1.12 Bases.

CLB6 These requirements have been added in accordance with CTS Table 4.1-1 Note 6 and Table 4.1-2 Note 5. as documented in LA11.

CLB7 The Channel Functional Test Frequency of SR 3.3.1.1.11 has been increased from 18 months to 24 months in accordance with CTS Table 4.1-1.

The Frequency is consistent with the JAFNPP fuel cycle.

CLBB SR 3.3.1.1.10 Surveillance Frequency has been modified to be consistent with the frequency in CTS Table 4.1-1 Note 6 and approved in License Amendment No. 89.

Revision K Page 1 of 4 JAFNPP

JUSTIFICATION FOR DIFFERENCES FROM NUREG-1433, REVISION 1 ITS BASES: 3.3.1.1 -

REACTOR PROTECTION SYSTEM (RPS)

INSTRUMENTATION RETENTION OF EXISTING REQUIREMENT (CLB)

CLB9 The specific details concerning response checks have been added to the Bases of SR 3.3.1.1.12 in accordance with License Amendment No. 235.

PLANT-SPECIFIC WORDING PREFERENCE OR MINOR EDITORIAL IMPROVEMENT (PA)

PAl The Specification has been modified to reflect plant specific nomenclature.

PA2 Editorial changes have been made for enhanced clarity or to be consistent with other places in the Bases.

PA3 Grammatical or typographical error corrected.

PA4 This Table has been deleted because it provides generic and not plant specific types of information.

The information in the Table could be misleading as to which plant specific analyses take credit for these channels to perform a function during accident and transient scenarios.

PA5 The Reviewer's Note has been deleted.

PA6 The quotations used in the Bases References have been removed.

The Writer's Guide does not require the use of quotations.

PA7 The Bases description has be modified to better reflect the Applicability of the Functions in Table 3.3.1.1-1.

PLANT-SPECIFIC DIFFERENCE IN THE DESIGN (DB)

DB1 The Bases have been modified to reflect the JAFNPP specific design.

DB2 The brackets have been removed and the proper plant specific reference have been provided.

DB3 The Bases description of Function 2.b, Average Power Range Monitor Flow Biased Simulated Thermal Power-High Function has been modified to be consistent with the JAFNPP design.

The filter circuit has been removed consistent with BWR Owner's Group Long Term Stability Solutions (Refs. 5 and 6).

Changes have been made in the Bases as a result of this design difference.

References have been renumbered, as applicable.

In addition. ISTS 3.3.1.1.14 has been deleted because the JAFNPP RPS does not utilize an APRM Flow Biased Simulated Thermal Power-High time constant.

Subsequent SRs have been renumbered, as applicable.

S....

nf A.

Revision K JAFNPP rayc

%Iu

JUSTIFICATION FOR DIFFERENCES FROM NUREG-1433, REVISION 1 ITS BASES: 3.3.1.1 -

REACTOR PROTECTION SYSTEM (RPS)

INSTRUMENTATION PLANT-SPECIFIC DIFFERENCE IN THE DESIGN (DB)

DB4 All channels are not required to respond within a specified response time and all channels do not have a specified Allowable Values (e.g.

Manual Scram Function channels), therefore the Bases has been revised as necessary.

DB5 The description of the setpoint calculation methodology has been revised to reflect the plant specific methodology.

DB6 The Bases has been revised to reflect the appropriate references.

DB7 The Bases has been revised to reflect the safety analysis.

At low powers (e.g.. < 29% RTP) the scram from the TSV and TCV is not required; however, the turbine generator can remain online (and trip with resultant pressure transient) below this power level.

The TSV and TCV Fast Closure (turbine trip or main generator trip) provide a direct reactor scram when k 29% RTP.

When < 29X RTP, a turbine or main generator trip will not result in a direct scram, but should the pressure transient reach the setpoint for the Reactor High Pressure trip, a scram would occur (i.e., is credited to occur from the Reactor High Pressure trip).

Since turbine operation below 29% RTP includes MODE 1 and MODE 2, the necessary applicability of the Reactor High Pressure trip is consistent with specifying MODE 1 and 2.

References have been included as applicable.

Subsequent references have been renumbered as required.

DB8 The Bases has been revised to reflect the setpoint calculation methodology assumptions.

DB9 SR 3.3.1.1.9 has been added to perform a CHANNEL CALIBRATION every 92 days for Function 7.a (Scram Discharge Volume Water Level -High, Differential Pressure Transmitter/Trip Unit) consistent with CTS Table 4.1-2.

The Frequency is consistent with the setpoint calculation methodology for this Function.

In addition, the Frequency for ISTS SR 3.3.1.1.11, the 184 day CHANNEL CALIBRATION requirement for the APRM Functions, has been changed to 92 days (ITS SR 3.3.1.1.9), consistent with the CTS.

The Bases description has been reordered and renumbered as required.

DB1O Changes have been made to reflect those changes made to the Specification.

ray^

Al Revision K JAFNPP ravc Um

JUSTIFICATION FOR DIFFERENCES FROM NUREG-1433, REVISION 1 ITS BASES: 3.3.1.1 -

REACTOR PROTECTION SYSTEM (RPS)

INSTRUMENTATION DIFFERENCE BASED ON AN APPROVED TRAVELER (TA)

TA1 The changes presented in Technical Specification Task Force (TSTF)

Technical Specification Change Traveler Number 332, Revision 1 have been incorporated into the revised Improved Technical Specifications.

However. NEDO-32291-A, Supplement 1 has not yet been adopted by JAFNPP.

Therefore, this portion of the TSTF has not been incorporated.

TA2 The changes presented in Technical Specification Task Force (TSTF)

Technical Specification Change Traveler Number 205, Revision 3 have been incorporated into the revised Improved Technical Specifications.

TA3 The changes presented in Technical Specification Task Force (TSTF)

Technical Specification Change Traveler Number 231, Revision 1 have been incorporated into the revised Improved Technical Specifications.

TA4 The changes presented in Technical Specification Task Force (TSTF)

Technical Specification Change Traveler Number 355. Revision 0, as modified by WOG-ED-25, have been incorporated into the revised Improved Technical Specifications.

DIFFERENCE BASED ON A SUBMITTED, BUT PENDING TRAVELER (TP)

None DIFFERENCE FOR ANY REASON OTHER THAN THE ABOVE (X)

X1 NUREG-1433, Revision 1, Bases reference to "the NRC Policy Statement" has been replaced with 10 CFR 50.36(c)(2)(ii), in accordance with 60 FR 36953 effective August 18, 1995.

Subsequent References have been renumbered, as applicable.

X2 The SR 3.3.1.1.13 and SR 3.3.1.1.14 Frequencies have been modified from 18 months to 24 months consistent with the JAFNPP fuel cycle.

^A f A Revision K JAFNPP rayc V

u

RPS Instrumentation B 3.3.1.1 BASES SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS SR 3.3.1.1.9 and SR 3.3.1.1.12 (continued) this portion of the channel is calibrated by SR 3.3.1.1.12.

Similarly, the Note to SR 3.3.1.1.12 excludes all portions of the channel except the recirculation loop flow signal portion, since they are covered by SR 3.3.1.1.9.

Since the recirculation loop flow signal is also a portion of the Rod Block Monitor (RBM) -Upscale control rod block Function channels (Table 3.3.2.1-1, Control Rod Block Instrumentation, Function l.a), satisfactory performance of SR 3.3.1.1.12 also results in satisfactory performance of SR 3.3.2.1.8 for the associated RBM-Upscale control rod block Function channels.

Reactor Pressure-High and Reactor Vessel Water Level -Low (Level 3) Function sensors (Functions 3 and 4. respectively) are excluded from the RPS RESPONSE TIME testing (Ref. 19).

However, prior to the CHANNEL CALIBRATION of these sensors a response check must be performed to ensure adequate response.

This testing is required by Reference 20.

Personnel involved in this testing must have been trained in response to Reference 21 to ensure they are aware of the consequences of instrument response time degradation.

This response check must be performed by placing a fast ramp or a step change into the input of each required sensor.

The personnel, must monitor the input and output of the associated sensor so that simultaneous monitoring and verification may be accomplished.

The Frequency of SR 3.3.1.1.9 is based on the assumption of a 92 day calibration interval in the determination of the magnitude of equipment drift in the setpoint analysis.

The Frequency of SR 3.3.1.1.12 is based upon the assumption of a 24 month calibration interval in the determination of the magnitude of equipment drift in the setpoint analysis.

SR 3.3.1.1.10 Calibration of trip units provides a check of the actual trip setpoints.

The channel must be declared inoperable if the trip setting is discovered to be less conservative than the Allowable Value specified in Table 3.3.1.1-1.

If the trip setting is discovered to be less conservative than accounted for in the appropriate setpoint methodology, but is not beyond the Allowable Value, the channel performance (continued)

Revision K JAFNPP D J) o" J'

RPS Instrumentation B 3.3.1.1 BASES SURVEILLANCE SR 3.3.1.1.10 (continued)

REQUIREMENTS is still within the requirements of the plant safety analysis.

Under these conditions, the setpoint must be readjusted to be equal to or more conservative than accounted for in the appropriate setpoint methodology.

For Functions 8 and 9, this SR is associated with the enabling circuit sensing first stage turbine pressure.

The Frequency of 184 days is based on the reliability.

accuracy, and lower failure rates of the solid-state electronic Analog Transmitter/Trip System components.

SR 3.3.1.1.13 The LOGIC SYSTEM FUNCTIONAL TEST demonstrates the OPERABILITY of the required trip logic for a specific channel.

The functional testing of control rods (LCO 3.1.3). and SDV vent and drain valves (LCO 3.1.8),

overlaps this Surveillance to provide complete testing of the assumed safety function.

The 24 month Frequency is based on the need to perform this Surveillance under the conditions that apply during a plant outage and the potential for an unplanned transient if the Surveillance were performed with the reactor at power.

Operating experience has shown that these components usually pass the Surveillance when performed at the 24 month Frequency.

SR 3.3.1.1.14 This SR ensures that scrams initiated from the Turbine Stop Valve-Closure and Turbine Control Valve Fast Closure, EHC Oil Pressure-Low Functions will not be inadvertently bypassed when THERMAL POWER is k 29% RTP.

This involves calibration of the bypass channels.

Adequate margins for the instrument setpoint methodologies are incorporated into the actual setpoint.

Because main turbine bypass flow can affect this setpoint nonconservatively (THERMAL POWER is derived from turbine first stage pressure), the main turbine bypass valves must remain closed during an inservice calibration at THERMAL POWER k 29% RTP to ensure that the calibration is valid.

(continued)

B 3.3-34 JAFNPP Revision K

RPS Instrumentation B 3.3.1.1

-, BASES SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS SR 3.3.1.1.14 (continued)

If any bypass channel's setpoint is nonconservative (i.e.,

the Functions are bypassed at k 29% RTP. either due to open main turbine bypass valve(s) or other reasons), then the affected Turbine Stop Valve-Closure and Turbine Control Valve Fast Closure, EHC Oil Pressure-Low Functions are considered inoperable.

Alternatively, the bypass channel can be placed in the conservative condition (nonbypass).

If placed in the nonbypass condition, this SR is met and the channel is considered OPERABLE.

The Frequency of 24 months is based on engineering judgment and reliability of the components.

SR 3.3.1.1.15 This SR ensures that the individual channel response times are less than or equal to the maximum values assumed in the accident analysis.

The RPS RESPONSE TIME acceptance criteria are included in Reference 22.

RPS RESPONSE TIME may be verified by actual response time measurements in any series of sequential, overlapping, or total channel measurements.

However, the sensors for Functions 3 and 4 are excluded from specific RPS RESPONSE TIME measurement since the conditions of Reference 19 are satisfied.

For Functions 3 and 4, sensor response time may be allocated based on either assumed design sensor response time or the manufacturer's stated design response time.

For all other Functions, sensor response time must be measured.

Note 1 excludes neutron detectors from RPS RESPONSE TIME testing because the principles of detector operation virtually ensure an instantaneous response time.

RPS RESPONSE TIME tests are conducted on a 24 month STAGGERED TEST BASIS.

Note 2 requires STAGGERED TEST BASIS Frequency to be determined based on 2 channels.

This ensures all required channels are tested during two Surveillance Frequency intervals.

For Functions 2.b, 2.c, 3, 4. 6. and 9, two channels must be tested during each test; while for Functions 5 and 8. eight and four channels (continued)

Revision K JAFNPP D J-

RPS Instrumentation B 3.3.1.1 BASES SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS REFERENCES SR 3.3.1.1.15 (continued) must be tested.

This Frequency is based on the logic interrelationships of the various channels required to produce an RPS scram signal.

The 24 month Frequency is consistent with the refueling cycle and is based upon plant operating experience, which shows that random failures of instrumentation components causing serious response time degradation, but not channel failure, are infrequent occurrences.

1.

UFSAR, Section-7.2.

2.

UFSAR, Section 14.5.4.2.

3.

NEDO-23842. Continuous Control Rod Withdrawal Transient In The Startup Range, April 18, 1978.

4.

10 CFR 50.36(c)(2)(ii).

5.

NEDO-31960-A, BWR Owners' Group Long Term Stability Solutions Licensing Methodology, June 1991.

6.

NEDO-31960-A, Supplement 1. BWR Owners' Group Long Term Stability Solutions Licensing Methodology.

Supplement 1, March 1992.

7.

UFSAR, Section 14.5.1.2.

8.

UFSAR, Section 14.6.1.2.

9.

UFSAR. Section 14.5.2.1.

10.

UFSAR, Section 14.5.2.2.

11.

UFSAR, Section 6.3.

12.

Drawing 11825-5.01-15D, Rev. D, Reactor Assembly Nuclear Boiler, (GE Drawing 919D690BD).

13.

UFSAR, Section 14.5.5.1.

14.

UFSAR, Section 14.5.2.3.

15.

UFSAR, Section 14.6.1.5.

(continued)

SRevision K

JAFNPP 0

-1°**

RPS Instrumentation B 3.3.1.1 BASES REFERENCES

16.

P. Check (NRC) letter to G. Lainas (NRC),

BWR Scram (continued)

Discharge System Safety Evaluation, December 1, 1980.

17.

UFSAR, Section 14.5.9.

18.

NEDC-30851P-A, Technical Specification Improvement Analyses for BWR Reactor Protection System, March 1988.

19.

NEDO-32291-A System Analyses For the Elimination of Selected Response Time Testing Requirements, October 1995.

20.

NRC letter dated October 28, 1996, Issuance of Amendment 235 to Facility Operating License DPR-59 for James A. FitzPatrick Nuclear Power Plant.

21.

NRC Bulletin 90-01, Supplement 1. Loss of Fill-Oil in Transmitters Manufactured by Rosemount, December 1992.

22.

UFSAR, Table 7.2-5.

Revision K B 3.3-37 JAFNPP

/

WP3, 3, 23I-1 C

CONTROL ROD BLOCK INSTRUMENTATION Instrument F Instrument Instrument Channel Test Calibration Check (Note 4)

2)

APRM - U-scale

/~ 6 RM - Dopscale

( 2 7

)

AR BM -Upscale

4) iRM - Upscale S/U (Note 2) 0 Motes 3 & 6)

O

4)

IRM Detectore

/t SS/U Note 21

/

mo4s&6 51_

IRM - Detector ot inn S~tanupp PPosition

/

NA...Noe_2 I

+HbA a) 6-R/BM -

pcl sR3,3,2,1.1

9)

SRM - Detecto Not In tup Position SU Note 2 NA NA

10)

Scram Discharge Instr ant Volume -

a O

5; 0

3, 3.

High Water 0L e.e.

Amendment No. 3.80, W3z, 233

(

82 v

U 5 - SAýd'O"'

K hho"o

JAPH 3.3 URA

.6 (ContlI MM Wý Mt:ýýýM rdý,

Is balm 10% rated Rod V*Nlh Vk*Wm o p Is r a b

ýIba eftwceWO as follows:

cA1 1

a.. hu!teRMb0f nPr A

~~. ~.

reactor strtu afther first twelve control rods hwer Z.been

~00ck.

or during a reactor shuldmn control rod wmismut may q~fuWPrO!'Id

  1. Wha

~o )

second 0

terw 4..........

W7 oper ffr kwdpoWjo*

lyrdl SoordW= With Vieum 1OfC 4.e, x CA,1 b. SOid the FMIM bek" "bfrado

~~

begun or beomern kvopeimW goe

~wlcWd withwickaw, stertup, may ccilnu In accodenc with Specili~callo 3.32.U. above.

'no I.-,-

[ APPI; CCIL ('ý I (1) 0,.21 911 (21 The correcirnes of the RIVM progren sequenice shall be WerNWe.

,be ON comiplir PIA Ine dlagnostic'"ds Amndmxkent No. A, 155 q4 4ta0

/0 Palfr~

K I&2 92 5-ec' 4.3.B (01 1-'jo 3.The tcapabfIty oft tdhe Rod Yftlh lrrilizzu' to properly UNdflf

a.

During startup. prior to the start of conrola r 15 33.-193 (1) lbe correctness o the R#M programi (2) ThRWMM orl onof ne di lO Utest LAG shal be zd"x wuiuncla of h seection ai~fM one out-oIOUf-l~ece nec ktInsertedgroupshallbe sled.

DISCUSSION OF CHANGES ITS: 3.3.2.1 - CONTROL ROD BLOCK INSTRUMENTATION ADMINISTRATIVE CHANGES Al In the conversion of the James A. FitzPatrick Nuclear Power Plant (JAFNPP) Current Technical Specifications (CTS) to the proposed plant specific Improved Technical Specifications (ITS) certain wording preferences or conventions are adopted that do not result in technical changes.

Editorial changes, reformatting, and revised numbering are adopted to make the ITS consistent with the conventions in NUREG-1433, "Standard Technical Specifications, General Electric Plants, BWR/4",

Revision 1 (i.e., Improved Standard Technical Specifications (ISTS)).

A2 The requirements of the Rod Tables 3.2-3 and 4.2-3 (ITS is considered administrative OPERABILITY are contained in with NUREG-1433, Revision 1.

4orth Minimizer (RWM) have been added to CTS Fable 3.3.2.1-1 Function 2).

This addition since the requirement concerning RWM CTS 3.3.B.3.

This change is consistent A3 Not Used.

A4 CTS Table 4.2-3 requires both an instrument functional test and calibration to be performed on a quarterly basis for both the RBM Upscale (CTS Table 4.2-3 Function 6) and RBM-Downscale (Function 7)

Functions.

In the ITS, SR 3.3.2.1.5 requires the performance of a CHANNEL CALIBRATION.

It is not necessary to specify a CHANNEL FUNCTIONAL TEST since the ITS definition of CHANNEL CALIBRATION includes all the requirements of a CHANNEL FUNCTIONAL TEST.

Therefore, the explicit instrument functional test is not included in the ITS.

This change is considered administrative since the CHANNEL CALIBRATION is performed on a quarterly basis and fulfills all the requirements of a CHANNEL FUNCTIONAL TEST.

Along with this change, Table 4.2-1 through 4.2-5 Note 5 which is associated with the channel function test (This instrument is exempt...) is deleted from the CTS since the CHANNEL FUNCTIONAL TEST is not required to be performed.

The details of this Note are included in the ITS definition of CHANNEL FUNCTIONAL, therefore its removal is also considered administrative.

A5 CTS Table 4.2-1 through 4.2.5 Note 4 states that instrument checks are not required when these instruments are not required to be operable or are tripped.

This explicit requirement is not retained in ITS 3.3.2.1.

This explicit Note is not needed in ITS 3.3.2.1 since these allowances are included in ITS SR 3.0.1.

SR 3.0.1 states that SRs shall be met during the MODES or other specified conditions in the Applicability for individual LCOs. unless otherwise stated in the SR.

In addition, the Note states that Surveillances do not have to be performed on inoperable equipment or variables outside specified limits.

When equipment is declared inoperable, the Actions of this LCO require the equipment to be placed in the trip condition.

In this condition, the equipment is still Revision F JAFNPP rage 1 uo

DISCUSSION OF CHANGES ITS: 3.3.2.1 - CONTROL ROD BLOCK INSTRUMENTATION ADMINISTRATIVE CHANGES A5 (continued) inoperable but has accomplished the required safety function:' Therefore the allowances in SR 3.0.1 and the associated actions provide adequate guidance with respect to when the associated surveillances are required to be performed and this explicit requirement is not retained.

A6 CTS 3.2.D and 4.2.D provide a cross reference to the Radiological Effluent Technical Specification (Appendix B) for those Radiation Monitoring Systems which provide an Isolation and Initiation Function.

Since CTS 3.2.D and 4.2.D do not prescribe any specific requirements and since the changes to the current requirements in Appendix B are discussed in the Discussion of Changes within this submittal, this cross reference has been deleted.

This change is considered administrative since it simply eliminates a cross-reference.

This change is consistent with NUREG-1433, Revision 1.

A7 The proposed change adds ITS SR 3.3.2.1.8 for CHANNEL CALIBRATION of the recirculation loop flow signal portion of the RBM - Upscale Function (which is flow biased).

CTS Table 4.2-3 does not contain a specific surveillance requirement for calibration of the recirculation loop flow signal.

The recirculation loop flow signal provided to the RBM-Upscale control rod block Function is the same signal provided to the APRM Neutron Flux-High (Flow Biased) Function (ITS Table 3.3.1.1-1, Function 2.b, CTS Table 3.3-1, Item (5), and CTS Table 4.1-2. Item (4)).

The proposed change also adds Note 2 to ITS SR 3.3.2.1.5 to provide clarification that the CHANNEL CALIBRATION required by ITS SR 3.3.2.1.5 excludes the recirculation loop flow signal portion of the channel for Function l.a while the Note in proposed ITS SR 3.3.2.1.8 excludes all portions of the channel except the recirculation loop flow signal.

Since this change does not change any current requirements, it is considered administrative.

TECHNICAL CHANGES - MORE RESTRICTIVE M1 An additional Function has been added to CTS Table 3.2-3 for the Rod Block Monitor.

ITS Table 3.3.2.1-1 Function l.b (Rod Block Monitor Inop) will require the "Inop" function to be Operable consistent with the Applicability with the other Rod Block Monitor Functions.

This change is more restrictive but necessary to ensure a rod block is provided if the minimum number of LPRMs inputs are not available to the associated Rod Block Monitor channel.

A channel functional test (i.e.,

SR 3.3.2.1.1) is also proposed for the Rod Block Monitor Inop function.

The performance of this SR for each RBM channel will ensure that the JAFNPP Page 2 of 9 Revision K

DISCUSSION OF CHANGES ITS: 3.3.2.1 - CONTROL ROD BLOCK INSTRUMENTATION TECHNICAL CHANGES MORE RESTRICTIVE Ml (continued) entire channel will perform its intended function when it is required to be Operable.

The proposed surveillance frequency of 92 days for SR 3.3.2.1.1 is based on the reliability analysis provided in NEDC-30851-P A (see revised DOC L3 for the bases for concluding that this topical report is acceptable for use at the JAFNPP).

Accordingly, the addition of the Rod Block Monitor - Inop function, its associated channel functional test SR and the 92 day surveillance interval will help to ensure that the local flux is adequately monitored during control rod withdrawal by promptly identifying to the operator the inoperability of the Rod Block Monitor as a consequence of certain component failures.

M2 An additional Function has been added to CTS Table 3.2-3.

ITS 3.3.2.1, Control Rod Block Instrumentation, will include the Control Rod Block Function of the Reactor Mode Switch as a required function (Function 3 on proposed Table 3.3.2.1-1).

The new requirement is that 2 channels of the Rod Block function of Reactor Mode Switch-Shutdown Position must be Operable whenever the Mode Switch is in the Shutdown position.

This addition to the Specification for the Control Rod Block Instrumentation will include proposed SR 3.3.2.1.7 (CHANNEL FUNCTIONAL TEST every 24 months) and proposed LCO 3.3.2.1, Condition E (Required Actions and Completion Times if this function is inoperable).

ITS SR 3.3.2.1.7 will not be required to be performed until 1 hour1.157407e-5 days <br />2.777778e-4 hours <br />1.653439e-6 weeks <br />3.805e-7 months <br /> after the Reactor Mode Switch is placed in Shutdown.

This rod block ensures that control rods are not withdrawn in MODES 3 and 4, since control rods are assumed to be inserted.

This change is consistent with NUREG-1433, Revision 1.

M3 The out of service time in CTS Table 3.2-3 Note 2 Action B.a) has been reduced from 7 days to 24 hours2.777778e-4 days <br />0.00667 hours <br />3.968254e-5 weeks <br />9.132e-6 months <br /> (ITS 3.3.2.1 Required Action A.1) when one RBM channel is inoperable.

The 24 hour2.777778e-4 days <br />0.00667 hours <br />3.968254e-5 weeks <br />9.132e-6 months <br /> Completion Time is acceptable, based on a low probability of an event occurring coincident with a failure in the remaining channel.

This change is more restrictive since less time.is permitted but consistent with NUREG-1433, Revision 1.

M4 SR 3.3.2.1.4 has been added to CTS Table 4.2.3 to verify that the RBM is not bypassed at Thermal Power x 30% RTP and when a peripheral control rod is not selected every 92 days.

This change is more restrictive since a periodic surveillance has been included.

This will ensure the RBM is Operable when required to limit the consequences of a single control rod withdrawal error event during power operation.

2

'f a

Revision K rayc Vi JAFNPP

DISCUSSION OF CHANGES ITS: 3.3.2.1 - CONTROL ROD BLOCK INSTRUMENTATION TECHNICAL CHANGES

- MORE RESTRICTIVE M5 A new CHANNEL FUNCTIONAL TEST (ITS SR 3.3.2.1.3) surveillance is proposed to be added similar to CTS 4.3.B.3.a.4 in MODE 1 when Thermal Power is : l0% to ensure the RWM is Operable with the reactor mode switch in RUN.

The test is required every 92 days and is consistent with NEDC-30851-P-A, "Technical Specification Improvement Analysis for BWR Control Rod Block Instrumentation," October 1988.

M6 A new SR is proposed to be added to the surveillances of CTS 4.3.B.3.

SR 3.3.2.1.6 will verify every 24 months that the Rod Worth Minimizer (RWM) is not bypassed when Thermal Power is : 10%.

The RWM may be bypassed when power is above 10%.

However, the existing specifications (CTS 4.3.B.3) do not have an explicit requirement to verify the setpoint of the RWM bypass feature.

This change represents an additional restriction on plant operations necessary to ensure the RWM Function is Operable when required.

TECHNICAL CHANGES - LESS RESTRICTIVE (GENERIC)

LA1 The specific details in the "Total Number of Instrument Channels Provided By Design" column of CTS Table 3.2-3 are proposed to be relocated to the Bases.

Placing these details in the Bases provides assurance they will be maintained.

The requirements of ITS 3.3.2.1 which require the Control Rod Block Instrumentation to be OPERABLE, the definition of OPERABILITY, and the proposed Required Action and surveillances suffice.

As such, these details are not required to be in the ITS to provide adequate protection of public health and safety.

Changes to the Bases will be controlled by the provisions of the Bases Control Program described in Chapter 5 of the ITS.

LA2 The requirements of CTS 4.3.B.3.a.2. 3 and CTS 4.3.B.3.b.2 are proposed to be relocated to the Technical Requirements Manual.

The RWM computer on line diagnostic test in CTS 4.3.B.3.a.2 and CTS 4.3.B.3.b.2 and the proper annunciation of the selection error in CTS 4.3.B.3.a.3 are not required to ensure the rod block function is properly working.

ITS SRs 3.3.2.1.2 and 3.3.2.1.3 demonstrate the proper operation of the rod block function.

Therefore, these tests do not need to be included in the ITS to ensure RWM remains Operable.

The requirements of the LCO and the associated RWM surveillances and the definition of OPERABILITY suffice.

As such, these details are not required to be in the ITS to provide adequate protection of public health and safety.

Changes to the relocated requirements in the TRM will be controlled by the provisions of 10 CFR 50.59.

JAFNPP Page 4 of 9 Revision K

DISCUSSION OF CHANGES ITS: 3.3.2.1 - CONTROL ROD BLOCK INSTRUMENTATION TECHNICAL CHANGES

- LESS RESTRICTIVE (GENERIC)

LA3 The details in CTS 4.3.B.3.a.4 related to the performance of the Rod Worth Minimizer (RWM)

Channel Functional Test is proposed to be relocated to the Bases.

These testing details do not need to be included in the Specifications to ensure the RWM remains Operable.

The requirements of ITS 3.3.2.1 which require the RWM to be Operable and the definition of OPERABILITY suffices.

Changes to the Bases will be controlled by the provisions of the Bases Control Program described in Chapter 5 of the ITS.

LA4 Not Used.

LA5 The detail in CTS Table 3.2-3 that the Rod Block Monitor is Flow-Biased is proposed to be relocated to the Bases.

The requirement in ITS LCO 3.3.2.1 that the control rod block instrumentation for each Function in Table 3.3.2.1-1 shall be OPERABLE and the specific requirement in ITS Table 3.3.2.1-1 (Function 1.a) for the Rod Block Monitor-Upscale Function is sufficient to ensure the instrumentation remains OPERABLE.

The Bases describes the design of the instrumentation channel.

As such.

these details are not required to be in the ITS to provide adequate protection of public health and safety.

Changes to the Bases will be controlled by the provisions of the Bases Control Program described in Chapter 5 of the ITS.

LA6 The requirement in CTS 3.3.B.3.a and CTS 3.3.B.3.c that the second individual be a "reactor" or "senior" operator or a "reactor engineer" is proposed to be relocated to the Bases.

In addition, the requirement in CTS 3.3.B.3.c that the individuals shall have no other concurrent duties during rod withdrawal or insertion (when the rod worth minimizer is inoperable and a control rod is being moved) is also proposed to be relocated to the Bases.

If the rod worth minimizer is inoperable during a reactor startup, ITS 3.3.2.1 Required Actions C.2.2 and D.1 require the verification of movement of control rods is in compliance with bank position withdrawal sequence (BPWS) by a second licensed operator or by another qualified member of the technical staff during control rod movement.

The Bases identifies these individuals and, for Required Action C.2.2 only, states that these individuals shall have no other concurrent duties.

As such, these details are not required to be in the ITS to provide adequate protection of public health and safety.

Changes to the Bases will be controlled by the provisions of the Bases Control Program described in Chapter 5 of the ITS.

__ra F 0I J

Revision K JAFNPP ravc

%J

DISCUSSION OF CHANGES ITS: 3.3.2.1 - CONTROL ROD BLOCK INSTRUMENTATION TECHNICAL CHANGES - LESS RESTRICTIVE (SPECIFIC)

Li The requirements in Table 3.2-3 (Note 2, Action B), and CTS 3.3.B.5 concerning operations on a limiting control rod pattern have been deleted.

Since a limiting control rod pattern is defined as operating on a power distribution limit (such as APLHGR or MCPR), the condition is extremely unlikely.

The status of power distribution limits does not affect the OPERABILITY of the RBM and therefore, no additional requirements on the RBM System are required (e.g., that it be tripped immediately with a channel inoperable while on a limiting control rod pattern).

Adequate requirements on power distribution limits are specified in the LCOs in ITS Section 3.2.

Furthermore, due to the improbability of operating on or above a limiting control rod pattern, the ACTIONS would almost never be required.

Therefore, the current Actions in Table 3.2-3 Action B as modified by M3 are acceptable for all inoperabilities of the RBM and are included as ITS 3.3.2.1 ACTIONS and B.

L2 CTS 4.2.C (Table 4.2-3) requires an Instrument Check (Channel Check) of the RBM Upscale and Downscale once per day.

ITS 3.3.2.1 does not require a Channel Check of these Functions.

The RBM automatically re nulls itself whenever a control rod is selected and retains the latest setting until another control rod is selected, making the performance of a Channel Check during static conditions (i.e., a daily channel check) of no safety benefit. Specifically, at the time a control rod is selected for movement, the RBM automaticallly readjusts its input and output readings (different LPRM inputs associated with the rod selected and re-normalization), i.e., "renulling."

At this time, the operator is in direct observation and monitoring of the control rod movement and RBM response: in essence, performing a continuous instrument check during the time the RBM is performing its safety function (i.e., during control rod withdrawal).

Therefore, a routine daily check of the RBMs during static conditions, prior to the renulling that occurs when a control rod is selected for movement, adds no assurance of safety. Accordingly, the elimination of a formal Channel Check for this instrument is acceptable.

L3 CTS 4.3.B.3.a.4 requires a demonstration of the rod block function during startup, prior to the start of control rod withdrawal.

ITS 3.3.2.1 will require a CHANNEL FUNCTIONAL TEST of the RWM every 92 days in MODE.2 (SR 3.3.2.1.2).

ITS SR 3.3.2.1.2 will be modified by a Note stating that the CHANNEL FUNCTIONAL TEST is not required during a startup until 1 hour1.157407e-5 days <br />2.777778e-4 hours <br />1.653439e-6 weeks <br />3.805e-7 months <br /> after any control rod is withdrawn at

  • 10% RTP in MODE 2.

The addition of this Note and the change in Frequency to 92 days makes the proposed requirement for a CHANNEL FUNCTIONAL TEST less restrictive because the Surveillance Test is not required until 1 hour1.157407e-5 days <br />2.777778e-4 hours <br />1.653439e-6 weeks <br />3.805e-7 months <br /> after the RWM is required to be Operable. and the test is not required Revision K JAFNPP rage b uv

DISCUSSION OF CHANGES ITS: 3.3.2.1 - CONTROL ROD BLOCK INSTRUMENTATION TECHNICAL CHANGES LESS RESTRICTIVE (SPECIFIC)

L3 (continued) to be performed at startup if performed in the previous 92 days.

In addition, a CHANNEL FUNCTIONAL TEST will be required in MODE 1 in accordance with SR 3.3.2.1.3, but not until 1 hour1.157407e-5 days <br />2.777778e-4 hours <br />1.653439e-6 weeks <br />3.805e-7 months <br /> after Thermal Power is g 10% RTP (see M5).

The Rod Worth Minimizer does not monitor core thermal conditions but simply enforces preprogrammed rod patterns as a backup intended to prevent reactor operator error in selecting or positioning control rods.

The RWM is a reliable system, as shown by both a review of maintenance history and by successful completion of previous startup surveillances.

As a result, the effect on safety due to the extended Surveillance is small.

Also, the increased testing prior to each startup increases the wear on the instruments, thereby reducing overall reliability.

Therefore, an additional Surveillance other than the quarterly Surveillance is not needed to assure the instruments will perform their associated safety function.

In addition, other similar rod block functions have a 92 day CHANNEL FUNCTIONAL TEST.

The Note changes are acceptable since the only way the required Surveillances can be performed prior to entry in the specified condition is by utilizing jumpers or lifted leads.

Use of these devices is not recommended since minor errors in their use may significantly increase the probability of a reactor ransient or event which is a precursor to a previously analyzed accident.

Therefore, time is allowed to conduct the Surveillances after entering the specified condition.

L4 The Frequency in CTS 4.3.B.3.a and CTS 4.3.B.3.b to verify the correctness of the RWM program sequence during startup, prior to the start of control rod withdrawal and during shutdown prior to attaining 10% rated power during rod insertion has been changed to require the verification only prior to declaring RWM OPERABLE following loading of the Sequence into RWM.

This change is acceptable since this is when rod sequence input errors are possible.

This change is consistent with NUREG-1433, Revision 1.

L5 The proposed change adds Note 1 to the quarterly CHANNEL CALIBRATION Surveillance Requirement in CTS Table 4.2-3 for the RBM Upscale and Downscale Functions (SR 3.3.2.1.5) excluding the neutron detectors from the Surveillance.

The CHANNEL CALIBRATION is a complete check of the instrument loop and the sensor.

The test verifies that the channel responds to the measured parameter within the necessary range and accuracy.

The neutron detectors are excluded from the CHANNEL CALIBRATIONS because they are passive devices with minimal drift, and because of the difficulty of simulating a meaningful signal.

Changes in 7

f Revision K JAFNPP ravu i

DISCUSSION OF CHANGES ITS: 3.3.2.1 - CONTROL ROD BLOCK INSTRUMENTATION TECHNICAL CHANGES

- LESS RESTRICTIVE (SPECIFIC)

L5 (continued) neutron detector sensitivity are compensated for by performance of the 7 day calorimetric calibration (SR 3.3.1.1.2) and the 1000 MWD/T LPRM calibration against the TIPs (SR 3.3.1.1.7).

The change is consistent with NUREG-1433, Revision 1.

L6 CTS 4.3.B.5 requires the performance of a functional test on a RBM when a limiting control rod pattern exists prior to the withdrawal of the designated rod(s).

This testing requirement is proposed to be deleted from the current Technical Specifications.

Operation with a limiting control rod pattern is analogous to operating on a power distribution limit, such as APLHGR or MCPR.

There is no correlation between power distribution limits and its affect on the operability of the RBM.

Therefore, initiation of surveillance testing of the RBM based on the status of power distribution limits does not increase the likelihood of identifying an inoperable RBM.

In fact, since operating on a limiting control rod pattern is extremely unlikely, this surveillance requirement would most likely never be performed.

Furthermore, an analysis of the operating experience associated with the performance of RBM instrument functional testing and calibration testing (CTS Table 4.2-3) demonstrates that these surveillance tests, which are performed at a 92 day interval, are indicative of a very high degree of reliability for a RBM instrument channel.

These testing requirements and their associated test intervals (i.e., functional/calibration testing at 92 day intervals) are maintained in the ITS by SR 3.3.2.1.5.

As discussed in the DOC A4, calibration testing includes all the requirements of a channel functional test.

Accordingly, based on the above evaluation, the Licensee has concluded that the deletion of this CTS testing requirement would have an insignificant affect on nuclear safety.

This change is consistent with NUREG-1433, Revision 1.

L7 CTS Table 3.2-3 requires the RBM to be Operable when reactor power is greater than or equal to 30%.

In the ITS, this requirement is maintained in Table 3.3.2.1-1 Footnote (a) except when a peripheral control rod is selected.

This change is acceptable since with a peripheral rod selected the consequences of a control rod withdrawal error event will not exceed the MCPR SL.

In addition, this change is consistent with the design of the RBM circuitry.

That is when a peripheral control rod is selected the RBM is automatically bypassed and the output set to zero.

Revision K Page 8 of 9 JAFNPP

DISCUSSION OF CHANGES ITS: 3.3.2.1 - CONTROL ROD BLOCK INSTRUMENTATION TECHNICAL CHANGES - LESS RESTRICTIVE (SPECIFIC)

LB The requirement in CTS 3.3.B.3.d to prepare and submit a report to the NRC within 30 days of a plant startup without the RWM Operable is proposed to be deleted from the Technical Specifications.

This special report states the reason for the RWM inoperability, the action taken to restore it. and the schedule for returning the RWM to an operable status.

This special report provides a mechanism to review the appropriateness of licensee activities after-the-fact, but provides no regulatory authority once the report is submitted (i.e., no requirement for NRC approval).

The Quality Assurance requirements of 10 CFR 50, Appendix B, provide assurance that appropriate corrective actions will be taken.

Given that the report was required to be provided to the Commission within 30 days following the startup, report completion and submittal was clearly not necessary to assure operation of the facility in a safe manner for the interval between startup of the unit and submittal of the report.

Accordingly, based on the above evaluation, the RWM Special Report is not required to be in the current Technical Specifications nor the ITS.

This change is consistent with NUREG-1433.

TECHNICAL CHANGES - RELOCATIONS R1 CTS 2.1.A.1.d, Tables 3.2-3 and 4.2-3 and the Notes to these Tables include the Safety Limits, LCOs and SRs for Rod Block functions associated with the APRMs,

IRMs, SRMs, and Scram Discharge Volume Level.

These requirements are being relocated to the Technical Requi rements Manual (TRM).

The APRM, IRM, SRM, and Scram Discharge Volume (SDV) rod blocks are intended to prevent control rod withdrawal when plant conditions make such withdrawal imprudent.

However, there are no safety analyses that depend upon these rod blocks to prevent, mitigate or establish initial conditions for design basis accidents or transients.

The evaluation summarized in NEDO-31466 determined that the loss of the

APRM, IRM, SRM, and Scram Discharge Volume rod blocks would be a non significant risk contributor to core damage frequency and offsite releases.

The results of this evaluation have been determined to be applicable to JAFNPP.

Therefore, this instrumentation does not satisfy 10 CFR 50.36(c)(2)(ii) for inclusion in the Technical Specifications as documented in the Application of Selection Criteria to the JAFNPP Technical Specifications.

The TRM will be incorporated by reference into the UFSAR at ITS implementation.

Changes to the TRM will be controlled by the provisions of 10 CFR 50.59.

Revision K Page 9 of 9 JAFNPP

Control Rod Block Instrumentation 3.3.2.1 SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS continued SURVEILLANCE FREQUENC FREQUENCY SR 3.33.22.1.0@----- -------------- NOTE--7-------

Not required to be performed until 1 hour1.157407e-5 days <br />2.777778e-4 hours <br />1.653439e-6 weeks <br />3.805e-7 months <br /> after reactor mode switch is in the shutdown position.

Perform CHANNEL FUNCTIONAL TEST.

SR 3. 3. 2. 1.VS NOT

/

Neutron detectors are excluded

~PPerform CHANNEL CALIBRATION.t SR 3.3.2.

Verify control rod sequences input to the Prior to 9

RWM are in conformance with BPWS.

declaring RWM 7f OPERABLE following loading of sequence into 3

RWM o

33

-,I't

?,,-

+ -0 Rev 1, 04/07/95 BWR/4 STS

.5.J-17

Control Rod Block Instrumentation 3.3.2.1 Table 3.3.2.1-1 (pa0 1 of 1)

Control Rod slock 1nstr uwstion APPLICAILE APPLI CABLE NWSOS OR OTNE.

SPECIFIED COMMO1NS CPANNELS

~.Dow~l*U3.3 21.0 divisi.onso S*3,3.2.1,*

.full scale 1.Syaa i La C=d,)

e U

SL3.~

120 sa,o;;.

  • ,,,..T,~

~ 1.,

1 a a]

m Rod Worth Hinimizer SR 3.3.2.1.2 NA

, 3 3.2.1.3 SR 3.3.2. 1.&

sa 3.3.2.1.&fNA 7

SC) THEESAL A

E843 % a nld C90MX an "C~

t(

(d)

THERPAL R t 90% RTP and isA (a)

THE POWER~

P 643% mold A0 TP and Wit 1

With THERMAL POWER 5 s p

L

ý Q

~

)Reactor monde switch in thie Shutdown posMtOn.

3.3-20 Rev 1, 04/07/95 tZeAJIS'Ovl K\\

r.* *.-3j

f.

Inop pot-]

32 3,

Position I,&~

BWR/4 STS (6

20 -:Lý

JUSTIFICATION FOR DIFFERENCES FROM NUREG-1433.

REVISION 1 ITS: 3.3.2.1 - CONTROL ROD BLOCK INSTRUMENTATION RETENTION OF EXISTING REQUIREMENT (CLB)

CLB1 ITS SR 3.3.2.1.5, the 92 day RBM Channel Calibration Surveillance, is modified by the addition of Note 2 that excludes the recirculation loop flow signal portion of the channel.

-CTS Table 4.1-2, "Flow Bias Signal," requires an "internal power and flow test with standard pressure source" calibration on a refueling interval.

This flow bias signal provides input to both the APRM Neutron Flux-High (Flow Biased)

RPS scram Function and to the RBM-Upscale control rod block Function.

CTS 3/4.2.C does not have a specific flow bias signal line item, thus the calibration required by CTS Table 4.1-2 covers the RBM requirements as well as the RPS requirements, of the recirculation loop flow signal.

Therefore, the RBM Channel Calibration requirement in SR 3.3.2.1.5 is modified to exclude the recirculation loop flow signal portion of the channel.

ITS SR 3.3.2.1.8 requires calibration of the recirculation loop flow signal portion of the channel and the Bases notes that performance of ITS SR 3.3.2.1.8 also satisfies ITS SR 3.3.1.1.12.

CLB2 The Allowable Value of the RBM upscale is located in the COLR.

This was accepted in JAFNPP Technical Specification Amendment No. 162.

This allowance is consistent with the guidance in Generic Letter 88-16 for the removal of cycle-specific parameter limits from the Technical Specifications to the COLR.

CLB3 The CTS allows only one startup with the RWM inoperable (i.e.,

inoperable prior to withdrawal of the first 12 control rods) per calendar year.

The words in ISTS Required Action C.2.1.2, "performed in the last calendar year" could allow multiple startups with the RWM inoperable in the current calendar year, since the check only looks at the last (i.e., previous) calendar year.

Therefore, consistent with the current licensing basis, the word "last" has been changed to "current."

PLANT-SPECIFIC WORDING PREFERENCE OR MINOR EDITORIAL IMPROVEMENT (PA)

PAl None PLANT-SPECIFIC DIFFERENCE IN THE DESIGN (DB)

DB1 The RWM is required to be Operable at < 10% RTP as specified 4.3.B.3.a.4.

This requirement is consistent with the design analysis assumptions.

Therefore, the bracketed value of 10%

retained in the ITS throughout the Specification.

in CTS bases has been DB2 The brackets have been removed and the Surveillance Frequency of 92 days is retained in ITS SR 3.3.2.1.2 and SR 3.3.2.1.3.

This Frequency is JAFNPP Page 1 of 3 Revision K ILŽ

JUSTIFICATION FOR DIFFERENCES FROM NUREG-1433, REVISION 1 ITS: 3.3.2.1 - CONTROL ROD BLOCK INSTRUMENTATION PLANT-SPECIFIC DIFFERENCE IN THE DESIGN (DB)

DB3 ITS SR 3.3.2.1.4 has been added in accordance with M4.

The bracketed Frequency of 18 months has been changed to 92 days and the bracketed Surveillance Note (Neutron detectors are excluded) retained.

The surveillance has been re-written to conform to the JAFNPP plant design.

The Surveillance ensures the RBM is Operable when required.

DB4 ISTS SR 3.3.2.1.7. (Channel Calibration of RBM Upscale control rod block Function (except for the recirculation loop from signal portion of the channel) and RBM Downscale control rod block Function channels) is currently performed every 92 days therefore the surveillance has been placed in its appropriate location and renumbered as SR 3.3.2.1.5.

Subsequent surveillances have been renumbered, where applicable.

This Surveillance Frequency is consistent with methodology in determining the associated Allowable Values for these Functions.

Since the Calibration is performed every 92 days there is no need for a CHANNEL FUNCTIONAL TEST, therefore SR 3.3.2.1.1 has been removed from these Functions in the Table.

DB5 SR 3.3.2.1.1, a CHANNEL FUNCTIONAL TEST, has been added in accordance with Ml for the RBM Inop function.

The bracketed Frequency of 92 days is retained since it is consistent with NEDC-30851-P-A.

DB6 The bracketed Surveillance Frequency of ITS SR 3.3.2.1.6 is changed from 18 months to 24 months as justified in the associated Bases for this surveillance.

The trip setpoint methodology assumes a Frequency of 24 months between calibrations.

DB7 The bracketed Surveillance Frequency of ITS SR 3.3.2.1.7 has been changed from 18 to 24 months since the test should be performed during a plant outage to minimize any unplanned transients as described in the Bases for this SR.

DB8 The brackets have been removed and the proper number of channels included for each Function in Table 3.3.2.1-1.

The values are consistent with the current requirements in CTS Table 3.2.3 for Functions l.a, 1.c, and CTS 3.3.B.3 for the Rod Worth Minimizer.

The requirements for Function 1.b (RBM-Inop) and Function 3 (Reactor Mode Switch-Shutdown) have been added in accordance with M1 and M2.

The specified number of channels are consistent with the plant design.

DB9 Table 3.3.2.1-1 Functions 1.b. 1.c and 1.f are not applicable to JAFNPP.

Therefore these Functions have been removed from the Table.

Subsequent Functions have been renumbered, where applicable.

2 f 11 Revision K JAFNPP r awc V*

Control Rod Block Instrumentation B 3.3.2.1 adjusted to account for instrument drifts between successive calibrations consistent with the plant s ecific setpoint Laethodol ogy f~

tneutron detectors

-from the CHANNEL CALIBRATION because they are passive devices, with min*

drift, and because of the difficulty of simulating a meaningful signal.

Neutron detectors are adequately tested in SL.3.1.14.AdR,3.3. 1, 1

O44 sSz S.. 2.

/S The retluency is based n the assumption of ad* 40 calibration interval in the determination of the magnitude of equipment drift in the setpoint analysis..

"ora;X~

"I gin'6 The RWN will only enforce the proper control rod sequence if the rod sequence is properly input into the RWN computer.

This SR ensures that the proper sequence is loaded into the RMN so that it can perform its intended function.

The Surveillance is performed once prior to declaring RbH4 OPERABLE following loading of sequence into RWs

, since this is when rod sequence input errors are possible.

b2o~

SDINSERT SR-1 SR 3.3.2.1.5 is modified by two Notes.

Note 1 to SR 3.3.2.1.5 excludes 6 DpltINSERT SR-2 Note 2 to SR 3.3.2.1.5 excludes the recirculation loop flow signal portion of the channel from the CHANNEL CALIBRATION, since this portion of the channel is calibrated by SR 3.3.2.1.8.

k>

INSERT SR-3 SR 3.3.2.1.8 is modified by a Note that excludes all portions of channel except the recirculation loop flow signal from CHANNEL CALIBRATION.

SR 3.3.2.1.5, in conjunction with SR 3.3.2.1.8, results in calibration of the entire channel.

Since the recirculation loop flow signal is also a portion of the APRM Neutron Flux-High (Flow Biased) RPS scram Function channels (Table 3.3.1.1-1. RPS Instrumentation, Function 2.b), satisfactory performance of SR 3.3.2.1.8 also results in satisfactory completion of SR 3.3.1.1.12 for the associated APRM Neutron Flux-High (Flow Biased) RPS scram Function channels.

A INSERT SR-4 The Frequency of SR 3.372..'.8 is based upon the assumption of a 24 month calibration interval in the determination of the magnitude of the equipment drift in the setpoint analysis.

Revision K Insert Page B 3.3-54

Control Rod Block Instrumentation 3.3.2.1 SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS (continued)

SURVEILLANCE SR 3.3.2.1.2


NOTE ------------------

Not required to be performed until 1 hour1.157407e-5 days <br />2.777778e-4 hours <br />1.653439e-6 weeks <br />3.805e-7 months <br /> after any control rod is withdrawn at S10% RTP in MODE 2.

Perform CHANNEL FUNCTIONAL TEST.

SR 3.3.2.1.3 NOTE...................

Not required to be performed until 1 hour1.157407e-5 days <br />2.777778e-4 hours <br />1.653439e-6 weeks <br />3.805e-7 months <br /> after THERMAL POWER is

  • 10% RTP in MODE 1.

Perform CHANNEL FUNCTIONAL TEST.

SR 3.3.2.1.4 SR 3.3.2.1.5 NOTE...................

Neutron detectors are excluded.

Verify the RBM is not bypassed:

a.

When THERMAL POWER is k 30% RTP: and

b.

When a peripheral control rod is not selected.

NOTES--...............

1.

Neutron detectors are excluded.

2.

For Function l.a, the recirculation loop flow signal portion of the channel is excluded.

Perform CHANNEL CALIBRATION.

FREQUENCY 92 days 92 days 92 days 92 days (continued)

Amendment (Rev. K)

JAFNPP I

3.3-18

Control Rod Block Instrumentation 3.3.2.1 SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS (continued)

SURVEILLANCE SR 3.3.2.1.6 Verify the RWM is not bypassed when THERMAL POWER is -,

10% RTP.

SR 3.3.2.1.7

.................. NOTE ------------------

Not required to be performed until 1 hour1.157407e-5 days <br />2.777778e-4 hours <br />1.653439e-6 weeks <br />3.805e-7 months <br /> after reactor mode switch is in the shutdown position.

Perform CHANNEL FUNCTIONAL TEST.

SR 3.3.2.1.8 NOTE ------------------

For Function l.a. all portions of the channel except the recirculation loop flow signal portion are excluded.

Perform CHANNEL CALIBRATION.

SR 3.3.2.1.9 Verify control rod sequences input to the RWM are in conformance with BPWS.

FREQUENCY 24 months 24 months 24 months Prior to declaring RWM OPERABLE following loading of sequence into RWM Amendment (Rev. K)

JAFNPP A

1A 3.3-19

Control Rod Block Instrumentation 3.3.2.1 Table 3.3.2.1-1 (page 1 of 1)

Control Rod Block Instrumentation APPLICABLE MODES OR OTHER SPECIFIED REQUIRED SURVEILLANCE ALLOWABLE FUNCTION CONDITIONS CHANNELS REQUIREMENTS VALUE

1.

Rod Block Monitor

a.

Upscale 2

(a)

(a)

(a)

b.

Inop

c.

Downscale SR 3.3.2.1.4 As specified in SR 3.3.2.1.5 the COLR SR 3.3.2.1.8 2

SR 3.3.2.1.1 NA SR 3.3.2.1.4 2

SR 3.3.2.1.4 k 2.5/125 SR 3.3.2.1.5 divisions of full scale

2.

Rod Worth Minimizer

3.

Reactor Mode Switch-Shutdown Position (a)

(b)

(c) 1(b), 2(b)

(c) 1 2

SR 3.3.2.1.2 SR 3.3.2.1.3 SR 3.3.2.1.6 SR 3.3.2.1.9 NA SR 3.3.2.1.7 NA THERMAL POWER z 30% RTP and no peripheral control rod selected.

With THERMAL POWER s 10 RTP.

Reactor mode switch in the shutdown position.

Amendment (Rev. K)

JAFNPP 3.3-20

Control Rod Block Instrumentation B 3.3.2.1 BASES SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS SR 3.3.2.1.2 and SR 3.3.2.1.3 (continued) state of a single contact of the relay.

This clarifies what is an acceptable CHANNEL FUNCTIONAL TEST of a relay.

This is acceptable because all of the other required contacts of the relay are verified by' other Technical Specifications and non-Technical Specifications tests at least once per refueling interval with the applicable extensions.

The CHANNEL FUNCTIONAL TEST for the RWM is" erformed by attempting to withdraw a control rod no ce with the prescribed sequence and verifying a control rod block occurs. As noted in the SRs, SR 3.3.2.1.2 is not required to be performed until 1 hour1.157407e-5 days <br />2.777778e-4 hours <br />1.653439e-6 weeks <br />3.805e-7 months <br /> after any control rod is withdrawn at < 10% RTP in MODE 2 and, SR 3.3.2.1.3 is not required to be performed until 1 hour1.157407e-5 days <br />2.777778e-4 hours <br />1.653439e-6 weeks <br />3.805e-7 months <br /> after THERMAL POWER is

< 10% RTP in MODE 1. This allows entry into MODE 2 for SR 3.3.2.1.2. and entry into MODE 1 when THERMAL POWER is

10% RTP for SR 3.3.2.1.3, to perform the required Surveillance if the 92 day Frequency is not met per SR 3.0.2.

The 1 hour1.157407e-5 days <br />2.777778e-4 hours <br />1.653439e-6 weeks <br />3.805e-7 months <br /> allowance is based on operating experience and in consideration of providin a reasonable time in which to complete the SRs.

The 92 gay Frequencies are based on reliability analysis (Ref. 9).

SR 3.3.2.1.4 The RBM is automatically bypassed when power is below a specified value or if a peripheral control rod is selected.

The power level is determined from the APRM signals input to each RBM channel.

The automatic bypass must be verified periodically to be < 30% RTP.

In addition, it must also be verified that the RBM is not bypassed when a non-peripheral control rod is selected (only one non-peripheral control rod is required to be verified).

If any bypass setpoint is nonconservative, then the affected RBM channel is considered inoperable.

Alternatively, the APRM channel can be placed in the conservative condition (i.e., enabling the nonbypass).

If placed in this condition, the SR is met and the RBM channel is not considered inoperable.

As noted, neutron detectors are excluded from the Surveillance because they are passive devices, with minimal drift, and because of the difficulty of simulating a meaningful signal.

Neutron detectors are adequately tested in SR 3.3.1.1.2 and SR 3.3.1.1.7.

The 92 day Frequency is based on the actual trip setpoint methodology utiTized for these channels.

SR 3.3.2.1.5 and SR 3.3.2.1.8 A CHANNEL CALIBRATION is a com.plete check of the instrument loop and the sensor.

This test verifies the channel responds to the measured parameter within the necessary (continued)

""3 1_*

Revision K JAFNPP D

,.). o-

  • Ju

Control Rod Block Instrumentation B 3.3.2.1 BASES SURVEILLANCE SR 3.3.2.1.5 and SR 3.3.2.1.8 (continued)

AL\\

REQUIREMENTS range and accuracy.

CHANNEL CALIBRATION leaves the channel adjusted to account for instrument drifts between successive calibrations consistent with the plant specific setpoint methodology.

SR 3.3.2.1.5 is modified by two Notes.

Note 1 to I/K SR 3.3.2.1.5 excludes neutron detectors from the CHANNEL CALIBRATION because they are passive devices, with minimal drift, and because of the difficulty of simulating a meaningful signal.

Neutron detectors are adequately tested in SR 3.3.1.1.2 and SR 3.3.1.1.7.

Note 2 to SR 3.3.2.1.5 excludes the recirculation loop flow signal portion of the channel from the CHANNEL CALIBRATION. since this portion of the channel is calibrated by SR 3.3.2.1.8.

SR 3.3.2.1.8 is modified by a Note that excludes all portions of channel except the recirculation loop flow signal from CHANNEL CALIBRATION.

SR 3.3.2.1.5. in conjunction with SR 3.3.2.1.8. results in calibration of the entire channel.

Since the recirculation loop flow signal is also a portion of the APRM Neutron Flux-Higgh (Flow Biased)

RPS scram Function channels (Table 3.3.1.1-1. RPS Instrumentation, Function 2.b), satisfactory performance of SR 3.3.2.1.8 also results in satisfactory completion of SR 3.3.1.1.12 for the associated APRM Neutron Flux-High (Flow Biased) RPS scram Function channels.

The Frequency of SR 3.3.2.1.5 is based upon the assumption of a 92 day calibration interval in the determination of the magnitude of equipment drift in the setpoint analysis.

The Frequency of SR 3.3.2.1.8 is based upon the assumption of a 24 month calibration interval in the determination of the magnitude of the equipment drift in the setpoint analysis.

SR 3.3.2.1.6 The RWM is automatically bypassed when power is above a spcified value.

The power level is determined from steam flow signals compensated for steam pressure.

The automatic bypass setpoint must be verified periodically to be 1-0% RTP.

If the RWM low power setpoint is nonconservative, then the RWM is considered inoperable.

Alternately, the low power setpoint channel can be placed in the conservative condition (nonbypass).

If placed in the nonbypassed condition, the SR is met and the RWM is not considered inoperable.

The Frequency is based on the trip setpoint methodology utilized for the low power setpoint channel.

(continued)

Revision K B 3.3-57 JAFNPP

Control Rod Block Instrumentation B 3.3.2.1 BASES SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS (continued)

SR 3.3.2.1.7 A CHANNEL FUNCTIONAL TEST is performed for the Reactor Mode Switch-Shutdown Position Function to ensure that the entire channel will perform the intended function.

A successful test of the required contact(s) of a channel relay may be performed by the verification of the change of state of a single contact of the relay.

This clarifies what is an acceptable CHANNEL FUNCTIONAL TEST of a relay.

This is acceptable because all of the other reguired contacts of the relay are verified by other Technical Specifications and non-Technical Specifications tests at least once per refueling interval with the applicable extensions.

The CHANNEL FUNCTIONAL TEST for the Reactor_ Mode Switch-Shutdown Position Function is performed by atte.pting to withdraw any control rod with the reactor mode switch in the shutdown position and verifying a control rod block occurs.

As noted in the SR, the Surveillance is not required to be performed until 1 hour1.157407e-5 days <br />2.777778e-4 hours <br />1.653439e-6 weeks <br />3.805e-7 months <br /> after the reactor mode switch is in the shutdown position, since testing of this interlock with the reactor mode switch in any other position cannot be prformed without using jumpers, lifted leads, or movable Sinks.

This allows entry into MODES 3 and 4 if the 24 month Frequency is not met per SR 3.0.2.

The 1 hour1.157407e-5 days <br />2.777778e-4 hours <br />1.653439e-6 weeks <br />3.805e-7 months <br /> allowance is based on operating experience and in consideration of providing a reasonable time in which to complete the SRs.

The 24 month Frequency is based on the need to perform this Surveillance under the conditions that apply during a plant outage and the potential for an unplanned transient if the Surveillance were performed with the reactor at power.

Oerating experience has shown these components usually pass t e Surveillance when performed at the 24 month Frequency.

SR 3.3.2.1.9 The RWM will only enforce the proper control rod sequence if the rod sequence is properly input into the RWM computer.

This SR ensures that the proper sequence is loaded into the RWM so that it can perform its intended function.

The (continued)

"D '*~ *_Revision K

JAFNPP I

D O.O'*Q

Control Rod Block Instrumentation B 3.3.2.1 BASES SURVEILLANCE SR 3.3.2.1.9 (continued)

REQUIREMENTS Surveillance is performed once prior to declaring RWM OPERABLE following loading of sequence into RWM, since this is when rod sequence input errors are possible.

REFERENCES

1.

UFSAR, Section 7.5.8.2.

2.

UFSAR, Section 7.16.5.3.

3. NEDE-24011-P-A, General Electric Standard Application for Reactor Fuel, Supplement for United States, Section S.2.2.1.5, (Revision specified in the COLR).
4.

10 CFR 50.36(c)(2)(ii).

5.

UFSAR, Section 14.6.1.2.

6.

NRC SER, Acceptance of Referencing of Licensing Topical Report NEDE-24011-P-A, General Electric Standard Application for Reactor Fuel, Revision 8, Amendment

, December 27, 1987.

7.

Letter from T.A. Pickens (BWROG) to G.C. Lainas (NRC),

Amendment 17 to General Electric Licensing Topical Report NEDE-24011-P-A, BWROG-8644, August 15, 1986.

8.

GENE-770-06-1-A, Addendum to Bases for Changes to Surveillance Test Intervals and Allowed Out-of-Service Times for Selected Instrumentation Technical Specifications, December 1992.

9. NEDC-30851P-A, Supplement 1, Technical Specification "Improvement Analysis for BWR Control Rod Block Instrumentation, October 1988.

Revision K B 3.3-59 JAFNPP

4

  • p&C;-fCa 4 ioV 3-.-* -*I Minimum Number of Operable Instrument Channels Per Trip System (Notes 1 & 21

[LCD 3-q.I.lJ2 ELto '3.t10A.'12 Trip Function

-(

Reactor Pressure - High Reactor Water Level - Low Low IfAprfecoA iOV Aipplicable Modes

  • 1 psig
  • 10:5.4 iný II.53 Run [moi *i-J Run [oE P4 ) t6.J Amendment No. 227r3;-2--64, 2 7 3 JAFNIJP (4

1-*

76a r,*e s* of 6I(

3>

JAFNPP THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY BLANK p-

"I Amendment No. 237, 2 7 3 76c pa 1 v/oP (o

KJp.ev t o'

DISCUSSION OF CHANGES ITS SECTION 3.3.4.1: ATWS-RPT INSTRUMENTATION ADMINISTRATIVE CHANGES A7 (continued) for the Dete1rmination of Setpoints far Nuclear Safety-Related' Instrumentation."

This change revises the terminology used in the CTS from "Trip Level Setting" to "Allowable Value".

Since the instrumentation will be declared inoperable at the same numerical value, this change is considered administrative.

This change is consistent with NUREG-1433, Revision 1.

A8 CTS 3.2.G makes reference to the limiting conditions for operations for the instrumentation that trip(s) the recirculation pumps in CTS Table 3.2-7.

CTS 4.2.G requires the Recirculation Pump Trip instrumentation to be functional tested, calibrated and to test the associated logic as indicated in Table 4.2-7.

This cross-reference to the Tables has been deleted since ITS 3.3.4.1 does not include a Table.

All of the technical requirements of CTS Tables 3.2-7 and 4.2-7 are included in the ITS 3.3.4.1 LCO, Applicability, and Surveillances.

Since this change simply deletes this cross-reference, this change is considered administrative.

This change is consistent with NUREG-1433, Revision 1.

A9 Not used.

TECHNICAL CHANGES - MORE RESTRICTIVE M1 CTS Table 4.2-7 requires a daily performance of an ATWS-RPT Channel Check.

ITS SR 3.3.4.1 will require this test to be performed every 12 hours1.388889e-4 days <br />0.00333 hours <br />1.984127e-5 weeks <br />4.566e-6 months <br />.

The purpose of the Channel Check is to ensure that a gross failure of instrumentation has not occurred.

Thus, performance of the channel check helps to ensure that an undetected outright channel failure is limited to 12 hours1.388889e-4 days <br />0.00333 hours <br />1.984127e-5 weeks <br />4.566e-6 months <br />.

This change is consistent with NUREG 1433, Revision 1.

Revision K Page 3 of 8 JAFNPP

DISCUSSION OF CHANGES ITS SECTION 3.3.4.1: ATWS-RPT INSTRUMENTATION TECHNICAL CHANGES

- MORE RESTRICTIVE (continued)

M2 This change replaces the setpoints or Allowable Values (A7) in CTS Table 3.2-7, Reactor Pressure-High

The Allowable Value (to be included in the Technical Specifications) and the Trip Setpoint (to be included in plant procedures) have been established consistent with the NYPA Engineering Standards Manual, IES-3A, "Instrument Loop Accuracy and Setpoint Calculation Methodology."

The methodology used to determine the "Allowable Value" is consistent with the methodology discussed in ISA-$67.04-199 4, Part II, "Methodologies for the Determination of Setpoints for Nuclear Safety-Related Instrumentation."

The proposed value will ensure the most limiting requirement is met.

All design limits, applied in the methodologies, were confirmed as ensuring that applicable design requirements of the associated system is maintained.

M3 A NOTE (ITS 3.3.4.1 Required Action A.2 Note) has been added to CTS Table 3.2-7 Note l.a which specifies that the action to place a channel in trip is not applicable if the inoperable channel is a result of an inoperable breaker.

If a breaker is inoperable for opening, ATWS-RPT trip capability is not maintained for the associated operating recirculation pump, therefore placing the channel in trip would not be an appropriate action to take since tripping the channel would not cause the inoperable breaker to trip.

In this condition, the action should be taken according to CTS Table 3.2-7 Note 1: however, the CTS does not explicitly prohibit placing a channel in a tripped condition for this situation.

Therefore, a NOTE, as described above, has been added to the CTS Table 3.2-7 Note l.a.

Accordingly, the addition of this NOTE to the CTS is considered a more restrictive change.

This change is consistent with NUREG-1433, Revision 1.

TECHNICAL CHANGES LESS RESTRICTIVE (GENERIC)

LA1 The detail in CTS Table 3.2-7 that the Trip Level Setting of the Reactor Water Level

- Low Low Trip Function is referenced from the Top of Active Fuel (TAF) is proposed to be relocated to the Bases.

CTS 1.0.Z definition specifies that the Top of Active Fuel, corresponding to the top of the enriched fuel column of each fuel bundle, is located 352.5 inches above vessel zero, which is the lowest point in the inside bottom of the reactor pressure vessel.

(See General Electric drawing No. 919D690BD).

These details are also proposed to be relocated to the Bases.

The requirement in ITS LCO 3.3.4.1 that the ATWS instrumentation for each Function in Table 3.3.4.1-1 shall be OPERABLE, the requirements in the Table including the Allowable Value, the definition of Operability, the proposed Actions, and Surveillance Requirements are

-^

a

^Revision K

Page 4 v=

JAFNPP

ATWS-RPT Instrumentation 3.3.4.0 0--l ASt Rev 1, 04/07/95 REVISION K

2.G7\\

rkit1 v-'O BWR/4 STS 3.3-35

0 INSERT B 3.3.4.1-1 The Allowable Value was derived from the analysis performed in Reference 4.

It

( j INSERT Function a also provides an opportunity for the high pressure coolant injection (HPCI) and reactor core isolation cooling (RCIC) systems to recover water level if feedwater is not available.

The Allowable Value is referenced from a level of water 352.56 inches above the lowest point in the inside bottom of the RPV and also corresponds to the top of a 144 inch fuel column (Ref. 3).

The HPCI, RCIC and ATWS-RPT initiation functions (as described in Table 3.3.5.1-1, Function 3.a: Table 3.3.5.2-1, Function 1; and LCO 3.3.4.1.a including SR 3.3.4.1.4, respectively) describe the reactor vessel water level initiation function as "Low Low (Level 2)."

The Allowable Values associated with the HPCI and RCIC initiation function is different from the Allowable Value associated with the ATWS-RPT initiation function as the ATWS function has a separate analog trip unit.

Nevertheless, consistent with the nomenclature typically used in design documents. the "Low Low (Level 2)"

designation is retained in describing each of these three initiation functions.

Revision K Insert Page B 3.3-94

ATWS-RPT Instrumentation B 3.3.4.22 BASES Ll Required Action B.1 is intended to ensure that appropriate actions are taken if multiple, inoperable, untripped channels within the same Function result in the Function not maintaining ATWS-RPT trip capability.

A Function is

'considered to be maintaining ATWS-RPT trip capability when sufficient channels are OPERABLE or in trip such that the ATWS-RPT System will generate a trip signal from the given Function on a valid signal, and both recirculation pumps can be tripped.

This requires:

channelgAof the Function in-)

t~ rip system to each be OPERABLE or in trip, and the tWi~irccuattion pump drive mtrbreakers to be OPERABLE or in trip.

The 72 hour8.333333e-4 days <br />0.02 hours <br />1.190476e-4 weeks <br />2.7396e-5 months <br /> Completion Time is sufficient for the operator to take corrective action (e.g., restoration or tripping of channels) and takes into account the likelihood of an event requiring actuation of the ATWS-RPT instrumentation during this period and that one Function is still maintaining ATWS-RPT trip capability.

Required Action C.1 is intended to ensure that appropriate Actions are taken if multiple, inoperable, untripped channels within both Functions result in both Functions not maintaining ATWS-RPT trip capability.

The description of a Function maintaining ATbIS-RPT trip capability is discussed in the Bases for Required Action B.1 above.

The 1 hour1.157407e-5 days <br />2.777778e-4 hours <br />1.653439e-6 weeks <br />3.805e-7 months <br /> Completion Time is sufficient for the operator to take corrective action and takes into account the likelihood of an event requiring actuation of the ATWS-RPT instrumentation during this period.

With any Required Action and associated Completion Time not met, the plant must be brought to a MODE or other specified condition in which the LCO does not apply.

To achieve this status, the plant must be brought to at least MODE 2 within 6 hours6.944444e-5 days <br />0.00167 hours <br />9.920635e-6 weeks <br />2.283e-6 months <br /> (Required Action D.2).

Alternately, the associated recirculation pump may be removed from service since this (continued)

Rev 1, 04/07/95 REVISION Y /<

ACTIONS BWR/4 STS B 3.3-96

.- CPDA

ATWS-RPT Instrumentation B 3.3.4.

P BASES SURVEILLANCE SP "sn T Dr-Mnff (Th 2)

(continued) something even more serious.

gross channel failure; thus, instrumentation continues to

,.CHANNEL CALIBRATION.

A CHANNEL CHECK will detect it is key to verifying the operate properly between each g reement criteria are determined by the plant staff based

\\. _-"--J n a combination of the channel instrument uncertainties, including indication and readability.

If a channel is outside the criteria, it may be an indication that the instrument has drifted outside its limit.

The Frequency is based upon operating experience that demonstrates channel failure is rare.

The CHANNEL CHECK supplements less formal, but more frequent, checks of channels during normal operational use of the displays associated with the required channels of this LCO.

SR 3.3.4.,M.2 A CHANNEL FUNCTIONAL TEST Is performed on each required channel to ensure that the Cn*ft channel will perform the intended function.

Any setpoint adjustment shall be consistent with the assumptions of the current plant specific setpoint methodology.

The Frequency of 92 da s is based on the reliability analysis of Reference Calibration of trip units provides a check of the actual trip setpoints.

The channel must be declared inoperable if the trip setting is discovered to be less conservativ the Allowable Value specified in SR 3.3.4.

4.

If the trip setting is discovered to be less conservative than the setting accounted for in the appropriate setpoint methodology, but is not beyond the Allowable Value, the (continued)

BWR/4 STS B 3.3-98 Rev 1, 04/07195 REVISION p X d

'- 

TM rk )

)

W%16W4 S3.3.4 M1

ATWS-RPT Instrumentati on B 3.3.

4.0 REFERENCES

FT7SAM, Ijgure Q agt#P 4p.770
  • ases for Changes ToS Srveillance Test ineras n Allowed 0ut-of-ServicB Times For 66NSelected Instrumentation Technical Speclficatlofls,(ýj B 3.3-100 Rev.-1, 04/07/95 REVISON r

UNK/4 ZIQ

INSERT REF

2.

10 CFR 50.36(c)(2)(ii).

3.

Drawing 11825-5.01-15D, Rev. D, Reactor Assembly Nuclear Boiler. (GE Drawing 919D690BD).

4.

"ATWS Overpressure Analysis for FitzPatrick," GE-NE-A42-00137-2-01, March 2000.

Revision K Insert Page B 3.3-100

ATWS -RPT Instrumentation 3.3.4.1 SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS NOTE ------------------------------------

When a channel is placed in an inoperable status solely for performance of required Surveillances, entry into associated Conditions and Required Actions may be delayed for up to 6 hours6.944444e-5 days <br />0.00167 hours <br />9.920635e-6 weeks <br />2.283e-6 months <br /> provided the associated Function maintains ATWS-RPT trip capability.

o.....----

°---

cl-SURVEILLANCE SR 3.3.4.1.1 Perform CHANNEL CHECK.

SR 3.3.4.1.2 Perform CHANNEL FUNCTIONAL TEST.

SR 3.3.4.1.3 Calibrate the trip units.

SR 3.3.4.1.4 Perform CHANNEL CALIBRATION.

The Allowable Values shall be:

a.

Reactor Vessel Water Level-Low Low (Level 2): : 105.4 inches; and

b.

Reactor Pressure-High: K 1153 psig.

SR 3.3.4.1.5 Perform LOGIC SYSTEM FUNCTIONAL TEST including breaker actuation.

FREQUENCY FREQUENCY 12 hours1.388889e-4 days <br />0.00333 hours <br />1.984127e-5 weeks <br />4.566e-6 months <br /> 92 days 184 days 24 months 24 months I 

Amendment (Rev.

K)

JAFNPP 3.3-31

ATWS-RPT Instrumentation B 3.3.4.1 BASES APPLICABLE

b.

Reactor Pressure-High (continued)

SAFETY ANALYSES, LCOand that result in a pressure increase, counteracting the APPLICABILITY pressure increase by rapidly reducing core power generation.

For the overpressurization event, the RPT aids in the termination of the ATWS event and, along with the safety/relief valves (S/RVs),

limits the peak RPV pressure to less than the ASME Section III Code Service Level C limits (1500 psig).

The Reactor Pressure-High signals are initiated from four pressure transmitters that monitor reactor steam dome pressure.

Four channels of Reactor Pressure-High, with two channels in each trip system, are available and are required to be OPERABLE to ensure that no single instrument failure can preclude an ATWS-RPT from this Function on a valid signal.

The Reactor Pressure-High Allowable Value is chosen to provide an adequate margin to the ASME Section III ode Service Level C allowable Reactor Coolant System pressure.

The Allowable Value was derived from the analysis performed in Reference 4.

ACTIONS A Note has been provided to modify the ACTIONS related to ATWS-RPT instrumentation channels.

Section 1.3, Completion Times, specifies that once a Condition has been entered, subsequent divisions, subsystems, components, or variables expressed in the Condition, discovered to be inoperable or not within limits, will not result in separate entry into the Condition.

Section 1.3 also specifies that Required Actions of the Condition continue to apply for each additional failure, with Completion Times based on initial entry into the Condition.

However, the Required Actions for inoperable ATWS-RPT instrumentation channels provide appropriate compensatory measures for separate inoperable channels.

As such, a Note has been provided that allows separate Condition entry for each inoperable ATWS-RPT instrumentation channel.

(continued)

Revision K B 3.3-90 JAFNPP

ATWS-RPT Instrumentation B 3.3.4.1 BASES ACTIONS B.1 (continued) recirculation pump MG drive motor breakers to be OPERABLE or in trip.

The 72 hour8.333333e-4 days <br />0.02 hours <br />1.190476e-4 weeks <br />2.7396e-5 months <br /> Completion Time is sufficient for the 1 perator to take corrective action (e.g., restoration or tripping of channels) and takes into account the likelihood of an event requiring actuation of the ATWS-RPT instrumentation during this period and that one Function is still maintaining ATWS-RPT trip capability.

C.1 Required Action C.1 is intended to ensure that appropriate Actions are taken if multiple, inoperable, untripped channels within both Functions result in both Functions not maintaining ATWS-RPT trip capability.

The description of a Function maintaining ATWS-RPT trip capability is discussed in the Bases for Required Action B1 above.

The 1 hour1.157407e-5 days <br />2.777778e-4 hours <br />1.653439e-6 weeks <br />3.805e-7 months <br /> Completion Time is sufficient for the operator to take corrective action and takes into account the likelihood of an event requiring actuation of the ATWS-RPT instrumentation during this period.

D.1 and D.2 With any Required Action and associated Completion Time not met, the plant must be brought to a MODE or other specified condition in which the LCO does not apply.

To achieve this status, the plant must be brought to at least MODE 2 within 6 hours6.944444e-5 days <br />0.00167 hours <br />9.920635e-6 weeks <br />2.283e-6 months <br /> (Required Action D.2).

Alternately, the associated recirculation pump may be removed from service since this performs the intended function of the instrumentation (Required Action D.1).

The allowed Completion Time of 6 hours6.944444e-5 days <br />0.00167 hours <br />9.920635e-6 weeks <br />2.283e-6 months <br /> is reasonable, based on operating experience, both to reach MODE 2 from full power conditions and to remove a recirculation pump from service in an orderly manner and without challenging plant systems.

Required Action D.1 is modified by a Note which states that the Required Action is only applicable if the inoperable channel is the result of an inoperable RPT breaker.

The Note clarifies the situations under which the associated Required Action would be the appropriate Required Action.

(continued)

Revision K B 3.3-92 JAFNPP

ATWS -RPT Instrumentation B 3.3.4.1 BASES SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS (continued)

SR 3.3.4.1.2 A CHANNEL FUNCTIONAL TEST is performed on each required channel to ensure that the channel will perform the intended function.

A successful test of the required contact(s) of a thannel relay may be performed by the verificatiofi of the change of state of a single contact of the relay.

This clarifies what is an acceptable CHANNEL FUNCTIONAL TEST of a relay.

This is acceptable because all of the other required contacts of the relay are verified by other Technical Specifications and non-Technical Specifications tests at least once per refueling interval with applicable extensions.

Any setpoint adjustment shall be assumptions of the current plant methodology.

consistent with the specific setpoint The Frequency of 92 days is based on the reliability analysis of Reference 5.

SR 3.3.4.1.3 Calibration of trip units provides a check of the actual trip setpoints.

The channel must be declared inoperable if the trip setting is discovered to be less conservative than the Allowable Value specified in SR 3.3.4.1.4.

If the trip setting is discovered to be less conservative than the setting accounted for in the appropriate setpoint methodology, but is not beyond the Allowable Value, the channel performance is still within the requirements of the plant safety analysis.

Under these conditions, the setpoint must be readjusted to be equal to or more conservative than accounted for in the appropriate setpoint methodology.

The Frequency of 184 days is based on the reliability, accuracy, and low failure rates of these solid-state electronic components.

SR 3.3.4.1.4 A CHANNEL CALIBRATION is a complete check of the instrument loop and the sensor.

This test verifies the channel responds to the measured parameter within the necessary (continued)

Revision K B 3.3-94 JAFNPP

ATWS-RPT Instrumentation B 3.3.4.1 BASES SURVEILLANCE SR 3.3.4.1.4 (continued)

REQUIREMENTS range and accuracy.

CHANNEL CALIBRATION leaves the channel adjusted to account for instrument drifts between successive calibrations consistent with the plant specific setpoint ifethodology.

The Frequency is based upon the assumption of a 24 month calibration interval in the determination of the magnitude of equipment drift in the setpoint analysis.

SR 3.3.4.1.5 The LOGIC SYSTEM FUNCTIONAL TEST demonstrates the OPERABILITY of the required trip logic for a specific channel.

The system functional test of the pump breakers is included as part of this Surveillance and overlaps the LOGIC SYSTEM FUNCTIONAL TEST to provide complete testing of the assumed safety function.

Therefore, if a breaker is incapable of operating, the associated instrument channels would be inoperable.

The 24 month Frequency is based on the need to perform this Surveillance under the conditions that apply during a plant outage and the potential for an unplanned transient if the Surveillance were performed with the reactor at power.

Operating experience has shown these components usually pass the Surveillance when performed at the 24 month Frequency.

REFERENCES

1.

UFSAR, Figure 7.4-9 Reactor Recirculation System (FCD).

2.

10 CFR 50.36(c)(2)(ii).

3.

Drawing 11825-5.01-15D, Rev. D, Reactor Assembly Nuclear Boiler, (GE Drawing 919D690BD).

4.

"ATWS Overpressure Analysis for FitzPatrick," GE-NE A42-00137-2-01, March 2000.

(continued)

Revision K B 3.3-95 JAFNPP

ATWS -RPT Instrumentation B 3.3.4.1 BASES REFERENCES (continued)

5.

GENE-770-06-1-A, Bases for Changes To Surveillance Test Intervals And Allowed Out-of-Service Times for Selected Instrumentation Technical Specifications, December 1992.

Revision K JAFNPP I&~

B 3.3-96

a]

JAFNPP 33 2

(1)Reactor LOWWater LOW (Sao8 n

1 (25) Reactor HIig ProssuUFS Ar L P- -~(StIvtdmn Cooin Isolation) 2 (If) Reactor

.LOW-LOWLo WaterLeveli I ' 8 IM ~

)1 2 112

,W111(g Drywell HIPh Pressure (Notes 4 &Mr421ý27 Psig

]2 (6) el H~g Prsue\\-L s2.7 psig Steam V2n

< 3 x Noimal Rated 2main ser Limu Tw ivAý uj power eaccgrun' High RditOOM 6]2Main Steam l~hn oW Pressure 9125 p6Ig 1

6]~ 2 (Pal CN511 2 mSL MaIn Steam Line Hig Flow er 038 j(10)

M SamLm L

ree

~'ii)

(1) Eq~m6~ Area High Tempetatu' A7 22

__A C(lid HI Amendiment No. 227 11 69L- ~ )Y(7 o

REVISIONr-1<

DISCUSSION OF CHANGES ITS: 3.3.6.1 -

PRIMARY CONTAINMENT ISOLATION INSTRUMENTATION TECHNICAL CHANGES - MORE RESTRICTIVE M3 Not Used.

M4 CTS 4.2.A spdtifies that the main steam isolation valve (MSIV)-actuation instrumentation response time for the specified trip functions must be demonstrated to be within its limit once per 24 months.

Each test shall include at least one channel in each trip system.

All channels in both trip systems shall be tested within two test intervals.

In ITS SR 3.3.6.1.8 the ISOLATION INSTRUMENTATION RESPONSE TIME test must be performed every 24 months on a STAGGERED TEST BASIS.

The Note for this SR specifies that "n" equals 2 channels for the purpose of determining the STAGGERED TEST BASIS Frequency.

Therefore, SR 3.3.6.1.8 will require all channels requiring response time testing to be tested in two (2) surveillance intervals.

This change is more restrictive since two (2) channels must be tested each interval for Functions l.a and 1.b while 8 channels must be tested each interval for Function 1.c instead of one channel in each trip system required by the CTS.

This change will ensure a sufficient number of channels are tested each interval to identify any significant response time degradation.

M5 Not Used.

M6 The required number of OPERABLE channels in each trip system in CTS Table 3.2-1 for HPCI and RCIC Steam Line Low Pressure and HPCI and RCIC Turbine High Exhaust Diaphragm Pressure Functions (proposed Functions 3.b, 4.b, 3.c and 4.c for Table 3.3.6.1-1) are proposed to be increased from 1 to 2.

The two trip systems for these Functions receive inputs from two channels, both of which must trip to isolate the associated valve(s), yielding a two-out-of-two logic for each trip system.

The increase in channels required to be OPERABLE constitutes a more restrictive change and is necessary to ensure no single instrument failure can preclude the isolation function.

M7 CTS Table 3.2-1, Note 3.A requires the reactor to be in cold shutdown within 24 hours2.777778e-4 days <br />0.00667 hours <br />3.968254e-5 weeks <br />9.132e-6 months <br /> when the ACTIONS or Completions Times associated with inoperable Primary Containment instrumentation cannot be satisfied.

These requirements are proposed to be replaced by ITS 3.3.6.1 Required Actions D.2.1 (for isolation Functions associated with main steam line isolation) and H.1 (for isolation Functions associated with primary containment isolation) which require the plant be in MODE 3 within 12 hours1.388889e-4 days <br />0.00333 hours <br />1.984127e-5 weeks <br />4.566e-6 months <br /> under the same conditions.

In addition, ITS 3.3.6.1 Required Action D.2.2 and H.2 requires the plant to be in MODE 4 in 36 hours4.166667e-4 days <br />0.01 hours <br />5.952381e-5 weeks <br />1.3698e-5 months <br /> (L11). This change is more restrictive because it provides an additional requirement to place the plant in MODE 3 in 12 hours1.388889e-4 days <br />0.00333 hours <br />1.984127e-5 weeks <br />4.566e-6 months <br />. The allowed Completion Times in Required Action D.2.1 and H.1 are reasonable, based on operating experience, to reach the required plant conditions from Revision K Page 7 of 25 JAFNPP

DISCUSSION OF CHANGES ITS: 3.3.6.1 -

PRIMARY CONTAINMENT ISOLATION INSTRUMENTATION TECHNICAL CHANGES - LESS RESTRICTIVE (SPECIFIC)

L12 (continued)

Operable.

This extra time reduces the potential for a plant transient that could challenge safety systems.

This change is consistent with NUREG-1433, Revision 1.

L13 Not used.

L14 The details in CTS Tables 4.1-1 and 4.1-2, that identify those portions of the instrument channel which require functional testing (trip channel and alarm) and the method of calibration (standard pressure source),

respectively, are proposed to be deleted.

This information is not necessary because the proposed definitions for Channel Functional Test and Channel Calibration provide the necessary guidance.

This change is consistent with NUREG-1433, Revision 1.

L15 Not used.

L16 This change replaces the Trip Level Setting or Allowable Value (A16) of

160 inches of water dP to : 168.24 inches of water dP for the HPCI Turbine Steam Line High Flow trip function (ITS 3.3.6.1 Function 3.a).

The Allowable Values (to be included in the Technical Specifications) and the Trip Setpoints (to be included in plant procedures) have been established consistent with the NYPA Engineering Standards Manual, IES 3A, "Instrument Loop Accuracy and Setpoint Calculation Methodology."

The methodology used to determine the "Allowable Values" are consistent with the methodology discussed in ISA-S67.04-1994, Part II, "Methodologies for the Determination of Setpoints for Nuclear Safety Related Instrumentation." Any changes to the safety analysis limits, applied in the methodologies, were evaluated and confirmed as ensuring Revision K Page 22 of 25 JAFNPP

NO SIGNIFICANT HAZARDS CONSIDERATIONS ITS: 3.3.6.1 -

PRIMARY CONTAINMENT ISOLATION INSTRUMENTATION TECHNICAL CHANGES LESS RESTRICTIVE (SPECIFIC)

L13 CHANGE Not used.

Revision K Page 19 of 32 JAFNPP

NO SIGNIFICANT HAZARDS CONSIDERATIONS ITS: 3.3.6.1 - PRIMARY CONTAINMENT ISOLATION INSTRUMENTATION TECHNICAL CHANGES

- LESS RESTRICTIVE (SPECIFIC)

L13 CHANGE (continued)

Not used.

This page intentionally blank Revision K Page 20 of 32 JAFNPP

primary containment isolation instrumentation 3.3.6.1

[rT7.(q])

b.

IT Tai. 3.3.6.1,1 (pass I of 61 Pviinr-y Cantaif'? eaokation inatunntatiaI' APPLICABLE UPT~M oNMSa REUIRIEDS SpecIFIE PER TRIP Msii DIL*

VIIALUE pijICION MuTTIO SUIW ACTION W.

..JI.UUTS A

I.

  • i SteM LOWI's 1LatiU'
4.

OR 3.3.6.1.1()

-11, LW~ Lo Lo LO 3.3.6.1.

S 3.3.6A.1S S 3.3.6-1.1w6 e~s~l

  • &in $to= LiI's Presaur - LAM Main Ste LOW' Candsir V~WAU - Low n~i. atmlwwI~i 2(

~~i~tui N

gMI

,t,2,3 00 per NIL 3C&

1.2.3 L 1()

7 U

CT(

CTa) M]

Id SR ~~3.3.6.1.21Se 3..

MOR3.3.6.1.2j EU U

3.3.6.1-1 3.3.6 1AA 3.3.6:1:9 NO vamflfl sU 3.3.6.1.7 o

SR 3.3.6.1 0

1 UR 3.3.6.1

~33.3.6.

sk 3.36..7 o D 3.3.6.1.1 Iq1 S3.3.6.1.

3.3.6.1.

REVISIONrK R

('7g I

0

INSERT Functions 2.d, 2.e, 2.f, 2.g Insert Page 3.3-58

  • r3. Z-( f aJ T3.2- (1 T 3.240(J3 T'3.,1-((7)]

3.z-I ()

d.

Drywell Pressure -

1.2,3 2(c)

F SR 3.3.6.1.1 2.7 psig High SR 3.3.6.1.4 SR 3.3.6.1.5

_ j _

jSR 3.3.6.1.7

[

e.

Reactor Vessel ater 1,2.3 2

9 3.3.6.1.1 x IS inches Level

- Low Low Low SR 3.3.6.1.2 (Level 1) 1SR 3.3.6.1.4

_evel 1SSR 3.3.6.1.5 SR 3.3.6.1.7 m.l ain Steam Line 1,2.3 2

F SR 3.3.6.1.1 3 times Radiation - High SR 3.3.6.1.3 Normal Full SR 3.3.6.1.6 Power SR 3.3.6.1.7

Background

SIc SR33...

1 7 i nches

g.

Reactor Vessel Water 1,2.3 2(c)

SR 3.3.6.1.

177

3)

F'SR 3.3.6.1.4 Level - Low (Level I

1 SR 3.3.6.1.7 ISR 3..6 1.

CODP-(-

Revision K

JUSTIFICATION FOR DIFFERENCES FROM NUREG-1433, REVISION 1 ITS: 3.3.6.1 -

PRIMARY CONTAINMENT ISOLATION INSTRUMENTATION PLANT-SPECIFIC DIFFERENCE IN THE DESIGN (DB)

DB6 (continued)

Line Penetration (Drywell Entrance) Area Temperature-High; Function 5.a, Suction Line Penetration Area Temperature-High; Function 5.c, RWC Heat Exchanger Area Temperature-High; and Function 5.f, Drywell Pressure-High.

Functions 2.d and 2.g have been added for those Functions which include only one trip system to certain penetration flow paths to simplify the Required Actions.

Footnote (c) was added to Table 3.3.6.1-1 to identify these Functions.

Subsequent Notes have been renumbered, where applicable.

Subsequent Functions have been renumbered, as required.

DB7 This change deletes various ITS Functions from the Table 3.3.6.1-1 since they are not included in the design:

Function l.f. Main Steam Tunnel Differential Temperature-High; Function 1.g, Turbine Building Area Temperature-High; Function 2.e, Refueling Floor Exhaust Radiation-High; Functions 3.d and 4.d, Drywell Pressure-High; Function 3.g and 4.f. HPCI and RCIC Suppression Pool Area Temperature-Time Delay Relays; Functions 3.h and 4.g, HPCI and RCIC Suppression Pool Area Differential Temperature-High; Function 3.i and 4.h, Emergency Area Cooler Temperature-High; Function 4.j, RCIC Equipment Room Differential Temperature-High; Function 5.a Differential Flow-High and Function 5.c Area Ventilation Differential Temperature-High.

Subsequent Functions have been renumbered. as required.

DB8 The correct trip level Function has been incorporated for ITS Function 3.3.6.1 Function 5.e in accordance with the JAFNPP design.

DB9 ITS Table 3.3.6.1-1 Footnote Cd) has been revised to identify the valves isolated by the Function consistent with the JAFNPP design.

DB1O The brackets have been removed and the proper plant specific value or requirements incorporated.

DB11 This change separates the RWC Pump Area Temperature-High Function (ITS 3.3.6.1 Function 5.b) Allowable Value into two areas (Pump Room A and Pump Room B) since the proposed "Allowable Values" are different.

Revision K Page 4 of 5 JAFNPP

0 INSERT ASA-2 In addition, the setting is low enough to allow the removal of heat from the reactor for a predetermined time following a scram, prevent isolation on a partial loss of feedwater and to reduce challenges to the safety/relief valves (S/RVs).

The Allowable Value is referenced from a level of water 352.56 inches above the lowest point in the inside bottom of the RPV and also corresponds to the top of a 144 inch fuel column (Ref. 13).

Revision K Insert Page B 3.3-158

INSERT Function 1.f l.f. Main Steam Line Radiation-High The Main Steam Line Radiation-High isolation signal has been removed from the MSIV isolation logic circuitry (Ref. 1); however, this isolation Function has been retained for the MSL drains valves (and other valves discussed under Function 2.f) to ensure that the assumptions utilized to determine that acceptable offsite doses resulting from a control rod drop accident (CRDA) are maintained.

C" Main Steam Line Radiation-High signals are generated from four radiation elements and associated monitors, which are located near the main steam lines in the steam tunnel.

Four instrumentation channels of the Main Steam Line Radiation-High Function are available and required to be OPERABLE to ensure that no single instrument failure can preclude the isolation function.

The Allowable Value was selected to be low enough that a high radiation trip results from the fission products released in the CRDA.

In addition, the setting is adjusted high enough above the background radiation level in the vicinity of the main steam lines so that spurious trips are avoided at rated power.

This Function isolates the MSL drain valves.

Revision K Insert Page B 3.3-161

60 INSERT Functions 2.e and 2.f (continued) 2.f.

Main Steam Line Radiation - High The Main Steam Line Radiation - High isolation signal has been removed from the MSIV isolation logic circuitry (Ref. 1); however, this isolation Function has been retained for the recirculation loop sample valves to ensure that the assumptions utilized to determine that acceptable offsite doses resulting from a CRDA are maintained.

Main Steam Line Radiation - High signals are generated from four radiation elements and associated monitors, which are located near the main steam lines in the steam tunnel.

Four instrumentation channels of the Main Steam Line Radiation - High Function are available and required to be OPERABLE to ensure that no single instrument failure can preclude the isolation function.

The Allowable Value was selected to be low enough that a high radiation trip results from the fission products released in the Design Basis CRDA.

In addition, the setting is adjusted high enough above the background radiation level in the vicinity of the main steam lines so that spurious trips are avoided at rated power.

This Function isolates the recirculation loop sample valves.

Revision K Insert Page B 3.3-164b

Primary Containment Isolation Instrumentation 3.3.6.1 Table 3.3.6.1-1 (page 1 of 6)

Primary Containment Isolation Instrumentation APPLICABLE CONDITIONS MODES OR REQUIRED REFERENCED OTHER CHANNELS FROM SPECIFIED PER TRIP REQUIRED SURVEILLANCE ALLOWABLE FUNCTION CONDITIONS SYSTEM ACTION C.1 REQUIREMENTS VALUE

1.

Main Steam Line Isolation

a.

Reactor Vessel Water Level - Low Low Low (Level 1)

b.

Main Steam Line Pressure - Low

c.

Main Steam Line Flow - High

d.

Condenser Vacuum-Low

e.

Main Steam Tunnel Area Temperature - High

f.

Main Steam Line Radiation - High 1.2.3 1

1.2.3

1.

2 (a),

3 (a) 1.2,3 1.2.3 2

2 per MSL 2

8 2

SR SR SR SR SR SR SR SR SR SR SR SR SR SR SR SR SR SR D

SR SR SR SR SR D

SR SR SR SR SR F

SR SR SR SR 3.3.6.1.1 3.3.6.1.2 3.3.6.1.4 3.3.6.1.5 3.3.6.1.7 3.3.6.1.8 3.3.6.1.1 3.3.6.1.2 3.3.6.1.4 3.3.6.1.5 3.3.6.1.7 3.3.6.1.8 3.3.6.1.1 3.3.6.1.2 3.3.6.1.4 3.3.6.1.5 3.3.6.1.7 3.3.6.1.8 3.3.6.1.1 3.3.6.1.2 3.3.6.1.4 3.3.6.1.5 3.3.6.1.7 3.3.6.1.1 3.3.6.1.2 3.3.6.1.4 3.3.6.1.5 3.3.6.1.7 3.3.6.1.1 3.3.6.1.3 3.3.6.1.6 3.3.6.1.7 S825 psig S125.9 psid

ý 8 inches Hg vacuum

195°F S3 times Normal Full Power

Background

(continued)

(a) With any turbine stop valve not closed.

(b) Not used.

Amendment (Rev. K) 3.3-52 I AK 19L z 18 inches JAFNPP

Primary Containment Isolation Instrumentation 3.3.6.1 Table 3.3.6.1-1 (page 2 of 6)

Primary Containment Isolation Instrumentation APPLICABLE CONDITIONS MODES OR REQUIRED REFERENCED OTHER CHANNELS FROM SPECIFIED PER TRIP REQUIRED SURVEILLANCE ALLOWABLE FUNCTION CONDITIONS SYSTEM ACTION C.1 REQUIREMENTS VALUE

2.

Primary Containment Isolation

a.

Reactor Vessel Water Level - Low (Level 3)

b.

Drywell Pressure-High

c.

Containment Radiation - High

d.

Drywell Pressure-High

e.

Reactor Vessel Water Level - Low Low Low (Level 1)

f.

Main Steam Line Radiation - High

g.

Reactor Vessel Water Level - Low (Level 3) 1.2,3 1.2.3 1,2.3 1.2.3 1,2,3 1.2.3 1.2,3 2

2 1

2 2

2(c)

H SR SR SR SR SR H

SR SR SR SR SR F

SR SR SR SR F

SR SR SR SR SR F

SR SR SR SR SR F

SR SR SR SR F

SR SR SR SR SR 3.3.6.1.1 3.3.6.1.2 3.3.6.1.4 3.3.6.1.5 3.3.6.1.7 3.3.6.1.1 3.3.6.1.2 3.3.6.1.4 3.3.6.1.5 3.3.6.1.7 3.3.6.1.1 3.3.6.1.2 3.3.6.1.5 3.3.6.1.7 3.3.6.1.1 3.3.6.1.2 3.3.6.1.4 3.3.6.1.5 3.3.6.1.7 3.3.6.1.1 3.3.6.1.2 3.3.6.1.4 3.3.6.1.5 3.3.6.1.7 3.3.6.1.1 3.3.6.1.3 3.3.6.1.6 3.3.6.1.7 3.3.6.1.1 3.3.6.1.2 3.3.6.1.4 3.3.6.1.5 3.3.6.1.7 S177 inches S2.7 psig s 450 R/hr f 2.7 psig

ý 18 inches S3 times Normal Full Power

Background

k 177 inches (continued)

(b)

Not used.

(c) Only one trip system provided for each associated penetration.

Amendment (Rev. K)

JAFNPP IL

I&~

3.3-53

Primary Containment Isolation Instrumentation B 3.3.6.1 BASES APPLICABLE SAFETY ANALYSES.

LCO, and APPLICABILITY 1.f.

Main Steam Line Radiation-High (continued)

Function 2.f) to ensure that the assumptions utilized to determine that acceptable offsite doses resulting from a control rod drop accident (CRDA) are maintained.

Main Steam Line Radiation-High signals are generated from four radiation elements and associated monitors, which are located near the main steam lines in the steam tunnel.

Four instrumentation channels of the Main Steam Line Radiation-High Function are available and required to be OPERABLE to ensure that no single instrument failure can preclude the isolation function.

The Allowable Value was selected to be low enough that a high radiation trip results from the fission products released in the CRDA.

In addition, the setting is adjusted high enough above the background radiation level in the vicinity of the main steam lines so that spurious trips are avoided at rated power.

This Function isolates the MSL drain valves.

Primary Containment Isolation 2.a. 2.g.

Reactor Vessel Water Level-Low (Level 3)

Low RPV water level indicates that the capability to cool the fuel may be threatened.

The valves whose penetrations communicate with the primary containment are isolated to limit the release of fission products.

The isolation of the primary containment on Level 3 supports actions to ensure (continued)

Revision K JAFNPP B 3.3-160

Primary Containment Isolation Instrumentation B 3.3.6.1 BASES APPLICABLE SAFETY ANALYSES,

LCO, and APPLICABILITY 2.f.

Main Steam Line Radiation-High (continued)

Main Steam Line Radiation-High signals are generated from four radiation elements and associated monitors, which are located near the main steam lines in the steam tunnel.

Four finstrumentation channels of the Main Steam Line Radiation-High Function are available and required to be OPERABLE to ensure that no single instrument failure can preclude the isolation function.

The Allowable Value was selected to be low enough that a high radiation trip results from the fission products released in the Design Basis CRDA.

In addition, the setting is adjusted high enough above the background radiation level in the vicinity of the main steam lines so that spurious trips are avoided at rated power.

This Function isolates the recirculation loop sample valves.

High Pressure Coolant Injection and Reactor Core Isolation Cooling Systems Isolation 3.a, 4.a.

HPCI and RCIC Steam Line Flow-High Steam Line Flow-High Functions are provided to detect a break of the RCIC or HPCI steam lines and initiate closure of the steam line isolation valves of the appropriate system.

If the steam is allowed to continue flowing out of the break, the reactor will depressurize and the core can uncover.

Therefore, the isolations are initiated on high flow to prevent or minimize core damage.

The isolation action, along with the scram function of the RPS, ensures (continued)

Io

'_1rA Revision K JAFNPP D

  • - J.U"r

SUMMARY

OF CHANGES TO ITS SECTION 3.8 - REVISION K Source of Change Summary of Change Misc. editorial These editorial changes were identified during the corrections preparation of the final ITS submittal:

Revise ITS Bases Action B.1 and Bases JFD DB1 to be consistent with the changes made in Revision J (battery electrolyte temperature limit was revised from 60 degrees F to 65 degrees F).

Affected Pages Section 3.8.6 ITS Bases mark-up, p 3.8-66 Bases JFD DB1 (p 1 of 3)

R etyped ITS Bases p 3.8-60

Battery Cell Parameters B 3.8.6 BASES A.1. A.2. and A.3 (continued)

Continued operation is ohly permitted for 31 days btfore battery cell parameters must be restored to within Category A and B limits.

Taking into consideration that, while battery capacity is degraded, sufficient capacity exists to perform the intended function and to allow time to fully restore the battery cell parameters to normal limits, this tim is acceptable for operation prior to declaring the DC batteries inoperable.

La When any battery pavmeter is outside the Category C limit for any connected cell, sufficient capacity to supply the maximum expected load requirement is not ensured and the corresponding DC electrical power subsystem must be ddeclan inoperable.

Additionally, other 1a__Y'23&MW conditioL...stch as Required ActionS o Copeto taeu averay S*Iplotion lll"Aar average temperature of representative cells also are cause for imediately declaring the XC electrical power subsystem inerl.

es.7,4o ru-sZ

'WVt' voc'.a-C A.

V jvos'4.

4

?JA SURVEILLANCE REQUIWMTS This SR verifies that Category :Abattery cell parameters are consistent with IEEE-0*4 (Ref.

, which recomends regular battery inspections (at least one per month) including voltage, specific gravity, and electrolyte temperature of C41nt palls t

Iae sliits. Trasients, tack as motor s, ring ie ch wy m ntarily c so batted vol age t vop to lll03 V, do not constitut a battery dis, -.v vided he ba yoinal Vol++

an lnoat n

(continued)

SUR/4 STS B 3.846 Rev 1. 04/07125 ACTIONS

-Lý ets I

JUSTIFICATION FOR DIFFERENCES FROM NUREG-1433, REVISION 1 ITS BASES: 3.8.6 - BATTERY CELL PARAMETERS RETENTION OF EXISTING REQUIREMENT (CLB)

CLB1 SR 3.8.6.2 is revised to omit the Frequencies of "Once within 24 hours2.777778e-4 days <br />0.00667 hours <br />3.968254e-5 weeks <br />9.132e-6 months <br /> after a battery discharge < 110 V" and "Once within 24 hours2.777778e-4 days <br />0.00667 hours <br />3.968254e-5 weeks <br />9.132e-6 months <br /> after a battery overcharge > 150 V" since no-similar CTS Surveillancef Requirement exists at JAFNPP.

The Frequencies associated with a battery discharge or overcharge are omitted since, they are inconsistent with the content of typical STS Surveillances, revised ISTS Surveillances do not typically contain "abnormal condition" related frequencies and, battery discharge or overcharge are adequately covered by administrative controls.

In addition, this change is currently submitted as a Technical Specification Task Force Change Traveler, TSTF-201, and is pending.

PLANT-SPECIFIC WORDING PREFERENCE OR MINOR EDITORIAL IMPROVEMENT (PA)

PAl Changes have been made (additions, deletions, and/or changes to the NUREG) to reflect the plant specific system/structure/component nomenclature, equipment identification or description.

PA2 Battery Cell Parameters support the operation of the DC electrical power subsystems and the Battery Cell Parameter Specification is required to be applicable during the same MODES and conditions as in LCO 3.8.4, "DC Sources-Operating," and LCO 3.8.5, "DC Sources-Shutdown."

The same safety analyses discussions as those discussed in the Bases for LCO 3.8.4 and LCO 3.8.5 are also applicable to the Battery Cell Parameter Specification.

As a result, the Bases for the Battery Cell Parameter Specification in the Applicable Safety Analyses Section have been revised accordingly.

PA3 Editorial changes have been made for enhanced clarity or to correct a grammatical/typographical error.

PLANT-SPECIFIC DIFFERENCE IN THE DESIGN (DB)

DB1 ITS 3.8.6.3 Condition B.1 has been revised to reflect specific JAFNPP requirements of,

! 65°F for 125 VDC batteries and ! 50°F for 419 VDC LPCI MOV independent power supply batteries based on JAF Electrical Calculations.

DB2 ITS 3.8.6 has been revised to reflect the specific JAFNPP requirements of, UFSAR Chapter 6, Emergency Core Cooling System.

DB3 ITS 3.8.6 has been revised to reflect the specific JAFNPP requirements Revision K Page 1 of 3 JAFNPP

Battery Cell Parameters B 3.8.6 BASES ACTIONS A.1, A.2, and A.3 (continued) initial verification because specific gravity measurements must be obtained for each connected cell.

Taking into consideration both the time required to perform the required Verification and the assurance that the battery cell parameters are not severely degraded, this time is considered reasonable.

The verification is repeated at 7 day intervals until the parameters are restored to Category A and B limits.

This periodic verification is consistent with the guidance provided in IEEE-450 (Ref. 4) of monitoring battery conditions at regular intervals (not to exceed one week) while completing corrective actions.

Continued operation is only permitted for 31 days before battery cell parameters must be restored to within Category A and B limits.

Taking into consideration that, while battery capacity is degraded, sufficient capacity exists to perform the inteded function and to allow time to fully restore the battery cell parameters to normal limits, this time is acceptable for operation prior to declaring the DC batteries inoperable.

B.1 When any battery parameter is outside the Category C limit for any connected cell, sufficient capacity to supply the maximum expected load requirement is not ensured and the corresponding DC electrical power subsystem must be declared inoperable.

Additionally, other potential conditions, such as any Required Action of Condition A and associated Completion Time not met, or average electrolyte temperature of representative cells < 65°F for each 125 VDC battery, or

< 50°F for each 419 VDC LPCI MOV independent power supply battery, also are cause for immediately declaring the associated DC electrical power subsystem inoperable.

SURVEILLANCE SR 3.8.6.1 REQUIREMENTS This SR verifies that Category A battery cell parameters are consistent with IEEE-450 (Ref. 4), which recommends regular battery inspections (at least one per month) including (continued)

JAFNPP B 3.8-60 Revision K

Entergy Nuclear Northeast Entergy Nuclear Operations, Inc.

James A. FitzPatrick NPP P-o. Box 110 Entergy(

Lycoming, NY 13093 Tel 315 349 6024 Fax 315 349 6480 T. A. Sullivan April 26, 2002 Vice President, uiperations-JAF JAFP-02-0098 United States Nuclear Regulatory Commission Attn: Document Control Desk Mail Stop O-P1-17 Washington, D.C. 20555

Subject:

James A. FitzPatrick Nuclear Power Plant Docket No. 50-333 License No. DPR-59 Revision J to Proposed Technical Specification Change (License Amendment) Conversion to Improved Standard Technical Specifications

References:

see last page of letter

Dear Sir,

This letter and the associated attachments provides Revision J to the previously submitted application for amendment to the James A. FitzPatrick Technical Specifications (Reference 1),

as supplemented by References 2, 3, 4, and 5 for converting the current Technical Specifications (CTS) to the Improved Technical Specifications (ITS) consistent with the Improved Standard Technical Specifications (NUREG-1433, Revision 1).

Revision J (Attachment 1) to the Reference 1, 2, 3, 4, and 5 submittals include: certain Technical Specification Task Force Traveler related changes; a change to close out a remaining NRC question; numerous typographical, editorial, and consistency corrections; changes due to the engineering analysis performed as discussed in Reference 6; and a few new additional changes. Each Chapter/Section includes a summary of the changes to the associated Chapter/Section (with the exception of the Split Report, whose summary for the change is included in the Summary of Changes to Section 3.7).

The Insert and Discard Instructions are included in Attachment 2 to allow merging Revision J with the existing submittal. The clean typed ITS and Bases in Volumes 2, 3, and 4, and the CTS markup pages in CTS order in Volume 5 are not being updated since these Volumes are duplicates of each individual Specification located in Volumes 6 through 19.

We request that you approve the James A. FitzPatrick ITS no later than July 31, 2002.

United States Nuclear Regulatory Commission Attn: Document Control Desk

Subject:

Revision J to Proposed Technical Specification Change (License Amendment)

Conversion to Improved Standard Technical Specifications Page -2 There are no new commitments contained in this letter. Should you have any questions, please contact Mr. Andrew Halliday at (315) 349-6055.

Very Truly Your Vice President, Operations - JAF Attachments: 1) Revision J to the JAF ITS Submittal

2) Insert and Discard Instructions cc:

Regional Administrator U. S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission 475 Allendale Road King of Prussia, PA 19406 Mr. Guy Vissing, Project Manager Project Directorate I Division of Licensing Project Management U. S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission Mail Stop 8C2 Washington, DC 20555 Mr. N. B. Le U. S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission Mail Stop O-7H3 Washington, DC 20555 P. 0. Box 134 Resident Inspector's Office James A. FitzPatrick Nuclear Power Plant U. S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission P. 0. Box 134 Lycoming, NY 13093 Mr. William M. Flynn New York State Energy Research and Development Authority Corporate Plaza West 286 Washington Avenue Extension Albany, New York 12203-6399 Mr. Paul Eddy NYS Department of Public Service 3 Empire Plaza Albany, New York 12223 Mr. William D. Beckner, Chief Technical Specifications Branch U. S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission Mail Stop O-7H3 Washington, DC 20555

United States Nuclear Regulatory Commission Attn: Document Control Desk

Subject:

Revision J to Proposed Technical Specification Change (License Amendment)

Conversion to Improved Standard Technical Specifications Page -3

References:

1.

NYPA letter, J. Knubel to USNRC Document Control Desk, Proposed Technical SpecificatiorL.Change (License Amendment) Conversion to Improved Standard Technical Specifications (JPN-99-008), dated March 31, 1999 (TAC No. MA5049)

2.

NYPA letter, J. Knubel to USNRC Document Control Desk, Revision B to Proposed Technical Specification Change (License Amendment) Conversion to Improved Standard Technical Specifications (JPN-99-018), dated June 1, 1999

3.

NYPA letter, Michael J. Colomb to USNRC Document Control Desk, Revision C to Proposed Technical Specification Change (License Amendment) Conversion to Improved Standard Technical Specifications (JAFP-99-0278), dated October 14, 1999

4.

Entergy Nuclear Northeast letter, T. A. Sullivan to USNRC Document Control Desk, Revisions D, E, F, G, and H to Proposed Technical Specification Change (License Amendment) Conversion to Improved Standard Technical Specifications (JAFP-01 0133), dated May 31, 2001

5.

Entergy Nuclear Northeast letter, T. A. Sullivan to USNRC Document Control Desk, Revision I to Proposed Technical Specification Change (License Amendment)

Conversion to Improved Standard Technical Specifications (JAFP-01-0234), dated October 18, 2001

6.

Entergy Nuclear Northeast letter, T. A. Sullivan to USNRC Document Control Desk, James A. FitzPatrick (JAF) Improved Technical Specifications (ITS) Submittal (JAFP 02-0029), dated February 6, 2002

BEFORE THE UNITED STATES NUCLEAR REGULATORY COMMISSION In the Matter of

)

Entergy Nuclear Operations, Inc.

)

Docket No. 50-333 James A. FitzPatrick Nuclear Power Plant )

APPLICATION FOR AMENDMENT TO OPERATING I ICENSE Entergy Nuclear Operations, Inc. requests an amendment to the Technical Spesifications (TS) contained in Appendix A to Facility Operating License DPR-59 for the James A. FitzPatrick Nuclear Power Plant. This application is filed in accordance with Section 10 CFR 50.90 of the Nuclear Regulatory Commission's regulations.

This application for amendment to the FitzPatrick Technical Specifications proposes to convert the FitzPatrick current Technical Specifications (CTS) to be consistent with the Improved Standard Technical Specifications (ISTS) in NUREG-1433, Revision 1, dated April 1995. The proposed license amendment request was prepared considering the guidance of Nuclear Energy Institute (NEI) NEI 96-06, "Improved Technical Specifications Conversion Guidance,"

dated August 1996.

The Proposed license amendment request to convert the FitzPatrick CTS to the FitzPatrick Improved Technical Specifications (ITS) is enclosed with this application.

Entergy Nuclear Operations, Inc.

STATE OF NEW YORK COUNTY OF OSWEGO Subscribed and ýworn to before me this I-.

day oft 2002.

P ub c Vice President, Operations-JAF

~~...............